Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                         to                        

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number 001-37452

 

 

CELYAD S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Belgium

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Rue Edouard Belin 2

1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium

(Address of principal executive offices)

Christian Homsy, MD, MBA

Chief Executive Officer

Celyad SA

Rue Edouard Belin 2

1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium

Tel: +32 10 394 100 Fax: +32 10 394 141

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing one ordinary share,   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Ordinary shares*   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC*

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act. None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report.

Ordinary shares: 9,313,603 as of December 31, 2016

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ☐                  Accelerated filer  ☐                 Non-accelerated filer  ☒

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ☐   

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒

   Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    ☐  Item 17    ☐  Item 18

If this is an Annual Report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE  

INTRODUCTION

  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  

PART I

     
Item 1.    Directors, Senior Management and Employee      4  
Item 2.    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      4  
Item 3.    Key Information      4  
  

A. Selected Financial Data

     4  
  

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

     5  
  

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

     5  
  

D. Risk Factors

     5  
Item 4.    Information on the Company      42  
  

A. History And Development Of The Company

     42  
  

B. Business Overview

     42  
  

C. Organizational Structure

     71  
  

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

     71  
Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments      72  
Item 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      73  
  

A. Operating Results

     75  
  

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

     83  
  

C. Research and Development

     87  
  

D. Trend Information

     87  
  

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     87  
  

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

     87  
  

G. Safe Harbor

     88  
Item 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees      88  
  

A. Directors and Senior Management

     88  
  

B. Compensation of Directors and Executive Management Team

     93  
  

C. Board Practices

     97  
  

D. Employees

     98  
  

E. Share Ownership

     98  
Item 7.    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions      98  
  

A. Major Shareholders

     98  
  

B. Related Party Transactions

     100  
  

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

     102  
Item 8.    Financial Information      103  
  

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

     103  
  

B. Significant Changes

     103  
Item 9.    The Offer and Listing      103  
  

A. Offer and Listing Details

     103  
  

B. Plan of Distribution

     104  
  

C. Markets

     104  
  

D. Selling Shareholders

     104  
  

E. Dilution

     104  
  

F. Expenses of the Issue

     104  
Item 10.    Additional Information      105  
  

A. Share Capital

     105  
  

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

     105  
  

C. Material Contracts

     105  
  

D. Exchange Controls

     105  
  

E. Taxation

     105  
  

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

     114  
  

G. Statement by Experts

     114  
  

H. Documents on Display

     114  
  

I. Subsidiary Information

     114  

 

i


Table of Contents
Item 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.      114  
Item 12.    Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities      116  
   A. Debt Securities      116  
   B. Warrants and Rights      116  
   C. Other Securities      116  
   D. American Depositary Shares      116  
PART II      
Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      118  
Item 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds      118  
Item 15.    Controls and Procedures      119  
Item 16.    Reserved   
Item 16A.    Audit Committees - Financial Expert      120  
Item 16B.    Code of Business and Ethics      120  
Item 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services      121  
Item 16D.    Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      122  
Item 16E.    Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers      122  
Item 16F.    Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant      122  
Item 16G.    Corporate Governance      122  
Item 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure      123  
PART III      
Item 17.    Financial Statements      124  
Item 18.    Financial Statement      124  
Item 19.    Exhibits      124  

 

ii


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

Unless otherwise indicated, “Celyad,” “the company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Celyad S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We own various trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks and service marks, including “CELYAD”, “C-CATH”, “C-CURE”, “-CATH”, “C-CATHez”, “CARDIO 3 BIOSCIENCES” and our corporate logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are the property of their respective owners. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are the property of their respective holders. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Annual Report on Form 20-F may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend to use or display other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in euros. All references in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to “$,” “US$,” “U.S.$,” “U.S. dollars,” “dollars” and “USD” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “€”, “EUR”, and “euros” mean euros, unless otherwise noted. Throughout this Annual Report on Form 20-F, references to ADSs mean ADSs or ordinary shares represented by ADSs, as the case may be.

 

1


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 20-F, or Annual Report, contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than present and historical facts and conditions contained in this Annual Report, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial positions, business strategy, plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. When used in this Annual Report, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “is designed to,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “objective,” “should,” or the negative of these and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  the initiation, timing, progress and results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our research and development programs;

 

  our ability to advance drug product candidates into, and successfully commence and complete, clinical trials;

 

  our reliance on the success of our drug product candidates;

 

  the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals;

 

  our ability to develop sales and marketing capabilities;

 

  the commercialization of our drug product candidates, if approved;

 

  the pricing and reimbursement of our drug product candidates, if approved;

 

  the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, drug product candidates and technology;

 

  the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our drug product candidates and technology;

 

  our ability to operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights and proprietary technology of third parties;

 

  cost associated with defending intellectual property infringement, product liability and other claims;

 

  regulatory developments in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions where we plan to market our drug product candidates;

 

  estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing and ability to obtain such financing when needed;

 

  the potential benefits of strategic collaboration agreements and our ability to enter into strategic arrangements;

 

  our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional grant funding or subsidies;

 

  the rate and degree of market acceptance of our drug product candidates;

 

  developments relating to our competitors and our industry, including competing therapies;

 

  our ability to effectively manage our anticipated growth;

 

  our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  our ability to build our finance infrastructure, improve our accounting systems and controls and remedy the material weaknesses identified in our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

  statements regarding future revenue, hiring plans, expenses, capital expenditures, capital requirements and share performance;

 

  our expectations regarding our PFIC status;

 

  the future trading price of our ADSs and our ordinary shares and impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices; and

 

  other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk factors.”

 

2


Table of Contents

You should refer to the section of this Annual Report titled “Risk factors” (ITEM 3, D) for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

You should read this Annual Report and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

This Annual Report contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this Annual Report is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

 

3


Table of Contents
ITEM 1. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE

Not applicable.

ITEM 2 - OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. - KEY INFORMATION

A Selected Financial Data

Statement of Income (Loss) Data:

 

(€‘000)   

For the year ended

December 31

        
     2016      2015      2014      2013  

Revenues

     8,523        3        146        0  

Cost of sales

     (53      (1      (115      0  

Gross profit

     8,471        2        31        0  

Research and Development expenses

     (27,675      (22,766      (15,865      (9,046

General administrative expenses

     (9,744      (7,230      (5,016      (3,972

Other operating income

     3,340        322        4,413        64  

Operating Loss

     (25,609      (29,672      (16,437      (12,954

Financial Result

     1,997        306        236        (1,535

Share of Loss of investments accounted for using the equity method

     —          252        (252      0  

Loss before taxes

     (23,612      (29,114      (16,453      (14,489

Income taxes

     6        —          —          —    

Loss for the year [2]

     (23,606      (29,114      (16,453      (14,489
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share (in €)

     (2.53      (3.43      (2.44      (3.53
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of outstanding shares

     9,313,603        8,481,583        6,750,383        4,099,216  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statement of Financial Position Data:

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016         
     Euro      Euro      Euro      Euro      US (1)  

Cash and cash equivalents

     19,058        27,633        100,175        48,357        50,973  

Short term deposits

     3,000        2,671        7,338        34,230        36,082  

Total assets

     32,386        43,976        159,525        138,806        146,316  

Total shareholders’ equity

     16,898        26,684        111,473        90,885        95,801  

Trade non-current liabilities

     12,099        11,239        36,562        36,646        38,629  

Total current liabilities

     3,389        6,053        11,490        11,275        11,885  

Total liabilities

     15,488        17,292        48,052        47,922        50,514  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     32,386        43,976        159,525        138,806        146,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) At closing rate of 1.0541 $/€ on December 31, 2016

 

4


Table of Contents

Exchange Rate Information

The following table sets forth, for each period indicated, the low and high exchange rates for euros expressed in U.S. dollars, the exchange rate at the end of such period and the average of such exchange rates on the last day of each month during such period, based on the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the euro. As used in this document, the term “noon buying rate” refers to the rate of exchange for the euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes. The exchange rates set forth below demonstrate trends in exchange rates, but the actual exchange rates used throughout this Annual Report may vary.

 

     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016  

High

     1.3463        1.3816        1.3927        1.2015        1.1569  

Low

     1.2062        1.2774        1.2101        1.0524        1.0364  

Rate at end of period

     1.3186        1.3779        1.2101        1.0927        1.0541  

Average rate per period

     1.2859        1.3281        1.3297        1.1104        1.1069  

The following table sets forth, for each of the last six months, the low and high exchange rates for euros expressed in U.S. dollars and the exchange rate at the end of the month based on the noon buying rate as described above.

 

     September
2016
     October
2016
     November
2016
     December
2016
     January
2017
     February
2017
 

High

     1.1296        1.1236        1.1095        1.0762        1.0755        1.0808  

Low

     1.1146        1.0872        1.0548        1.0364        1.0385        1.0513  

Rate at end of period

     1.1212        1.1026        1.0799        1.0543        1.0614        1.0643  

On February 28th, 2017, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the euro was €1.00 = 1.0643$

B - Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. - Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report and in our other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including the following risk factors which we face and which are faced by our industry. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, as a result of certain factors including the risks described below and elsewhere in this report and our other SEC filings. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above.

 

5


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred losses in each period since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each period since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we incurred a loss for the year of €23.6 million, €29,1 million and €16.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, we had a retained loss of €124.0 million. We expect these losses to increase as we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations, continue to advance our drug product candidates through preclinical studies and clinical trials, seek regulatory approvals for our drug product candidates, scale-up manufacturing capabilities and hire additional personnel to support the development of our drug product candidates and to enhance our operational, financial and information management systems.

Even if we succeed in commercializing one or more of our drug product candidates, we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future relating to our substantial research and development expenditures to develop our technologies. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

    continue our research, preclinical and clinical development of our drug product candidates;

 

    expand the scope of therapeutic indications of our current clinical trials for our drug product candidates;

 

    initiate additional preclinical studies or additional clinical trials of existing drug product candidates or new drug product candidates;

 

    further develop the manufacturing processes for our drug product candidates;

 

    seek regulatory approvals for our drug product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

    establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval, in the European Union and the United States;

 

    make milestone or other payments under any in-license agreements;

 

    maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

    create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a U.S. public company.

We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue.

Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our shareholders’ equity and working capital. Further, the losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, such that a period to period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance.

We have generated only limited revenue from sales of C-Cath ez to date, and do not expect to generate material revenue until we receive regulatory approval for one of our drug product candidates.

We have generated only limited revenue from sales of C-Cath ez , our proprietary catheter for injecting cells into the heart, to research laboratories and clinical stage companies. We expect that revenue from sales of C-Cath ez will remain insignificant as we sell C-Cath ez only to research laboratories and clinical stage companies. We have no drug products approved for commercial sale, have not generated any revenue from drug product sales, and do not anticipate generating any revenue from drug product sales until after we have received regulatory approval, if at all, for the commercial sale of a drug product candidate. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends significantly on our success in many factors, including:

 

    completing research regarding, and preclinical and clinical development of, our drug product candidates;

 

    pursuing regulatory approvals and marketing authorizations for drug product candidates for which we complete clinical trials;

 

6


Table of Contents
    developing a sustainable and scalable commercial-scale manufacturing process for our drug product candidates, including establishing our own manufacturing capabilities and infrastructure or establishing and maintaining commercially viable supply relationships with third parties;

 

    launching and commercializing drug product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approvals and marketing authorizations, either directly or with a collaborator or distributor;

 

    obtaining market acceptance of our drug product candidates as viable treatment options;

 

    addressing any competing technological and market developments;

 

    identifying, assessing, acquiring and/or developing new drug product candidates;

 

    negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing, or other arrangements into which we may enter;

 

    maintaining, protecting, and expanding our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, and know-how; and

 

    attracting, hiring, and retaining qualified personnel.

Even if one or more of the drug product candidates that we develop is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved drug product candidate. Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or other applicable regulatory agencies, to change our manufacturing processes or assays, or to perform clinical, preclinical, or other types of studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. If we are successful in obtaining regulatory approvals to market one or more of our drug product candidates, our revenue will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval, the accepted price for the drug product, the ability to get coverage and adequate reimbursement, and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. If the number of our addressable disease patients is not as significant as we estimate, the indication approved by regulatory authorities is narrower than we expect, or the reasonably accepted population for treatment is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved. If we are not able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved drug products, we may never become profitable.

If we fail to obtain additional financing, we will be unable to complete the development and commercialization of our drug product candidates.

Our operations have required substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to continue the clinical development of our drug product candidates, including our ongoing and planned clinical trials for CART-T NKR-2 and any of our future drug product candidates. If approved, we will require significant additional amounts in order to launch and commercialize our drug product candidates.

As of December 31, 2016, we had €48.4 million in cash and €34.2 million in short term investments.

We believe that our existing cash and short term investments, will be sufficient to fund our operations until mid 2019. However, changing circumstances may cause us to increase our spending significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to spend more money than currently expected because of circumstances beyond our control. We may require additional capital for the further development and commercialization of our drug product candidates and may need to raise additional funds sooner if we choose to expand more rapidly than we presently anticipate.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. We have no committed source of additional capital and if we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of our drug product candidates or other research and development initiatives. Our licenses may also be terminated if we are unable to meet the payment obligations under the agreements. We could be required to seek collaborators for our drug product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available or relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to our drug product candidates in markets where we otherwise would seek to pursue development or commercialization ourselves. Any these events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, or ordinary shares to decline.

 

7


Table of Contents

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our drug product candidates or technologies.

We may seek additional funding through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and/or licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of the ADSs or the ordinary shares. The incurrence of indebtedness and/or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt and/or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, issuance of additional equity securities, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of the ADSs or the ordinary shares to decline. In the event that we enter into collaborations and/or licensing arrangements in order to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms, including relinquishing or licensing to a third party on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or drug product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves or potentially reserve for future potential arrangements when we might be able to achieve more favorable terms.

Risks Related to Product Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials or we may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities.

Before obtaining regulatory approval or marketing authorization from regulatory authorities for the sale of our drug product candidates, if at all, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the drug product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

 

    delays in raising, or inability to raise, sufficient capital to fund the planned clinical trials;

 

    delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on trial design;

 

    identifying, recruiting and training suitable clinical investigators;

 

    delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites;

 

    delays in obtaining required Investigational Review Board, or IRB, or ethics committee approval at each clinical trial site;

 

    delays in recruiting suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials;

 

    delays due to changing standard of care for the diseases we are studying;

 

    adding new clinical trial sites;

 

    imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies, including after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or trial sites or for the class of drugs in which our drug product candidates belong;

 

    failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical trial requirements;

 

    catastrophic loss of drug product candidates due to shipping delays or delays in customs in connection with delivery to foreign countries for use in clinical trials;

 

    failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s good clinical practices, or GCPs, or applicable regulatory requirements and guidelines in other countries;

 

    delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of our drug product candidates to the clinical sites;

 

8


Table of Contents
    delays in having patients complete participation in a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

    clinical trial sites or patients dropping out of a trial;

 

    occurrence of serious adverse events associated with the drug product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits; or

 

    changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols.

Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenues from product sales, regulatory and commercialization milestones and royalties. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our drug product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our drug product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

If the results of our clinical trials are inconclusive or if there are safety concerns or adverse events associated with our drug product candidates, we may:

 

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our drug product candidates, if at all;

 

    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;

 

    be subject to changes in the way the product is administered;

 

    be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;

 

    have regulatory authorities withdraw their approval of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution in the form of a risk evaluation and mitigations strategy, or REMS, plan;

 

    be subject to the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;

 

    be sued; or

 

    experience damage to our reputation.

Our drug product candidates could potentially cause other adverse events that have not yet been predicted. As described above, any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our drug product candidates and impair our ability to commercialize our products if they are ultimately approved by applicable regulatory authorities.

Our drug product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory approval, limit their commercial potential, or result in significant negative consequences.

As with most biological drug products, use of our drug product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events which can vary in severity from minor reactions to death and in frequency from infrequent to prevalent. Undesirable side effects or unacceptable toxicities caused by our drug product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay, or halt clinical trials. The FDA, EMA, or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could delay or deny approval of our drug product candidates for any or all targeted indications and negative side effects could result in a more restrictive label for any product that is approved. Side effects such as toxicity or other safety issues associated with the use of our drug product candidates could also require us or our collaborators to perform additional studies or halt development or sale of these drug product candidates.

Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial, or could result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately or timely recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. Any of these occurrences may materially and adversely harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

9


Table of Contents

Additionally, if one or more of our drug product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, including during any long-term follow-up observation period recommended or required for patients who receive treatment using our products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

    regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

 

    regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;

 

    we may be required to create a REMS plan which could include a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients, a communication plan for healthcare providers, and/or other elements to assure safe use;

 

    we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

Any of the foregoing could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular drug product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations, and prospects.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including:

 

    the size and nature of the patient population;

 

    the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

    the size of the population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

    the proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

    the design of the trial;

 

    our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

    competing clinical trials for similar therapies;

 

    clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and side effects of the drug product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs or treatments that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

    the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will not complete a clinical trial.

In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for drug product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our drug product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Because the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials at such clinical trial sites. Moreover, because our drug product candidates represent a departure from more commonly used methods for ischemic heart failure, or HF and cancer treatment, potential patients and their doctors may be inclined to use conventional therapies, rather than enroll patients in our clinical trials.

Even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials, delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of our clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our drug product candidates.

 

10


Table of Contents

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials as well as data from any interim analysis of ongoing clinical trials may not be predictive of future trial results. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Although drug product candidates may demonstrate promising results in early clinical (human) trials and preclinical (animal) studies, they may not prove to be effective in subsequent clinical trials. For example, testing on animals may occur under different conditions than testing in humans and therefore the results of animal studies may not accurately predict human experience. Likewise, early clinical trials may not be predictive of eventual safety or effectiveness results in larger-scale pivotal clinical trials. The results of preclinical studies and previous clinical trials as well as data from any interim analysis of ongoing clinical trials of our drug product candidates, as well as studies and trials of other products with similar mechanisms of action to our drug product candidates, may not be predictive of the results of ongoing or future clinical trials. Drug product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials. In addition to the safety and efficacy traits of any drug product candidate, clinical trial failures may result from a multitude of factors including flaws in trial design, dose selection, placebo effect and patient enrollment criteria. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials, and it is possible that we will as well. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we or our collaborators may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or preclinical studies. In addition, data obtained from trials and studies are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA, EMA and other comparable regulatory authorities is lengthy, time-consuming, and inherently unpredictable, and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval, if any, of our drug product candidates.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing, and distribution of drug products, including biologics, are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, EMA and other comparable regulatory authorities. We are not permitted to market any biological product in the United States until we receive a Biologics License Application, or BLA, from the FDA or a marketing authorization application, or MAA, from the EMA. We have not previously submitted a BLA to the FDA, MAA to the EMA, or similar approval filings to comparable foreign authorities. A BLA must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish that the drug product candidate is safe, pure, and potent for each desired indication. The BLA must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing, and controls for the product, and the manufacturing facilities must complete a successful pre-license inspection. We expect the nature of our biologic product candidates to create further challenges in obtaining regulatory approval. For example, the FDA and EMA have limited experience with commercial development of genetically modified T-cell therapies for cancer. The FDA may also require a panel of experts, referred to as an Advisory Committee, to deliberate on the adequacy of the safety and efficacy data to support licensure. The opinion of the Advisory Committee, although not binding, may have a significant impact on our ability to obtain licensure of the drug product candidates based on the completed clinical trials. Accordingly, the regulatory approval pathway for our drug product candidates may be uncertain, complex, expensive, and lengthy, and approval may not be obtained.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our drug product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our drug product candidates in other jurisdictions.

If we obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our drug product candidates in one jurisdiction, such approval does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a drug product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the drug product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as

 

11


Table of Contents

clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a drug product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our drug product candidates will be harmed.

A Breakthrough Therapy Designation by the FDA for our drug product candidates may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that our drug product candidates will receive marketing approval.

We may seek a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for some of our drug product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a product that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drug product candidates that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drug product candidates designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval.

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our drug product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for a drug product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our drug product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the drug product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification.

A Fast Track Designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

We may seek Fast Track Designation for some of our drug product candidates. If a product is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the product demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the product sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular drug product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

We may seek Orphan Drug Designation for some of our drug product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug Designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

As part of our business strategy, we may seek Orphan Drug Designation for some of our drug product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate products for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the product will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers.

 

12


Table of Contents

Similarly, in the European Union, after recommendation from the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, the European Commission grants Orphan Drug Designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment has been authorized (or the product would be a significant benefit to those affected). Additionally, designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the product in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the product. In the European Union, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers.

Generally, if a drug product candidate with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the EMA or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same product and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for Orphan Drug Designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different products can be approved for the same condition or the same products can be approved for different conditions. If one of our drug product candidates that receives an orphan drug designation is approved for a particular indication or use within the rare disease, the FDA may later approve the same product for additional indications or uses within that rare disease that are not protected by our exclusive approval. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same product for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later product is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Moreover, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition or if another product with the same active moiety is determined to be safer, more effective, or represents a major contribution to patient care. Orphan Drug Designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a product nor gives the product any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. While we intend to seek Orphan Drug Designation for some of our drug product candidates, we may never receive such designations. Even if we do receive such designations, there is no guarantee that we will enjoy the benefits of those designations.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our drug product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our drug product candidates.

If our drug product candidates are approved, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies, and submission of safety, efficacy, and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA, and comparable foreign regulatory authority, requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and in certain cases Good Tissue Practices, or cGTP, regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance, to the extent applicable, with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any BLA, other marketing application, and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, and quality control.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our drug product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the drug product candidate. The FDA may also require a

 

13


Table of Contents

REMS program as a condition of approval of our drug product candidates, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our drug product candidates, we will have to comply with requirements including submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, establishment registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and cGCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

The FDA may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our drug product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

    fines, untitled or warning letters, or holds on clinical trials;

 

    refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license approvals;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our drug product candidates; and

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The policies of the FDA and of other regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our drug product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We will need to obtain FDA approval of any proposed product trade names, and any failure or delay associated with such approval may adversely impact our business.

Any trade name we intend to use for our drug product candidates will require approval from the FDA, regardless of whether we have secured a formal trademark registration from the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names and/or medication or prescribing errors. The FDA may also object to any product name we submit if it believes the name inappropriately implies medical claims. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed product names, we may be required to adopt an alternative name for our drug product candidates. If we adopt an alternative name, we would lose the benefit of our existing trademark applications for such drug product candidate, and may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. We may be unable to build a successful brand identity for a new trademark in a timely manner or at all, which would limit our ability to commercialize our drug product candidates.

 

14


Table of Contents

Even if we obtain regulatory approval of our drug product candidates, the products may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals and others in the medical community.

Our autologous engineered-cell therapies may not become broadly accepted by physicians, patients, hospitals, and others in the medical community. Numerous factors will influence whether our drug product candidates are accepted in the market, including:

 

    the clinical indications for which our drug product candidates are approved;

 

    physicians, hospitals, and patients considering our drug product candidates as a safe and effective treatment;

 

    the potential and perceived advantages of our drug product candidates over alternative treatments;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

    product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA, EMA, or other regulatory authorities;

 

    limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved by the FDA or EMA;

 

    the timing of market introduction of our drug product candidates as well as competitive products;

 

    the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

    the availability of adequate coverage, reimbursement and pricing by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

    the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of coverage by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

    relative convenience and ease of administration, including as compared to alternative treatments and competitive therapies; and

 

    the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

In addition, although we are not utilizing embryonic stem cells in our drug product candidates, adverse publicity due to the ethical and social controversies surrounding the therapeutic use of such technologies, and reported side effects from any clinical trials using these technologies or the failure of such trials to demonstrate that these therapies are safe and effective may limit market acceptance of our drug product candidates due to the perceived similarity between our drug product candidates and these other therapies. If our drug product candidates are approved but fail to achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals, or others in the medical community, we will not be able to generate significant revenue.

Even if our products achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to maintain that market acceptance over time if new products or technologies are introduced that are more favorably received than our products, are more cost effective or render our products obsolete.

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our drug product candidates, which could make it difficult for us to sell our drug product candidates profitably.

Successful sales of our drug product candidates, if approved, depend on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. In addition, because our drug product candidates represent novel approaches to the treatment of ischemic HF and cancer, we cannot accurately estimate the potential revenue from our drug product candidates. Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance.

Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

    a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

    safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

    appropriate for the specific patient;

 

    cost-effective; and

 

    neither experimental nor investigational.

 

15


Table of Contents

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Additionally, third-party payors may not cover, or provide adequate reimbursement for, long-term follow-up evaluations required following the use of our products. Patients are unlikely to use our drug product candidates unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our drug product candidates. Because our drug product candidates have a higher cost of goods than conventional therapies, and may require long-term follow up evaluations, the risk that coverage and reimbursement rates may be inadequate for us to achieve profitability may be greater.

We intend to seek approval to market our drug product candidates in the United States, European Union, and in selected other foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions for our drug product candidates, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. For example, in the countries of the European Union, the pricing of biologics is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a drug product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our drug product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our drug product candidates and may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures.

Healthcare legislative reform measures and constraints on national budget social security systems may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Third-party payors, whether domestic or foreign, or governmental or private, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the health care system that could impact our ability to sell our products profitably. In particular, in 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or the ACA, was enacted, which, among other things, subjected biologic products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs, and provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research. Some of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. In January 2017, Congress voted to adopt a budget resolution for fiscal year 2017, that while not a law, is widely viewed as the first step toward the passage of legislation that would repeal certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. Further, on January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the Affordable Care Act to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the Affordable Care Act that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Congress also could consider subsequent legislation to replace elements of the Affordable Care Act that are repealed. Thus, the full impact of the Affordable Care Act, any law replacing elements of it, and the political uncertainty surrounding any repeal or replacement legislation on our business remains unclear.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013, and will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, was signed into

 

16


Table of Contents

law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect:

 

    the demand for our drug product candidates, if we obtain regulatory approval;

 

    our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

    our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability;

 

    the level of taxes that we are required to pay; and

 

    the availability of capital.

Any denial in coverage or reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar denial or reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

Our drug product candidates are biologics, which are complex to manufacture, and we may encounter difficulties in production, particularly with respect to process development or scaling-out of our manufacturing capabilities. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers encounter such difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our drug product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped, or we may be unable to maintain a commercially viable cost structure.

Our drug product candidates are biologics and the process of manufacturing our products is complex, highly-regulated and subject to multiple risks. The manufacture of our drug product candidates involves complex processes, including harvesting cells from patients, selecting and expanding certain cell types, engineering or reprogramming the cells in a certain manner to create either cardiopoietic cells or NKR-T cells, expanding the cell population to obtain the desired dose, and ultimately infusing the cells back into a patient’s body. As a result of the complexities, the cost to manufacture our drug product candidates, is higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds, and the manufacturing process is less reliable and is more difficult to reproduce. Our manufacturing process is susceptible to product loss or failure due to logistical issues associated with the collection of blood cells, or starting material, from the patient, shipping such material to the manufacturing site, shipping the final product back to the patient, and infusing the patient with the product, manufacturing issues associated with the differences in patient starting materials, interruptions in the manufacturing process, contamination, equipment or reagent failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator error, inconsistency in cell growth, and variability in product characteristics. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, product defects, and other supply disruptions. For example, we were only able to produce C-Cure for 70% of the patients that we attempted to produce drug product candidate for in our Phase 2 clinical trial. If for any reason we lose a patient’s starting material or later-developed product at any point in the process, the manufacturing process for that patient will need to be restarted and the resulting delay may adversely affect that patient’s outcome. If microbial, viral, or other contaminations are discovered in our drug product candidates or in the manufacturing facilities in which our drug product candidates are made, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. Because our drug product candidates are manufactured for each particular patient, we are required to maintain a chain of identity with respect to materials as they move from the patient to the manufacturing facility, through the manufacturing process, and back to the patient. Maintaining such a chain of identity is difficult and complex, and failure to do so could result in adverse patient outcomes, loss of product, or regulatory action including withdrawal of our products from the market. Further, as drug product candidates are developed through preclinical to late stage clinical trials towards approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives, and any of these changes could cause our drug product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of ongoing clinical trials or other future clinical trials.

 

17


Table of Contents

Although we are working, or will be working, to develop commercially viable processes for the manufacture of our drug product candidates, doing so is a difficult and uncertain task, and there are risks associated with scaling to the level required for later-stage clinical trials and commercialization, including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-out, process reproducibility, stability issues, lot consistency, and timely availability of reagents or raw materials. We may ultimately be unable to reduce the cost of goods for our drug product candidates to levels that will allow for an attractive return on investment if and when those drug product candidates are commercialized.

In addition, the manufacturing process that we develop for our drug product candidates is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority approval process, and we will need to make sure that we or our contract manufacturers, or CMOs, if any, are able to meet all FDA and foreign regulatory authority requirements on an ongoing basis. If we or our CMOs are unable to reliably produce drug product candidates to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to commercialize such drug product candidates. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our drug product candidates, there is no assurance that either we or our CMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Any of these challenges could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We may face competition from biosimilars, which may have a material adverse impact on the future commercial prospects of our drug product candidates.

Even if we are successful in achieving regulatory approval to commercialize a drug product candidate faster than our competitors, we may face competition from biosimilars. The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act, created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are demonstrated to be biosimilar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-approved biological product. “Biosimilarity” means that the biological product is highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and there are no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency of the product. To meet the higher standard of “interchangeability,” an applicant must provide sufficient information to show biosimilarity and demonstrate that the biological product can be expected to produce the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient and, if the biological product is administrated more than once to an individual, the risk in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between the use of the biological product and the reference product is not greater than the risk of using the reference product without such alternation or switch.

A reference biological product is granted 12 years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the product, and the FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after first licensure. First licensure typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the United States. This does not include a supplement for the biological product or a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device, or strength, unless that change is a modification to the structure of the biological product and such modification changes its safety, purity, or potency. Whether a subsequent application, if approved, warrants exclusivity as the first licensure of a biological product is determined on a case-by-case basis with data.

This data exclusivity does not prevent another company from developing a product that is highly similar to the innovative product, generating its own data, and seeking approval. Data exclusivity only assures that another company cannot rely upon the data within the application for the reference biological product to support the biosimilar product’s approval.

In the European Union, the European Commission has granted marketing authorizations for several biosimilars pursuant to a set of general and product class-specific guidelines for biosimilar approvals issued over the past few years. In the European Union, a competitor may reference data supporting approval of an innovative biological product, but will not be able do so until eight years after the time of approval of the

 

18


Table of Contents

innovative product and to get its biosimilar on the market until ten years from the aforementioned approval. This 10-year marketing exclusivity period will be extended to 11 years if, during the first eight of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications that bring significant clinical benefits compared with existing therapies. In addition, companies may be developing biosimilars in other countries that could compete with our products.

If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing our products, our products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and consequences.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience in marketing products. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our drug product candidates, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We currently have no sales, marketing, or commercial product distribution capabilities and have no experience in marketing products. We intend to develop an in-house marketing organization and sales force, which will require significant capital expenditures, management resources and time. We will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel. If we are unable or decide not to establish internal sales, marketing and commercial distribution capabilities for any or all products we develop, we will likely pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sales and marketing of our products. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces. Any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, which may not be successful. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts of such third parties, and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized our drug product candidates ourselves. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our drug product candidates.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop in-house sales and commercial distribution capabilities or establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators to successfully commercialize any product in the United States, the European Union, overseas, and as a result, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We face intense competition and rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully commercialize our drug product candidates.

We face competition both in the United States and internationally, including from major multinational pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and universities and other research institutions. In addition, many universities and private and public research institutes are active in our target disease areas. As of the date of this Annual Report, our main competitors for C-Cure include Capricor Inc., Mesoblast Ltd, Biocardia Inc. and Vericel Corporation. As of the date of this Annual Report, our main competitors for NKR-2 and our other NKR-T cell product candidates include Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Bluebird bio, Inc., Cellectis S.A., Juno Therapeutics, Inc., Kite Pharma Inc., Novartis AG, NantKwest Inc and Ziopharm Oncology, Inc.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis, products that are more effective or less costly than any drug product candidate that we may develop, or achieve earlier patent protection, regulatory approval, product commercialization and market penetration than we do. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential drug product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our drug product candidates against competitors.

In addition, as a result of the expiration or successful challenge of our patent rights, we could face litigation with respect to the validity and/or scope of patents relating to our competitors’ products. The availability of our competitors’ products could limit the demand, and the price we are able to charge, for any products that we may develop and commercialize.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Reliance on Third Parties

Cell-based therapies rely on the availability of specialty raw materials, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Engineered-cell therapies require many specialty raw materials, some of which are manufactured by small companies with limited resources and experience to support a commercial product. The suppliers may be ill-equipped to support our needs, especially in non-routine circumstances like an FDA inspection or medical crisis, such as widespread contamination. We also do not have contracts with many of these suppliers, and may not be able to contract with them on acceptable terms or at all. Accordingly, we may experience delays in receiving key raw materials to support clinical or commercial manufacturing.

In addition, some raw materials are currently available from a single supplier, or a small number of suppliers. We cannot be sure that these suppliers will remain in business, or that they will not be purchased by one of our competitors or another company that is not interested in continuing to produce these materials for our intended purpose.

We rely on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our drug product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We rely on CROs, clinical investigators and clinical trial sites to ensure our clinical trials are conducted properly and on time. While we will have agreements governing their activities, we will have limited influence over their actual performance. We will control only certain aspects of our CROs’ activities. Nevertheless, we will be responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities.

We and our clinical investigators and CROs are required to comply with the GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that the data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. The FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the EEA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our clinical investigators and CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, the EMA, or other foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving any marketing applications. Upon inspection, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may determine that our clinical trials did not comply with GCPs. In addition, our clinical trials will require a sufficient number of test subjects to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of our drug product candidates. Accordingly, if our clinical investigators or CROs fail to comply with these regulations or fail to recruit a sufficient number of patients, we may be required to repeat such clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our clinical investigators and CROs are not our employees, and we are therefore unable to directly monitor whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities that could harm our competitive position. If our clinical investigators or CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements, or for any other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our drug product candidates. If any such event were to occur, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our drug product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. Further, switching or adding additional CROs involves additional costs and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which

 

20


Table of Contents

could materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties and termination of any of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights, which would harm our business.

We are dependent on patents, know-how, and proprietary technology, both our own and licensed from others. We license technology from the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Clinic, and the Trustees of Dartmouth College, or Dartmouth College. The Mayo Clinic may terminate our license agreement with them, or the Mayo License, on a product-by-product basis or licensed invention-by-licensed invention basis if we default in making payment when due and payable or under other circumstances specified in the Mayo License, subject to 120 days’ prior written notice and opportunity to cure. The Mayo Clinic may also terminate the Mayo License if we deliberately make false statements in reports delivered to the Mayo Clinic. Further, the Mayo Clinic may terminate the Mayo License immediately for our insolvency or bankruptcy. Dartmouth College may terminate either our 2010 license or 2014 license, if we fail to meet a milestone within the specified time period, unless we pay the corresponding milestone payment. Dartmouth College may terminate either the 2010 license or 2014 license in the event we default or breach any of the provisions of the applicable license, subject to 30 days’ prior notice and opportunity to cure. In addition, each of the 2010 license and 2014 license automatically terminates in the event we become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or file, or have filed against us, a petition in bankruptcy. Furthermore, Dartmouth College may terminate our 2010 license, after April 30, 2024, if we fail to meet the specified minimum net sales obligations for any year, unless we pay to Dartmouth College the royalty we would otherwise be obligated to pay had we met such minimum net sales obligation. Any termination of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to commercialize our drug product candidates. Disputes may also arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including those relating to:

 

    the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

    whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the license agreement;

 

    our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;

 

    the amount and timing of milestone and royalty payments;

 

    whether we are complying with our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our drug product candidates; and

 

    the allocation of ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and by us and our partners.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected drug product candidates. We are generally also subject to all of the same risks with respect to protection of intellectual property that we license as we are for intellectual property that we own, which are described below. If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect this intellectual property, our ability to commercialize our products could suffer.

We could be unsuccessful in obtaining or maintaining adequate patent protection for one or more of our drug product candidates.

The patent application process is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to apply for or prosecute patents on certain aspects of our drug product candidates or deliver technologies at a reasonable cost, in a timely fashion, or at all. It is also possible that

 

21


Table of Contents

we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, such as with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. Under our existing license agreements with the Mayo Clinic and Dartmouth College, we have the right, but not the obligation, to enforce our licensed patents. If our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised and we might not be able to prevent third parties from making, using, and selling competing products. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods, and know-how. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We currently have issued patents and patent applications directed to our drug product candidates and medical devices, and we anticipate that we will file additional patent applications both in the United States and in other countries, as appropriate. However, we cannot predict:

 

    if and when any patents will issue from patent applications;

 

    the degree and range of protection any issued patents will afford us against competitors, including whether third parties will find ways to invalidate or otherwise circumvent our patents;

 

    whether others will apply for or obtain patents claiming aspects similar to those covered by our patents and patent applications; or

 

    whether we will need to initiate litigation or administrative proceedings to defend our patent rights, which may be costly whether we win or lose.

We cannot be certain, however, that the claims in our pending patent applications will be considered patentable by the USPTO or by patent offices in foreign countries, or that the claims in any of our issued patents will be considered valid and enforceable by courts in the United States or foreign countries.

The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field can be uncertain, and evaluating the scope of such patents involves complex legal and scientific analyses. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our drug product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability, or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing their products to avoid being covered by our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent applications we hold with respect to our drug product candidates is threatened, this could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, and could threaten our ability to commercialize, our drug product candidates. Further, because patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our drug product candidates. Furthermore, for U.S. applications in which all claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party or instituted by the USPTO to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. For U.S. applications containing a claim not entitled to priority before March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law in view of the passage of the America Invents Act, which brought into effect significant changes to the U.S. patent laws, including new procedures for challenging pending patent applications and issued patents.

European patent EP2432482, entitled “Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of heart diseases”, was granted by the European Patent Office (“EPO”) on April 15, 2015. The granted claims relate to compositions comprising specific cells committed to the generation of heart tissue. A notice of opposition to this patent was filed at the EPO on January 15, 2016 by an anonymous third party. The opposition requests revocation of the patent in its entirety. Both parties presented additional arguments in writing, oral proceedings took place at the EPO on March 6, 2017. The oral proceedings resulted in revocation of the patent, a decision that still needs to be confirmed in writing. This decision can be appealed.

 

22


Table of Contents

US Patent No. 9,181,527, entitled “T cell receptor-deficient T cell compositions,” was issued by the USPTO on November 10, 2015. The issued claims relate to isolated primary human T-cells that have been specifically modified. A request for ex parte re-examination of claim 1 of the issued patent was filed at the USPTO on February 10, 2016 by an anonymous third party. The request for re-examination was granted, and the proceeding has been completed. A re-examination certificate was issued on January 6, 2017, confirming the patentability of claim 1 as amended. The patent thus remains valid and enforceable.

A new request for ex parte re-examination of claim 3 of the same patent (US 9,181,527) was filed at the USPTO on December 27, 2016 by an anonymous third party. On March 14, 2017, the USPTO has issued a decision denying the request for re-examination, as no substantial new question of patentability was raised. The patent thus remains valid and enforceable.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Further, the extensive period of time between patent filing and regulatory approval for a drug product candidate limits the time during which we can market a drug product candidate under patent protection, which may particularly affect the profitability of our early-stage drug product candidates. If we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our drug product candidates under patent protection would be reduced. Without patent protection for our drug product candidates, we may be open to competition from biosimilar versions of our drug product candidates.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on drug product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. For example, an April 2014 report from the Office of the United States Trade Representative identified a number of countries, including India and China, where challenges to the procurement and enforcement of patent rights have been reported. Several countries, including India and China, have been listed in the report every year since 1989. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we seek to rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce, and any other elements of our product discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information, or technology that is not covered by patents. Trade secrets, however, may be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary

 

23


Table of Contents

processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific advisors, contractors and collaborators. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, outside scientific advisors, contractors, and collaborators might intentionally or inadvertently disclose our trade secret information to competitors. In addition, competitors may otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our intellectual property to third parties, or misappropriation of our intellectual property by third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement against us or our collaborators may prevent or delay our product discovery and development efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation, and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Recently, due to changes in U.S. law referred to as patent reform, new procedures including inter partes review and post-grant review have been implemented. This reform adds uncertainty to the possibility of challenge to our patents in the future.

Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing our drug product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our drug product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others.

Although we have conducted analyses of the patent landscape with respect to our drug product candidates, and based on these analyses, we believe that we will be able to commercialize our drug product candidates, third parties may nonetheless assert that we infringe their patents, or that we are otherwise employing their proprietary technology without authorization, and may sue us. There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to compositions, formulations, methods of manufacture, or methods of use or treatment that cover our drug product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our drug product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies or the manufacture, use, or sale of our drug product candidates infringes upon these patents. If any such third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover our technologies or drug product candidates, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize the applicable drug product candidate unless we obtain a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire or are finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to commercialize our drug product candidates may be impaired or delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business.

Third parties asserting their patent rights against us may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our drug product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and other employee resources from our business, and may impact our reputation. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties, or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our drug product candidates, which could harm our business significantly.

 

24


Table of Contents

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensors. To cease such infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file patent infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding or a declaratory judgment action against us, a court may decide that one or more of our patents is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, interpreted narrowly, or amended such that they do not cover our drug product candidates. Such results could also put our pending patent applications at risk of not issuing. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to, or the correct inventorship of, our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could result in a loss of our current patent rights and could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Litigation, interference, or derivation proceedings may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if we are successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares.

Issued patents covering our drug product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before the USPTO or comparable foreign authority.

If we or one of our licensing partners initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our drug product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our drug product candidate is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post-grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition or derivation proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover and protect our drug product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity of our patents, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our patent counsel, and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our drug product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves, both technological and legal complexity, and is therefore costly, time-consuming, and inherently uncertain. Numerous recent changes to the patent laws and proposed changes to the rules of the USPTO may have a significant impact on our ability to protect our technology and enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or AIA, enacted in 2011 involves significant changes in patent legislation. An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a ‘‘first-to-file’’ system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application.

 

25


Table of Contents

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and provide opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

In addition, recent court rulings in cases such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc. (Myriad I); BRCA1- & BRCA2-Based Hereditary Cancer Test Patent Litig. ,(Myriad II); and Promega Corp. v. Life Technologies Corp. have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. For example, in a recent case, Assoc. for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc. , the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain claims to naturally-occurring substances are not patentable. Although we do not believe that any of the patents owned or licensed by us will be found invalid based on this decision, we cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress, or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.

Failure to comply with proper procedure for obtaining and maintaining patents could have an adverse effect on our business.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. Although an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees, and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In any such event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Organization, Structure and Operation

Our future results will suffer if we do not effectively manage our expanded operations as a result of our acquisition of OnCyte.

We obtained access to our CAR-T NKR cell drug product candidates and related technology, including technology licensed from Dartmouth College, in January 2015, through our acquisition of OnCyte, LLC, or OnCyte, from Celdara Medical, LLC, a privately-held U.S. biotechnology company. Our acquisition of OnCyte significantly changed the composition of our operations, markets and drug product candidate mix. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to address these changes, and, where necessary, to attract and retain new personnel that possess the requisite skills called for by these changes.

Our failure to adequately address the financial, operational or legal risks of the OnCyte acquisition, or any future acquisitions, license arrangements, other strategic transactions could harm our business. Financial aspects of these transactions that could alter our financial position, reported operating results or ADS or ordinary share price include:

 

    use of cash resources;

 

    higher than anticipated acquisition costs and expenses;

 

    potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities;

 

    the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, impairment losses or restructuring charges;

 

    large write-offs and difficulties in assessing the relative percentages of in-process research and development expense that can be immediately written off as compared to the amount that must be amortized over the appropriate life of the asset; and

 

    amortization expenses related to other intangible assets.

Operational risks that could harm our existing operations or prevent realization of anticipated benefits from these transactions include:

 

    challenges associated with managing an increasingly diversified business;

 

    disruption of our ongoing business;

 

    difficulty and expense in assimilating the operations, products, technology, information systems or personnel of the acquired company;

 

    diversion of management’s time and attention from other business concerns;

 

    entry into a geographic or business market in which we have little or no prior experience;

 

    inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

 

    the assumption of known and unknown liabilities of the acquired business or asset, including intellectual property claims; and

 

    subsequent loss of key personnel.

Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to manage our expansion opportunities. Integrating new operations into our existing business in an efficient and timely manner, successfully monitoring our operations, costs, regulatory compliance and customer relationships, and maintaining other necessary internal controls pose substantial challenges for us. As a result, we cannot assure you that our expansion or acquisition opportunities will be successful, or that we will realize our expected operating efficiencies, cost savings, revenue enhancements, synergies or other benefits.

We are highly dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and members of our executive management team, and if we are not successful in motivating and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on members of our executive management team, particularly our chief executive officer, Christian Homsy (permanent representative of LSS Consulting SPRL). We do not maintain “key man” insurance on the life of Christian Homsy, or the lives of any of our other employees. The loss of the services of any members of our executive management team, and our inability to find suitable replacements, could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

 

27


Table of Contents

Competition for skilled personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries is intense and the turnover rate can be high, which may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all.

To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have provided warrants that vest over time. The value to employees of these equity grants that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our share price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies.

We will need to grow the size and capabilities of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of February 28, 2017, we had 70 full-time, 4 part-time employees and 6 self-employed collaborators. As our drug product candidates move into later stage clinical development and towards commercialization, we must add a significant number of additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial, and other personnel. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

    identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining, and motivating additional employees;

 

    managing our internal development efforts effectively, including the clinical and FDA review process for our drug product candidates, while complying with our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and

 

    improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems, and procedures.

Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our drug product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our drug product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development, and commercialization goals.

If we engage in future acquisitions or strategic partnerships, this may increase our capital requirements, dilute our shareholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

We may evaluate various acquisitions and strategic partnerships, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies, or businesses. Any potential acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

 

    increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

 

    the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

 

    assimilation of operations, intellectual property and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

 

    the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing product programs and initiatives in pursuing such a strategic merger or acquisition;

 

    retention of key employees, the loss of key personnel, and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

 

    risks and uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or drug product candidates and regulatory approvals; and

 

    our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, if we undertake acquisitions, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition opportunities and this inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities.

Risks from the improper conduct of employees, agents, contractors, consultants or collaborators could adversely affect our reputation and our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition.

We cannot ensure that our compliance controls, policies, and procedures will in every instance protect us from acts committed by our employees, agents, contractors, or collaborators that would violate the laws or regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including, without limitation, healthcare, employment, foreign corrupt practices, environmental, competition, and patient privacy and other privacy laws and regulations. Such improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations, and monetary and injunctive penalties, and could adversely impact our ability to conduct business, operating results, and reputation. In particular, our business activities may be subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, regulations or rules of other countries in which we operate, including the U.K. Bribery Act. The FCPA generally prohibits offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official in order to influence official action, or otherwise obtain or retain business. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Our business is heavily regulated and therefore involves significant interaction with public officials, including officials of non-U.S. governments.

Additionally, in many other countries, the health care providers who prescribe pharmaceuticals are employed by their government, and the purchasers of pharmaceuticals are government entities; therefore, our dealings with these prescribers and purchasers are subject to regulation under the FCPA. Recently the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and Department of Justice have increased their FCPA enforcement activities with respect to pharmaceutical companies. There is no certainty that all of our

 

29


Table of Contents

employees, agents, contractors, consultants or collaborators, or those of our affiliates, will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, the closing down of our facilities, requirements to obtain export licenses, cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries, implementation of compliance programs, and prohibitions on the conduct of our business. Any such violations could include prohibitions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries and could materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, and our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition.

Our relationships with health care professionals, customers, independent contractors, consultants and third-party payors may be subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback laws, fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, health information privacy and security laws, transparency laws and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to penalties, and could result in contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Our arrangements with health care professionals, customers, independent contractors, consultants and third-party payors may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships.

In addition, we may be subject to health information privacy and security regulation of the European Union, the United States and other jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. For example, the laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

    the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to

 

    induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase or recommendation of an item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

    U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the federal False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

    the U.S. federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal Open Payments Program that was created under the ACA, which requires certain manufacturers of covered pharmaceutical drugs, biologics, devices and medical supplies to track and report annually all payments or other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians or their family members in applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations; and

 

    analogous state and laws and regulations in other jurisdictions, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may be broader in scope and also apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and state and laws in other jurisdiction governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

30


Table of Contents

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations or other sanctions. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, it may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government funded healthcare programs.

Failure to build our finance infrastructure and improve our accounting systems and controls could impair our ability to comply with the financial reporting and internal controls requirements for publicly traded companies.

As a U.S. public company, we operate in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment that requires us to comply with, among things, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or “SOX” as from December 31, 2016, and related rules and regulations of the SEC’s substantial disclosure requirements, accelerated reporting requirements and complex accounting rules. Company responsibilities required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act include establishing corporate oversight and adequate internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent financial fraud.

We have limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, such that there is reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees. The material weakness identified is related to a lack of segregation of duties given the size of our finance and accounting team.

As of December 31, 2014, we reported three material weaknesses. Since then, we have taken several remedial actions to address these material weaknesses. In particular, we have hired in 2015 additional staff for the finance and legal departments, including a corporate controller and legal advisor. Also, the Group has worked in 2016 with an independent firm to better define, formalize and upgrade our internal controls and processes with the goal of being compliant with the SOX regulation by end of 2016. Under the supervision of the Company’s management, an independent firm tested our internal controls and processes respectively in September 2016 and January 2017 in light of the SOX regulation. No additional material weaknesses were identified other than those related to the segregation of duties. Management will be addressing the recommendations of the independent firm in view of a continuous improvement of our processes.

As a result of these actions, two out of three material weaknesses identified as of December 31, 2014 are no longer valid. The lack of accounting resources to fulfill the reporting requirements of IFRS and the lack of comprehensive knowledge of IFRS accounting policies are no longer identified as material weaknesses as of December 31, 2016.

Furthermore, we believe it is possible that if our independent registered public accounting firm had performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, other material weaknesses may have been identified. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, requires that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016. However, until we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation.

In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could experience material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements for prior periods.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and future CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations, and those of our third-party research institution collaborators, CROs, CMOs, suppliers, and other contractors and consultants, could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics, and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Damage or extended periods of interruption to our corporate, development or research facilities due to fire, natural disaster, power loss, communications failure, unauthorized entry or other events could cause us to cease or delay development of some or all of our drug product candidates. Although we maintain property damage and business interruption insurance coverage on these facilities, our insurance might not cover all losses under such circumstances and our business may be seriously harmed by such delays and interruption.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our drug product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our drug product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our drug product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our drug product candidates.

 

32


Table of Contents

Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    decreased demand for our products;

 

    injury to our reputation;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants and inability to continue clinical trials;

 

    initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

    costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

    product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

    loss of revenue;

 

    exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

 

    the inability to commercialize any drug product candidate; and

 

    a decline in our share price.

Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with collaborators. Although our clinical trials are currently covered by a clinical trial insurance, the amount of such insurance coverage may not be adequate, we may be unable to maintain such insurance, or we may not be able to obtain additional or replacement insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all. Our insurance policies may also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.

Our international operations subject us to various risks, and our failure to manage these risks could adversely affect our results of operations.

We face significant operational risks as a result of doing business internationally, such as:

 

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

    potentially adverse and/or unexpected tax consequences, including penalties due to the failure of tax planning or due to the challenge by tax authorities on the basis of transfer pricing and liabilities imposed from inconsistent enforcement;

 

    potential changes to the accounting standards, which may influence our financial situation and results;

 

    becoming subject to the different, complex and changing laws, regulations and court systems of multiple jurisdictions and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

 

    reduced protection of, or significant difficulties in enforcing, intellectual property rights in certain countries;

 

    difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified personnel;

 

    restrictions imposed by local labor practices and laws on our business and operations, including unilateral cancellation or modification of contracts; and

 

    rapid changes in global government, economic and political policies and conditions, political or civil unrest or instability, terrorism or epidemics and other similar outbreaks or events, and potential failure in confidence of our suppliers or customers due to such changes or events; and tariffs, trade protection measures, import or export licensing requirements, trade embargoes and other trade barriers.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are subject to certain covenants as a result of certain non-dilutive financial support we have received to date.

We have received non-dilutive financial support totaling €23.1 million as of December 31, 2016, to support various research programs from the Walloon Region, or the Region. The support has been granted in the form of recoverable cash advances, or RCAs, and subsidies.

In the event we decide to exploit any discoveries or products from the research funded by under an RCA, the relevant RCA becomes refundable, otherwise the RCA is not refundable. We own the intellectual property rights which result from the research programs partially funded by the Region, unless we decide not to exploit, or cease to exploit, the results of the research in which case the results and intellectual property rights are transferred to the Region. Subject to certain exceptions, however, we cannot grant to third parties, by way of license or otherwise, any right to use the results without the prior consent of the Region. We also need the consent of the Region to transfer an intellectual property right resulting from the research programs or a transfer or license of a prototype or installation. Obtaining such consent from the Region could give rise to a review of the applicable financial terms. The RCAs also contain provisions prohibiting us from conducting research for any other person which would fall within the scope of a research program of one of the RCAs. Most RCAs provide that this prohibition is applicable during the research phase and the decision phase but a number of RCAs extend it beyond these phases.

Subsidies received from the Region are dedicated to funding research programs and patent applications and are not refundable. We own the intellectual property rights which result from the research programs or with regard to a patent covered by a subsidy. Subject to certain exceptions, however, we cannot grant to third parties, by way of license, transfer or otherwise, any right to use the patents or research results without the prior consent of the Region. In addition, certain subsidies require that we exploit the patent in the countries where the protection was granted and to make an industrial use of the underlying invention. In case of bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, the rights to the patents covered by the patent subsidies will be assumed by the Region by operation of law unless the subsidy is reimbursed. Furthermore, we would lose our qualification as a small or medium-sized enterprise, the patent subsidies will terminate and no additional expenses will be covered by such patent subsidies.

We may be exposed to significant foreign exchange risk.

We incur portions of our expenses, and may in the future derive revenues, in currencies other than the euro, in particular, the U.S. dollar. As a result, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We currently do not engage in hedging transactions to protect against uncertainty in future exchange rates between particular foreign currencies and the euro. Therefore, for example, an increase in the value of the euro against the U.S. dollar could be expected to have a negative impact on our revenue and earnings growth as U.S. dollar revenue and earnings, if any, would be translated into euros at a reduced value. We cannot predict the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, and foreign currency fluctuations in the future may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The requirements of being a U.S. public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

We are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and the Public Corporation Accounting Oversight Board. Further, compliance with various regulatory reporting requires significant commitments of time from our management and our directors, which reduces the time available for the performance of their other responsibilities. Our failure to track and comply with the various rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, lead to additional regulatory enforcement actions, and could adversely affect the value of the ADSs or the ordinary shares.

 

34


Table of Contents

The investment of our cash and cash equivalents may be subject to risks that may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.

As of December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of €48.4 million and short term investments of €34.2 million. We historically have invested substantially all of our available cash and cash equivalents in corporate bank accounts. Pending their use in our business, we may invest the net proceeds of the global offering in investments that may include corporate bonds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and money market funds. These investments may be subject to general credit, liquidity, and market and interest rate risks. We may realize losses in the fair value of these investments or a complete loss of these investments, which would have a negative effect on our financial statements.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs

The market price for the ADSs may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.

The trading price of the ADSs has fluctuated, and is likely to continue to fluctuate, substantially. The trading price of the ADSs depends on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance, including, among others:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

    competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

 

    announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations, or capital commitments;

 

    failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

    issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

    fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

    additions or departures of key management or scientific personnel;

 

    disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters, and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

    changes to coverage policies or reimbursement levels by commercial third-party payors and government payors and any announcements relating to coverage policies or reimbursement levels;

 

    announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts;

 

    sales of the ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our insiders or our other shareholders; and

 

    general economic and market conditions.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for the ADSs to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our ADSs shares. In addition, the stock market in general, and biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro may increase the risk of holding the ADSs.

Our shares currently trade on Euronext Brussels and Euronext Paris in euros, while the ADSs trade on NASDAQ in U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro may result in differences between the value of the ADSs and the value of our ordinary shares, which may result in heavy trading by investors seeking to exploit such differences. In addition, as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro, the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds that a holder of the ADSs would receive upon the sale in Belgium of any ordinary shares withdrawn from the depositary upon calculation of the corresponding ADSs and the U.S. dollar equivalent of any cash dividends paid in euros on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs could also decline.

 

35


Table of Contents

Holders of the ADSs are not treated as shareholders of our company.

Holders of the ADSs are not treated as shareholders of our company, unless they cancel the ADSs and withdraw our ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. The depositary (or its nominee) is the shareholder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of ADSs therefore do not have any rights as shareholders of our company, other than the rights that they have pursuant to the deposit agreement.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate research or unfavorable research about our business, the price of the ordinary shares and the ADSs and trading volume could decline .

The trading market for the ordinary shares and the ADSs depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for the ordinary shares and the ADSs would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades the ordinary shares or the ADSs or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, the price of the ordinary shares and the ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, or downgrades the ordinary shares or the ADSs, demand for the ADSs and ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause the price of the ADSs and ordinary shares or trading volume to decline.

We have no present intention to pay dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment during that time is if the price of the ADSs or the ordinary shares increases.

We have no present intention to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Any recommendation by our board of directors to pay dividends will depend on many factors, including our financial condition (including losses carried-forward), results of operations, legal requirements and other factors. Furthermore, pursuant to Belgian law, the calculation of amounts available for distribution to shareholders, as dividends or otherwise, must be determined on the basis of our non-consolidated statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Belgian accounting rules. In addition, in accordance with Belgian law and our articles of association, we must allocate each year an amount of at least 5% of our annual net profit under our non-consolidated statutory accounts to a legal reserve until the reserve equals 10% of our share capital. Therefore, we are unlikely to pay dividends or other distributions in the foreseeable future. If the price of the ADSs or the ordinary shares declines before we pay dividends, you will incur a loss on your investment, without the likelihood that this loss will be offset in part or at all by potential future cash dividends.

Our shareholders residing in countries other than Belgium may be subject to double withholding taxation with respect to dividends or other distributions made by us.

Any dividends or other distributions we make to shareholders will, in principle, be subject to withholding tax in Belgium at a rate of 25%, except for shareholders which qualify for an exemption of withholding tax such as, among others, qualifying pension funds or a company qualifying as a parent company within the meaning of the Council Directive (90/435/EEC) July 23, 1990, known as the Parent-Subsidiary Directive, or that qualify for a lower withholding tax rate or an exemption by virtue of a tax treaty. Various conditions may apply and shareholders residing in countries other than Belgium are advised to consult their advisers regarding the tax consequences of dividends or other distributions made by us. Our shareholders residing in countries other than Belgium may not be able to credit the amount of such withholding tax to any tax due on such dividends or other distributions in any other country than Belgium. As a result, such shareholders may be subject to double taxation in respect of such dividends or other distributions. Belgium and the United States have concluded a double tax treaty concerning the avoidance of double taxation, or the U.S.-Belgium Tax Treaty. The U.S.-Belgium Tax Treaty reduces the applicability of Belgian withholding tax to 15%, 5% or 0% for U.S. taxpayers, provided that the U.S. taxpayer meets the limitation of benefits conditions imposed by the U.S.-Belgium Tax Treaty. The Belgian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15% under the U.S.-Belgium Tax Treaty. The 5% withholding tax applies in case where the U.S. shareholder is a company which holds at least 10% of the shares in the company. A 0% Belgian withholding tax applies when the shareholder is a company which has held at least 10% of the shares in the company for at least 12 months, or is, subject to certain conditions, a U.S. pension fund. The U.S. shareholders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they can invoke the benefits and meet the limitation of benefits conditions as imposed by the U.S.-Belgium Tax Treaty.

 

36


Table of Contents

We believe that we were a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for the 2015 taxable year and in prior taxable years, but that we likely were not a PFIC for our 2016 taxable year. It is uncertain whether we will be a PFIC in future taxable years. Our status as a PFIC is a fact intensive determination and we cannot provide any assurances regarding our PFIC status for past, current or future taxable years. U.S. holders of the ADSs may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year.

Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. If we are characterized as a PFIC, U.S. holders of the ADSs may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of the ADSs treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on the ADSs by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and the proceeds of sales of the ADSs.

Our status as a PFIC will depend on the composition of our income, including the receipt of milestones, and the composition and value of our assets (which may be determined in large part by reference to the market value of the ADSs and ordinary shares, which may be volatile) from time to time.

We believe we were a PFIC in our 2015 taxable year and in prior taxable years, but that we likely were not a PFIC for our 2016 taxable year. With respect to our 2017 taxable year and possibly future taxable years, it is uncertain whether we will be a PFIC based upon the expected value of our assets, including any goodwill, and the expected composition of our income and assets. Our status as a PFIC is a fact intensive determination made on an annual basis and we cannot provide any assurances regarding our PFIC status for past, current or future taxable years.

Future Sales Of Ordinary Shares Or ADSs By Existing Shareholders Could Depress The Market Price Of The ADSs.

If our existing shareholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market, the trading price of the ADSs could decline significantly. In the future we may file one or more registration statements with the SEC covering ordinary shares available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Upon effectiveness of such registration statements, any shares subsequently issued under such plans will be eligible for sale in the public market, except to the extent that they are restricted by the lock-up agreements referred to above and subject to compliance with Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates. Sales of a large number of the shares issued under these plans in the public market could have an adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs and the ordinary shares.

We are a Belgian public limited liability company, and shareholders of our company may have different and in some cases more limited shareholder rights than shareholders of a U.S. listed corporation.

We are a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Belgium. Our corporate affairs are governed by Belgian corporate and securities law. The rights provided to our shareholders under Belgian corporate law and our articles of association differ in certain respects from the rights that you would typically enjoy as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation under applicable U.S. federal and state laws. Under Belgian corporate law, other than certain information that we must make public and except in certain limited circumstances, our shareholders may not ask for an inspection of our corporate records, while under Delaware corporate law any shareholder, irrespective of the size of its shareholdings, may do so. Shareholders of a Belgian corporation have more limited rights to initiate a derivative action, a remedy typically available to shareholders of U.S. companies, in order to enforce a right of our Company, in case we fail to enforce such right ourselves.

A liability action can be instituted for our account by one or more of our shareholders who, individually or together, hold securities representing at least 1.0% of the votes or a part of the capital worth at least €1.25 million and have not approved of the discharge from liability that was granted to the directors. If the court orders the directors to pay damages, they are due to us, though the amounts advanced by the minority shareholders (for example attorney’s fees) are to be reimbursed by us. If the action is disallowed, the minority shareholders may be ordered to pay the costs, and, should there be grounds therefor, to pay damages to the directors, for example for having conducted provocative and reckless legal proceedings.

 

37


Table of Contents

In addition, a majority of our shareholders present or represented at our meeting of shareholders may release a director from any claim of liability we may have, provided that the financial position of the company is accurately reflected in the annual accounts. This includes a release from liability for any acts of the directors beyond their statutory powers or in breach of the Belgian Company Code, provided that the relevant acts were specifically mentioned in the convening notice to the meeting of shareholders deliberating on the discharge. In contrast, most U.S. federal and state laws prohibit a company or its shareholders from releasing a director from liability altogether if he or she has acted in bad faith or has breached his or her duty of loyalty to the company. Finally, Belgian corporate law does not provide any form of appraisal rights in the case of a business combination. As a result of these differences between Belgian corporate law and our articles of association, on the one hand, and the U.S. federal and state laws, on the other hand, in certain instances, you could receive less protection as an ADS holder of our company than you would as a shareholder of a listed U.S. company.

Takeover provisions in the national law of Belgium may make a takeover difficult .

Public takeover bids on our shares and other voting securities, such as warrants or convertible bonds, if any, are subject to the Belgian Act of April 1, 2007 on public takeover bids, as amended and implemented by the Belgian Royal Decree of April 27, 2007, or Royal Decree, and to the supervision by the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority, or FSMA. Public takeover bids must be made for all of our voting securities, as well as for all other securities that entitle the holders thereof to the subscription to, the acquisition of or the conversion into voting securities. Prior to making a bid, a bidder must issue and disseminate a prospectus, which must be approved by the FSMA. The bidder must also obtain approval of the relevant competition authorities, where such approval is legally required for the acquisition of our company. The Belgian Act of April 1, 2007 provides that a mandatory bid will be required to be launched for all of our outstanding shares and securities giving access to ordinary shares if a person, as a result of its own acquisition or the acquisition by persons acting in concert with it or by persons acting on their account, directly or indirectly holds more than 30% of the voting securities in a company that has its registered office in Belgium and of which at least part of the voting securities are traded on a regulated market or on a multilateral trading facility designated by the Royal Decree. The mere fact of exceeding the relevant threshold through the acquisition of one or more shares will give rise to a mandatory bid, irrespective of whether or not the price paid in the relevant transaction exceeds the current market price.

There are several provisions of Belgian company law and certain other provisions of Belgian law, such as the obligation to disclose important shareholdings and merger control, that may apply to us and which may make an unfriendly tender offer, merger, change in management or other change in control, more difficult. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts that third parties may consider and thus deprive the shareholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium (which is typically offered in the framework of a takeover bid).

Holders of ADSs do not have the same voting rights as holders of our ordinary shares .

Holders of ADSs may exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. The deposit agreement provides that, upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of our ordinary shares, the depositary will fix a record date for the determination of ADS holders who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. Upon timely receipt of notice from us, if we so request, the depositary shall distribute to the holders as of the record date (1) the notice of the meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy sent by us and (2) a statement as to the manner in which instructions may be given by the holders. You may instruct the depositary of your ADSs to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. Otherwise, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote, unless you withdraw the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs you hold. However, you may not know about the meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those ordinary shares. We cannot guarantee you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares or to withdraw your ordinary shares so that you can vote them yourself. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote, and there may be nothing you can do if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

 

38


Table of Contents

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares.

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of your ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason, subject to your right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of your ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares.

In addition, you may not be able to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares when you owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

We are an “emerging growth company” and are availing ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make the ADSs or the ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs or the ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs or the ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs or the ordinary shares and the price of the ADSs or the ordinary shares may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) the issuance, in any three-year period, by our company of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (4) December 31, 2020. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions.

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company. This may limit the information available to holders of ADSs or ordinary shares.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the SEC’s rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we currently make annual and semi-annual filings with respect to our listing on Euronext Brussels and Euronext Paris, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic issuers and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, there will be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were not a foreign private issuer.

 

39


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

As a foreign private issuer listed on NASDAQ, we are subject to corporate governance listing standards. However, rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in Belgium, which is our home country, may differ significantly from corporate governance listing standards. For example, neither the corporate laws of Belgium nor our articles of association require a majority of our directors to be independent and we could include non-independent directors as members of our Nomination and Remuneration Committee, and our independent directors would not necessarily hold regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. Currently, we intend to follow home country practice to the maximum extent possible. Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2017. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if we to fail to meet the requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status as of the relevant determination date. For example, if more than 50% of our securities are held by U.S. residents and more than 50% of the members of our executive management team or members of our board of directors are residents or citizens of the United States, we could lose our foreign private issuer status.

The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, rather than IFRS, and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion of our financial statements to U.S. GAAP will involve significant time and cost. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers such as the ones described above and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies.

I t may be difficult for investors outside Belgium to serve process on, or enforce foreign judgments against, us or our directors and senior management.

We are a Belgian public limited liability company. Less than a majority of the members of our board of directors and members of our executive management team are residents of the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of such non-resident persons and most of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process upon such persons or on us or to enforce against them or us a judgment obtained in U.S. courts. Original actions or actions for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts relating to the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the United States are not directly enforceable in Belgium.

The United States and Belgium do not currently have a multilateral or bilateral treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitral awards, in civil and commercial matters. In order for a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by U.S. courts based on civil liability to produce any effect on Belgian soil, it is accordingly required that this judgment be recognized or be declared enforceable by a Belgian court in accordance with Articles 22 to 25 of the 2004 Belgian Code of Private International Law. Recognition or enforcement does not imply a review of the merits of the case and is irrespective of any reciprocity requirement. A U.S. judgment will, however, not be recognized or declared enforceable in Belgium if it infringes upon one or more of the grounds for refusal that are exhaustively listed in Article 25 of the Belgian Code of Private International Law. Actions for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts might be successful only if the Belgian court confirms the substantive correctness of the judgment of the U.S. court and is satisfied that:

 

    the effect of the enforcement judgment is not manifestly incompatible with Belgian public policy;

 

40


Table of Contents
    the judgment did not violate the rights of the defendant;

 

    the judgment was not rendered in a matter where the parties transferred rights subject to transfer restrictions with the sole purpose of avoiding the application of the law applicable according to Belgian international private law;

 

    the judgment is not subject to further recourse under U.S. law;

 

    the judgment is not compatible with a judgment rendered in Belgium or with a subsequent judgment rendered abroad that might be recognized in Belgium;

 

    a claim was not filed outside Belgium after the same claim was filed in Belgium, while the claim filed in Belgium is still pending;

 

    the Belgian courts did not have exclusive jurisdiction to rule on the matter;

 

    the U.S. court did not accept its jurisdiction solely on the basis of either the nationality of the plaintiff or the location of the disputed goods; and

 

    the judgment submitted to the Belgian court is authentic.

In addition to recognition or enforcement, a judgment by a federal or state court in the United States against us may also serve as evidence in a similar action in a Belgian court if it meets the conditions required for the authenticity of judgments according to the law of the state where it was rendered. The findings of a federal or state court in the United States will not, however, be taken into account to the extent they appear incompatible with Belgian public policy.

We may be subject at an increased risk of securities class action litigation.

Historically, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. If we were to be sued, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

41


Table of Contents

ITEM 4 –INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History And Development Of The Company

Our legal and commercial name is Celyad SA. Prior to May 5, 2015, our corporate name was Cardio3 Biosciences SA. We are a limited liability company incorporated in the form of a naamloze vennootschap/société anonyme under Belgian law. We are registered with the Register of Legal Entities (RPM Nivelles) under the enterprise number 891.118.115. We were incorporated in Belgium on July 24, 2007 for an unlimited duration. Our fiscal year ends December 31.

Our principal executive and registered offices are located at rue Edouard Belin 2, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium and our telephone number is +32 10 394 100. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System. We also maintain a website at www.celyad.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and the information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this Annual Report.

Our actual capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2014,2015 and 2016 amounted to €0.6 million, €0.8 million and €1.8 million, respectively. These capital expenditures primarily consisted of the acquisition of laboratory equipment and industrial tools, the refurbishment of our research and development laboratories and leasehold improvements of our corporate offices located in Belgium and the United States. We expect our capital expenditures to increase in absolute terms in the near term as we continue to advance our research and development programs and grow our operations. We anticipate our capital expenditure in 2017 to be financed mostly from finance leases and partly with proceeds of our global offering.

B. Business Overview

Overview

We are a leader in engineered cell therapy treatments with clinical programs currently targeting indications in immune-oncology.

Our lead product candidate in oncology is CAR-T NKR-2, an autologous chimeric antigen receptor, or CAR, using NKG2D, an activating receptor of Natural Killer, or NK, cells transduced on T-lymphocytes. We successfully completed in 2016 our first clinical trial for this product candidate, called the CM-CS1 trial. The CM-CS1 trial was a Phase 1 dose escalation study that was conducted at the Dana Farber Cancer Institute in Boston, Massachusetts. It enrolled patients with refractory or relapsed acute myeloid leukemia, or AML, or multiple myeloma, or MM. The outcome of the CM-CS1 trial was presented at the 2016 American Society of Hematology, or ASH, Annual Meeting in December 2016. No treatment-related safety concerns were reported at the four doses tested. First signals of activity were also identified and reported.

In December 2016, a second Phase 1 clinical trial was initiated. The THINK trial (THerapeutic Immunotherapy with CAR-T NKR-2) is a multinational (EU/US) open-label Phase 1b trial to assess the safety and clinical activity of multiple administrations of autologous CAR-T NKR-2 cells in seven refractory cancers, including five solid tumors (colorectal, ovarian, bladder, triple-negative breast and pancreatic cancers) and two hematological tumors (AML and MM). The THINK trial will test three dose levels adjusted to body weight: up to 3x10 8 , 1x10 9 and 3x10 9 CAR-T NKR-2 cells. At each dose, the patients will receive three successive administrations, two weeks apart, of CAR-T NKR-2 cells. The dose escalation part of the study will enroll up to 24 patients while the extension phase would enroll 86 additional patients. The dose escalation part is expected to be completed in the last quarter of 2017.

In July 2016, we announced the signing of an exclusive licensing agreement with the Japanese immuno-oncology company ONO Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., or ONO, for the development and commercialization of our allogeneic CAR-T NKR-2 immunotherapy. The license agreement with ONO grants them the exclusive right to develop and commercialize our allogeneic CAR-T NKR-2 T-Cell immunotherapy in Japan, Korea and Taiwan. In exchange for receiving a license in these countries, ONO will pay us up to $311.5 million in development and commercial milestones, including an upfront payment of $12.5 million plus double digit royalties on net sales in ONO territories.

Our lead drug product candidate in cardiovascular disease is called C-Cure, an autologous cell therapy for the treatment of patients with ischemic heart failure, or HF. C-Cure was evaluated in CHART-1, a Phase 3 trial conducted in Europe and Israel with 290 patients suffering from advanced ischemic HF. Topline results from the CHART-1 trial were reported in June 2016. Results indicated that the trial was overall neutral but with a positive trend, consistent across all parameters tested. Although the primary endpoint of the randomized trial was not met among the entire CHART-1 patient population, a significant

 

42


Table of Contents

subpopulation representing more than 60% of the overall trial patients, defined by their Left Ventricular End Diastolic Volume, did meet the trial primary endpoint with a P value of 0.015. Based on the results of the CHART-1 trial, a U.S. trial, or CHART-2, has been designed to exclusively enroll the subset of patients that met the primary endpoint of the CHART-1 trial. We are currently seeking partners to further develop and commercialize C-Cure.

Strategy

Our goal is to become a leader in CAR-T cell therapies dedicated to the treatment of cancer. The key elements of this strategy are as follows:

 

    Rapidly advance CAR-T NKR-2 clinical development for the treatment of hematological and solid indications targeted in our THINK trial . We are currently enrolling patients with refractory or relapsed AML, MM, colorectal, bladder, ovarian, pancreatic and triple negative breast cancers in a Phase 1b clinical trial of CAR-T NKR-2 in Belgium and in the United States. We intend to progress CAR-T NKR-2 in further stages of development in the indications that demonstrate clinical activity.

 

    Explore the potentially synergistic effect of the combination of CAR-T NKR-2 with standard chemotherapy in first or second line metastatic colorectal cancer patients . We believe there is an opportunity to study the properties of increased ligand expression in tumor cells exposed to aggressive chemotherapy regime, with the administration of CAR-T NKR-2 in between the chemotherapy cycles.

 

    Explore the potential of CAR-T NKR-2 administered loco regionally. We believe there is an opportunity to study the safety and effectiveness of administration of CAR-T NKR-2 in the liver in colorectal cancer patients with liver metastasis.

 

    Develop our allogeneic CAR-T NKR-2 clinical program. We are developing a proprietary approach to inhibit T-cell receptor, or TCR, expression in CAR-T cells that allows us to use donor cells as opposed to the patient’s own T lymphocytes, which may make the administration of CAR-T therapies feasible in patients lacking sufficient T lymphocytes, and, potentially, provide an approach to the administration of CAR-T cells in certain conditions where the resident immune system can be temporarily inhibited.

 

    Make manufacturing and logistics of autologous CAR-T therapies feasible to address large indications. While current autologous approaches may be suited for relatively small indications, and allogeneic approaches have yet to demonstrate their equivalent effectiveness in non-hematological malignancies, we believe it is important to find manufacturing and supply chain solutions that allow the administration of CAR-T cells in large indications feasible, cost effective and safe. Building on our experience in autologous cell therapy from our C-Cure program, we, with external partners, are developing a fully automated point of care manufacturing solution that will may provide a paradigm shift in the field of autologous cell therapy.

 

    Leverage our expertise and knowledge of engineered-cell therapies to expand our NKR-T cell therapy drug product candidate pipeline . In addition, we are continuing preclinical studies of our other preclinical product candidates, including NKp30, which is another activating receptor of NK cells, and B7H6, which is a NKp30 ligand expressed on cancer cells. We expect that B7H6 will enter clinical development in 2018 for the treatment of a pediatric rare and serious malignancy neuroblastoma.

 

    Find a partner to continue the development of our cardiovascular assets, in particular C-Cure . Based on the results from our previous trials, we believe that C-Cure is a promising candidate for the treatment of ischemic HF. We are actively seeking a partner that could leverage that data and conduct CHART-2 for registration of C-Cure in the United States and in Europe.

Drug product candidates

We currently hold worldwide rights to develop and commercialize all of our drug product candidates.

Our most advanced product candidates are autologous cell therapy treatments. In autologous procedures, a patient’s cells are harvested, selected, reprogrammed and expanded, and then infused back into the same patient. A benefit of autologous therapies is that autologous cells are not recognized as foreign by patients’ immune systems. We believe that we are well positionned to effectively advance autologous cell therapy treatments for cancer and other indications as a result of the expertise and know-how that we have acquired through our development of C-Cure.

 

43


Table of Contents

Oncology

 

LOGO

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States after cardiovascular diseases, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. According to the American Cancer Society, in 2014, there were an estimated 1.6 million new cancer cases diagnosed and over 550,000 cancer deaths in the United States alone. In the past decades, the cornerstones of cancer therapies have been surgery, chemotherapy and radiation therapy. Since 2001, molecules that specifically target cancer cells have emerged as standard treatments for a number of cancers. For example, Gleevec is marketed by Novartis AG for the treatment of leukemia, and Herceptin is marketed by Genentech, Inc. for the treatment of breast and gastric cancer. Although targeted therapies have significantly improved the outcomes for certain patients with these cancers, there is still a high unmet need for the treatment of these and many other cancers.

Below are the statistics regarding certain forms of solid and hematological cancers and their estimated death rates in the United States for 2017:

 

     2017 estimates for the US  
     New cases      Deaths  

Acute myeloid leukemia

     21,380        11,960  

Multiple myeloma

     30,280        12,790  

Colorectal cancer

     135,430        50,260  

Pancreatic cancer

     53,670        43,090  

Urinary bladder cancer

     79,030        16,870  

Ovary cancer

     22,440        14,080  

Triple negative breast cancer

     30,620        >>4,900  

Source: SEER, American Cancer Society

CAR T-Cell Therapy

The immune system has a natural response to cancer, as cancer cells express antigens that can be recognized by cells of the immune system. Upon recognition of a cancer antigen, activated T-cells release substances that kill cancer cells and attract other immune cells to assist in the killing process. However, cancer cells can develop the ability to release inhibitory factors that allow them to evade immune response, resulting in the formation of cancers.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAR T-cell therapy is a new technology that broadly involves engineering patients’ own T-cells to express CARs so that these re-engineered cells recognize and kill cancer cells, overcoming cancer cells’ ability to evade the immune response. CARs are comprised of the following elements:

 

    binding domains that encode proteins, such as variable fragments of antibodies that are expressed on the surface of a T-cell and allow the T-cell to recognize specific antigens on cancer cells;

 

    intracellular signaling domains derived from T-cell receptors that activate the signaling pathways responsible for the immune response following binding to cancer cells. This allows the T cell to trigger the killing activity of the target cancer cell once it is recognized; and

 

    costimulatory and adaptor domains, which enhance the effectiveness of the T-cells in their immune response.

Once activated, CAR T-cells proliferate and kill cancer cells directly through the secretion of cytotoxins that destroy cancer cells, and these cytokines attract other immune cells to the tumor site to assist in the killing process.

The CAR T-cell manufacturing process starts with collecting cells from a patient’s blood. T-cells are then selected, following which the CAR is introduced into the T-cells using vectors. The CAR T-cells are then expanded prior to injection back into the patient.

Current Investigational Treatments of Cancer using CAR T-Cells

CAR-T cell therapy is an emerging approach for the treatment of some cancers, such as B-cell malignancies.

CAR CD19 is the most studied CAR. CAR CD19 has an antigen binding domain that recognizes the CD19 antigen that is present on all B lymphocytes. This means that if a cancer originates from B lymphocytes, such as Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL), then a CAR bearing the CD19 antibody could potentially recognize it and destroy it. Indeed, results of a clinical trial reported in the New England Journal of Medicine in October 2014 demonstrated that CAR CD19 CAR therapy was effective in treating patients with relapsed and refractory ALL. Treatment was associated with a complete remission rate of 90% and sustained remissions of up to two year after treatment. Despite its promise, CAR CD19 therapy is inherently limited to the treatment of B-cell malignancies. CAR CD19 also targets normal B lymphocytes leading to the need to treat those patients with gamma globulins.

Our Approach to CAR T-Cell Therapy

Our approach to CAR-T cell therapy has the potential to treat a broader range of cancers than CD19 CARs as we employ natural receptors that target multiple ligands, and not just CD 19. Our most advanced CAR technologies use activating receptors of NK cells, which are lymphocytes of the innate immune system that kill diseased cells directly and indirectly, by secreting cytokines that attract other immune cells to assist in the killing process. The receptors of NK cells used in our therapies target the ligands that are activated in cancer cells, but are absent or expressed at very low levels in normal cells.

CAR-T NKR-2

Our lead CAR-T NKR-T cell drug product candidate is CAR-T NKR-2. CAR-T NKR-2 uses the native sequence of NKG2D in the CAR construct. In CAR-T NKR-2, the human natural sequence of NKG2D is expressed outside the T lymphocyte and bound to an intra cellular domain called CD3 Zeta. This intracellular domain is the same as the one used in other CARs and is responsible for the activation of the T-cell once NKG2D recognizes and binds to its target. In addition, the complex NKG2D CD3 Zeta binds to DAP 10 which is a co-stimulatory molecule present on T-cells, which means that the activation triggered by the primary stimulatory chain CD3 Zeta is further strengthened by DAP 10, a secondary or co-stimulatory domain.

Ligands for the NKG2D receptor are expressed at the surface of cancer cells, allowing for the targeting of multiple tumor types. NKG2D receptor ligands, such as ULBP1-6, MICA and MICB, are expressed in numerous solid tumors and blood cancers, including ovarian, bladder, breast, lung and liver cancers, as well as leukemia, lymphoma and myeloma. Within a given cell population, we have observed in vitro effectiveness of CAR-T NKR-2 even when as few as 7% of the cancer cells expressed a NKG2D receptor ligand.

 

45


Table of Contents

Preclinical Development

CAR-T NKR-2 has been tested in preclinical models of solid and blood cancers, including lymphoma, ovarian cancer, melanoma and myeloma. In preclinical studies, treatment with CAR-T NKR-2 significantly increased survival. In studies, 100% of treated mice survived through the follow-up period of the applicable study, which in one study was 325 days. All untreated mice died during the follow-up period of the applicable study.

In one representative study, as shown in the figure below, the treatment with CAR-T NKR-2 completely prevented tumor development in mice injected with ovarian cancer cells and followed over a period of 225 days. In contrast, all mice injected with ovarian cancer cells that were treated with unmodified T-cells developed cancerous tumors and died during that period.

Our lead CAR-T NKR-T cell drug product candidate is CAR-T NKR-2. CAR-T NKR-2 uses the native sequence of NKG2D in the CAR construct. In CAR-T NKR-2, the human natural sequence of NKG2D is expressed outside the T lymphocyte and bound to an intra cellular domain called CD3 Zeta. This intracellular domain is the same as the one used in other CAR and is responsible for the activation of the T cell once NKG2D recognizes and binds to its target. In addition, the complex NKG2D CD3 Zeta binds to DAP 10 which is a co stimulatory molecule present on T cell, which means that the activation triggered by the primary stimulatory chain CD3 Zeta is further strengthened by DAP 10 a secondary or co stimulatory domain.

Ligands for the NKG2D receptor are expressed at the surface of cancer cells, allowing for the targeting of multiple tumor types. NKG2D receptor ligands, such as ULBP1-6, MICA and MICB, are expressed in numerous solid tumors and blood cancers, including ovarian, bladder, breast, lung and liver cancers, as well as leukemia, lymphoma and myeloma. Within a given cell population, we have shown in vitro effectiveness of NKR-2 even when as few as 7% of the cancer cells expressed a NKG2D receptor ligand.

Preclinical Development

CAR-T NKR-2 has been tested in preclinical models of solid and blood cancers, including lymphoma, ovarian cancer, melanoma and myeloma. In preclinical studies, treatment with NKR-2 significantly increased survival. In studies, 100% of treated mice survived through the follow-up period of the applicable study, which in one study was 325 days. All untreated mice died during the follow-up period of the applicable study.

In one representative study, as shown in the figure below, the treatment with NKR-2 completely prevented tumor development in mice injected with ovarian cancer cells and followed over a period of 225 days. In contrast, all mice injected with ovarian cancer cells that were treated with unmodified T-cells developed cancerous tumors and died during that period.

 

LOGO

Our preclinical models have shown that administration of CAR-T NKR-2 is followed by changes in a tumor’s micro-environment resulting from the local release of chemokines, a family of small cytokines.

In a preclinical study, mice that had been injected with 5T33MM cancer cells (a myeloma cancer) and treated with CAR-T NKR-2 were rechallenged, either with the 5T33MM cancer cells or a different tumor type (RMA lymphoma cells). The mice that were rechallenged with the same tumor type survived, while the mice that were challenged with a different tumor type died, as shown in the figure below. Of note, at the time of the re-challenge of the surviving animals, no CAR-T NKR-2 were detected in the animals, hence the protection against the original tumor is linked to an adaptive immunity mechanism.

 

46


Table of Contents

LOGO

We do not believe that this effect has been observed with other CARs.

Moreover, preclinical studies have suggested that CART-T NKR-2 could potentially have a direct effect on tumor vasculature. Tumor vessels express ligands for the NKG2D receptor that are not generally expressed by normal vessels. We believe that this expression may be linked to genotoxic stress, hypoxia and re-oxygenation in tumors and therefore that CART-T NKR-2 could potentially inhibit tumor growth by decreasing tumor vasculature, which enhances the activity through a virtuous circle of anoxia of tumor cells and increased ligand expression of tumor cells.

Preclinical studies also suggest that CART-T NKR-2 is active without lymphodepletion conditioning, which is the destruction of lymphocytes and T-cells, normally by radiation. We believe this absence of a pre-conditioning regimen may significantly expand the range of patients eligible for CAR T-cell treatment, reduce costs, reduce toxicity and thereby improve patient experience and acceptance.

No significant toxicology findings were reported from preclinical multiple-dose studies at dose levels below 10 7 CART-T NKR-2 per animal. Some temporary weight loss was noted in animals treated with CART-T NKR-2 at doses of 2x10 7 per animal, a dose practically unattainable in human equivalents.

Clinical Development

CM-CS1 Phase 1a trial

On June 9, 2014, we filed an IND with the FDA in order to conduct a clinical trial for our CAR-T NKR-2 product candidate. This trial was called CM-CS1. The purpose of the trial was to evaluate the safety and feasibility of administering a single intravenous dose of CAR-T NKR-2 to patients with AML and MM. The trial was designed to start at low doses in order to evaluate the potential “on target/off tumor” toxicity, meaning the undue targeting of healthy tissues.

All patients enrolled in the CM-CS1 trial were patients with (i) AML who are not in remission and for which standard therapy options are not available or (ii) relapsed or refractory progressive MM. All patients received a single-dose intravenous administration of CAR-T NKR-2 T-cells without prior lymphodepletion conditioning. CM-CS1 was a dose escalation trial to test four different dose levels. Patients received doses from 1×10 6 up to 3×10 7 CAR-T NKR-2 in a single intravenous injection. For each dose level, three patients, one with AML, one with MM, and one with either AML or MM, were recruited.

This trial was conducted at the Dana Farber Cancer Institute in the United States. The outcome of the trial was:

 

  Among AML/MDS and MM patients, a single dose of CAR-T NKR-2 cells without lymphodepletion was feasible and well tolerated without dose limiting toxicities, or DLTs, over a range of 1×10 6 to 3×10 7  T cells.

 

  Cases of unexpected survival and/or improvement in hematologic parameters were noted in both AML and MM patients, some with and some without subsequent therapy.

 

  NKG2D CAR-T-specific activity against autologous tumor-containing cells was observed in vitro in the patients tested.

The CMCS-1 trial results that were presented at ASH in December 2016 and paved the way for studies of multiple infusions and higher doses of CAR-T NKR-2 cells, closer to a potential therapeutic range, in numerous malignancies.

 

47


Table of Contents

THINK Phase 1b Trial

In December 2016, we initiated THINK, a second clinical trial with our CAR-T NKR-2 product candidate.

THINK (THerapeutic Immunotherapy with NKr-2) is a multinational (EU/US) open-label Phase Ib study to assess the safety and clinical activity of multiple administrations of autologous CAR-T NKR-2 cells in seven cancers, including five solid tumors (colorectal, ovarian, bladder, triple-negative breast and pancreatic cancers) and two hematological tumors (acute myeloid leukemia and multiple myeloma) in patients who did not respond to or relapsed after first line therapies.

The trial will test three dose levels adjusted to body weight: up to 3x10 8 , 1x10 9 and 3x10 9 CAR-T NKR-2 cells. At each dose, the patients will receive three successive administrations of the specified dose, two weeks apart. The dose escalation part of the study will enroll up to 24 patients while the extension phase is planned to enroll a maximum of 86 additional patients.

Other CAR T-Cell Development

Additional Autologous Programs

We also have two additional autologous NKR-T cells programs that are in preclinical development. One program involves the use of a NKR-T expressing NKp30, another activated receptor of NK cells. NKR-T cells expressing NKp30 target ligands, which are expressed on many types of cancer cells, including lymphoma, leukemia and gastrointestional stromal tumors. The primary ligand of NKp30 is B7H6. Previous preclinical studies performed at Dartmouth College and reported in the Journal of Immunology in 2012 demonstrated that NKR-T cells expressing NKp30 were able to kill cancer cells expressing NKp30 ligands both in vitro and in vivo. Another program involves the specific targeting of B7H6 to kill cancer cells that express B7H6. This program is a more canonical CAR using B7H6 as a single chain variable fragement antibody associated with primary CD3 Zeta and co-stimulatory CD 28 domains, and with the lymphodepletion to allow in vivo proliferation. Previous preclinical studies performed at Dartmouth College and reported in the Journal of Immunology in 2015 demonstrated that therapy targeting B7H6 decreased tumor burden of melanoma- and ovarian cancer-bearing mice. We intend to initiate clinical development of CAR-T B7H6 in Neuroblastoma, a devastating pediatric malignancy, in early 2018.

Allogeneic Platform

Autologous CAR-T cells have yielded impressive results in B cell malignancies. B cell malignancies represent a small proportion of cancer patients. Addressing larger indications such as some solid tumors make autologous treatments using the current centralized manufacturing paradigm a challenging option both from a cost and logistical perspectives. Finding alternative approaches for addressing those high unmet medical needs is therefore of paramount importance. An allogeneic approach must deal with two issues, one related to the rejection of the patient tissues by the grafted cells, ie, the graft versus host disease, or GvHD, and another related to the rejection of the graft by the host immune system, the Transplant Rejection. A truly off the shelf approach must deal with those two issues. We are developing an allogeneic approach that may render some of those challenges more addressable. We have developed a mechanism to prevent the GvHD by silencing the T-Cell Receptor, or TCR, complex on T Lymphocytes. This silencing suppresses the GvHD. In hematological malignancies using the canonical CAR-T cells, lymphodepletion is used which reduces or eliminates transplant rejection during the time the transplant is alive and the patient’s immune system is dampened. While this may indeed be feasible in this setting, expanding this to other type of cancers requires other approaches that we are currently investigating. We hope to enter clinical development of our allogeneic program beginning of 2018.

 

48


Table of Contents

Comparison of our NKR-T cell therapy approach to canonical CAR Therapy.

 

LOGO

Cardiovascular Diseases

Cardiovascular diseases, which are diseases of the heart and blood vessels, are the largest cause of mortality in the world and, in 2012, approximately 31% of all global deaths were attributable to cardiovascular diseases, according to the World Health Organization. A subset of cardiovascular diseases, cardiac diseases, which are diseases of the heart, represent the single largest cause of death in the cardiovascular diseases population, according to the American Heart Association. If left untreated, cardiac diseases can lead to heart failure, or HF, a condition in which the heart is unable to pump enough blood to meet the body’s metabolic needs.

Current Treatments of Heart Failure

Although existing therapies have been somewhat effective in the treatment of HF, there is still great unmet medical need. In particular, in the case of ischemic HF, which is caused by insufficient oxygen to the heart, current treatments fail to address the decrease in the number of functional myocytes in the heart that result from this lack of oxygen. Over time this functional decrease modifies the dynamics of cardiac contractions leading to tissue remodeling and loss of cardiac function. We believe that cellular therapies have the potential to repair or replace the non-functioning myocytes of ischemic HF patients.

C-Cure

Our drug product candidate, C-Cure, is an autologous cell therapy that we believe has the potential to treat moderate to severe HF. We have developed C-Cure based predominantly on technology that we licensed from the Mayo Clinic.

To guide cardiac tissue formation, our C-Cure therapy reprograms multipotent stem cells harvested from a patient’s bone marrow into cardio reparative cells using naturally occurring cytokines and growth factors that mimic the signaling that occurs in embryonic heart tissue development. In the C-Cure process, stem cells are collected from an ischemic HF patient through bone marrow aspiration. The stem cells are then harvested, selected, expanded and differentiated into cardio reparative cells at our manufacturing facility, yielding a homogeneous and pure cell population. The cells are then re-injected into the heart of the ischemic HF patient with our C-Cath ez cell injection catheter.

 

49


Table of Contents

Clinical Development Status

CHART-1

CHART-1 has been conducted in Europe and Israel and was first authorized in November 2012. CHART-1 is a 290-patient prospective controlled randomized double-blinded trial, including NYHA Class III and IV ischemic HF patients. The primary endpoint of this trial is an improvement in the composite hierarchical endpoint using the Finkelstein-Schoenfeld statistical method. The elements of this endpoint are, in hierarchical order, mortality, morbidity, quality of life, six minutes’ walk distance test, left ventricular end systolic volume (LVESV) and left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF). Each patient in the C-Cure treatment group will be compared to each patient in the control group and a comprehensive score will be derived to compare one group against the other.

Outcome of CHART-1

The CHART-1 trial is the largest cardiovascular regenerative medicine trial to date addressing the effect of cardiopoiesis-based cell therapy in ischemic HF patients with moderate to severe symptoms. In this at-risk population with limited therapeutic options, the trial was neutral regarding the primary endpoint, a hierarchical composite encompassing all-cause mortality, worsening heart failure events, Minnesota Living with Heart Failure Questionnaire score, 6-min walk distance, LVESV and LVEF assessed at 39 weeks. Exploration of the primary composite endpoint according to baseline heart failure severity revealed a clinically relevant population that appeared to benefit from cardiopoietic cell therapy and in which the primary endpoint was met (p=0.015). This sizable target population (the responder population), representing 60% of the whole study cohort, was characterized by severe heart enlargement (baseline LVEDV 200–370 mL). Patients displaying a lower (< 200 mL) or greater (> 370 mL) LVEDV did not appear to respond to cell therapy in this study. We aim to confirm the present findings in subsequent studies with broader representation of women and non-Caucasian racial groups.

CHART-2

On January 27, 2012, we filed our Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for the use of C-Cure in CHART-2 with the FDA (NCT02317458). The purpose of the IND trial is to evaluate the efficacy and safety of bone marrow-derived mesenchymal cardiopoietic cells for improving exercise capacity in subjects with advanced chronic ischemic HF. CHART-2 is expected to be conducted in the United States and Europe. CHART-2 has subsequently been amended and is currently a 400-patient prospective controlled randomized double-blinded trial, for which the patient population is limited to the responder population identified in CHART-1. The primary efficacy endpoint of CHART-2 is the change in Mortality, Worsening Heart Failure Event and Quality of Life from pre-procedure to 12 months. We are looking for a partner to run CHART-2 and continue the regulatory and commercial development of C-Cure.

Our Complementary Devices

We developed C-Cath ez , which is CE-marked, with the goal of overcoming limitations of existing cell injection devices that we discovered during our development of C-Cure. Due to continuous heart movements, we believe that injecting cells into the heart requires a stable needle that anchors into the tissue during injection. In addition, excess pressure on cells during injection has an adverse impact on cell retention. To respond to these challenges, C-Cath ez features a curved needle that provides stability during the injection and multiple holes along the needle that increase the exit surface, reducing the pressure exerted on cells during the injection procedure. In preclinical studies, we obtained a higher retention rate of injected cells through the use of C-Cath ez as compared to other commercially available catheters. In a preclinical study of C-Cath ez , use of C-Cath ez did not cause myocardial perforation or clinically relevant increases in the blood levels of cardiac enzymes were observed in pigs or dogs. We also market C Cath ez in the European Union as a stand-alone medical device for delivery of diagnostic and therapeutic agents indicated for delivery into the heart to research laboratories and clinical-stage companies only.

In addition, we believe our heart access technology will enable cardiologists to take a unique access route directly to the patient’s left atrium, which may potentially enable the deployment of catheters or other necessary instruments for use in the treatment of various indications such as mitral valve disorders and structural heart diseases, conditions often linked to HF. This heart access technology includes the heart access sheath, mitral valve neo-chordae, and closure device. These devices are either in the discovery phase or preclinical development.

Licensing and Collaboration Agreements

Academic and clinical collaborations

We have core relationships and collaborations with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Clinic, and the Trustees of Dartmouth College, or Dartmouth.

 

50


Table of Contents

Dartmouth College and Celdara

In January 2015, we entered into a stock purchase agreement, or the Celdara Agreement, with Celdara Medical, LLC, or Celdara, pursuant to which we purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of OnCyte, LLC, or OnCyte, for a $10.0 million upfront payment to Celdara, $6.0 million of which was paid in cash and $4.0 million of which was paid in the form of 93,087 of our ordinary shares. After this transaction we, Celdara and OnCyte entered into an asset purchase agreement, or OnCyte APA, pursuant to which Celdara sold to OnCyte, data, protocols, regulatory documents and intellectual property, including the rights and obligations under license agreements between Celdara and Dartmouth College, related to our NKR-T cell therapy programs, or the Transferred Assets. Pursuant to the OnCyte APA, we are obligated to make development-based milestone payments to Celdara of $40.0 million for clinical products and of $36.5 million for preclinical products, as well as sales-based milestone payments of up to $80.0 million for products based on the Transferred Assets, or CAR Products. The OnCyte APA also requires us to make tiered single-digit royalty payments to Celdara in connection with the sales of CAR Products. Such royalties are payable on a CAR Product-by CAR Product and country-by-country basis until the later of (i) the last day that at least one valid patent claim covering the CAR Product exists, or (ii) the tenth anniversary of the day of the first commercial sale of the CAR Product in such country. Under the OnCyte APA, we can opt out of the development of any CAR Product if the data does not meet the scientific criteria of success. We may also opt out of development of any CAR Product for any other reason upon payment of a termination fee of $2.0 million to Celdara.

2010 Dartmouth License Agreement

Under the exclusive license agreement with Dartmouth College entered into in April 2010 and amended in February 2012, July 2013 and January 2015, Dartmouth College granted us (as successor in interest to Celdara) an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to certain know-how and patent rights to make, have made, use, and/or sell any product or process for human therapeutics, the manufacture, use or sale of which, is covered by such patent rights. Dartmouth College reserves the right to use the licensed patent rights and licensed know-how, in the same field, for education and research purposes only. The patent rights covered by this agreement are related, in part, to methods for treating cancer involving chimeric NKG2D and NKP30 receptor targeted therapeutics and T cell receptor-deficient T-cell compositions in treating tumor, infection, GvHD, transplant and radiation sickness.

In consideration for the rights granted to us under the agreement, we are required to pay to Dartmouth College an annual license fee of $20,000 as well as a low single-digit royalty based on annual net sales of the licensed products by us and by our permitted sublicenses, with certain minimum net sales obligations beginning April 30, 2024 and continuing for each year of sales thereafter. We are also obligated to pay to Dartmouth College a certain tiered percentage of sublicensing income ranging from the mid-single digits to the mid-teens based on the development stage of the technology at the time the sublicense is granted. We are not required to pay sublicensing income on transactions in which we form a new spin-off entity and transfer at least a portion of our assets. Additionally, the agreement requires that we exploit the licensed products, and we have agreed to meet certain developmental and regulatory milestones. Upon successful completion of such milestones, we are obligated to pay to Dartmouth College certain milestone payments up to an aggregate amount of $1.5 million. We are responsible for all expenses in connection with the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the patents covered under the agreement.

After April 30, 2024, Dartmouth College may terminate the license if we fail to meet the specified minimum net sales obligations for any year, unless we pay to Dartmouth College the royalty we would otherwise be obligated to pay had we met such minimum net sales obligation. Dartmouth College may also terminate the license if we fail to meet a milestone within the specified time period, unless we pay the corresponding milestone payment. Either party may terminate the agreement in the event the other party defaults or breaches any of the provisions of the agreement, subject to 30 days’ prior notice and opportunity to cure. In addition, the agreement automatically terminates in the event we become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or file, or have filed against us, a petition in bankruptcy. Absent early termination, the agreement will continue until the expiration date of the last to expire patent right included under the agreement in the last to expire territory. We expect that the last to expire patent right included under this agreement will expire in 2033, absent extensions or adjustments.

2014 Dartmouth License Agreement

Under the exclusive license agreement with Dartmouth College entered into in June 2014 and amended in January 2015, Dartmouth College granted us (as successor in interest to Celdara) an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under certain know-how and patent rights to make, have made, use, modify, exploit,

 

51


Table of Contents

distribute, and/or sell any product or process for human therapeutics, the manufacture, use or sale of which, is covered by such patent rights. Our license is subject to any rights that may be required to be granted to the government of the United States, and Dartmouth College reserves the right to use the licensed patent rights and licensed know-how, in the same field, for education and research purposes only. The patent rights covered by this agreement are related, in part, to anti-B7-H6 antibody, fusion proteins and methods of using the same.

In consideration for the rights granted to us under the agreement, we are required to pay to Dartmouth College a license maintenance fee of $10,000 upon the first anniversary of the agreement and an annual license maintenance fee of $20,000 thereafter. We are also required to pay to Dartmouth College a low single-digit royalty based on annual net sales of the licensed products by us and by our permitted sub licensees, with a specified minimum royalty payment for each year of sales. We are obligated to pay to Dartmouth College a certain tiered percentage of sublicensing income ranging from the mid-single digits to the mid-teens based on the time or development stage of the technology at the time the sublicense is granted. We are not required to pay sublicensing income on transactions in which we form a new spin-off entity and transfer at least a portion of our assets. Additionally, the agreement requires that we exploit the licensed products, and we have agreed to meet certain developmental and regulatory milestones. Upon successful completion of such milestones for each licensed product, we are obligated to pay to Dartmouth College certain milestone payments up to an aggregate amount of $1.6 million. We are responsible for all expenses in connection with the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the patents covered under the agreement.

Dartmouth College may, at its option, terminate the license, upon thirty days written notice, if we fail to pay at least the minimum royalty payment amount or make such minimum payment within such thirty-day period. In addition, Dartmouth College has the right to terminate if we fail to meet a milestone within the specified time period or fail to make the corresponding milestone payment, subject to 30 days’ prior written notice and opportunity to cure. We may unilaterally terminate the agreement by giving three months advance written notice to Dartmouth College and paying a termination fee of $2,500. Either party may terminate the agreement in the event the other party defaults or breaches any of the provisions of the agreement, subject to 30 days’ prior notice and opportunity to cure. In addition, the agreement automatically terminates in the event we become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or file, or have filed against us, a petition in bankruptcy. Absent early termination, the agreement will continue until the expiration date of the last to expire patent right included under the agreement in the last to expire territory. We expect that the last to expire patent right included under this agreement will expire in 2033, absent extensions or adjustments.

Mayo Clinic

C-Cure is based on technology discovered at the Molecular Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics lab at the Mayo Clinic, led by Dr. Andre Terzic. Under our technology license agreement with the Mayo Clinic entered into in June 2007 and amended in July 2008 and October 2010, or Mayo License, we were granted an exclusive, worldwide license to make, use, modify, enhance, promote, market and/or sell the “Cardiogenic Cocktail for the production of Cardiac Cells” and “Stem Cell Based Therapy for Non-ischemic Cardiomyopathic Heart Failure” within the field of cardiovascular regeneration or protection, including certain related patents. In addition, we were granted a non-exclusive, worldwide license to licensed know-how in connection with the licensed inventions within the same field. The exclusive license is subject to the Mayo Clinic’s right to make and use the licensed inventions and licensed know-how within its affiliates’ own programs, and to the rights, if any, of the United States government. The Mayo Clinic has the right to purchase quantities of licensed invention from us at cost to meet its and its affiliates’ internal needs.

In consideration for the rights granted to us under the Mayo License, we were required to pay an upfront fee to Mayo Clinic of €9,500,000 upon the initial agreement and $3,193,125 upon the execution of the second amendment, which were subsequently converted into our share capital. We also paid the Mayo Clinic $337,000 for the purchase of equipment for research purposes. Additionally, we are required to pay to the Mayo Clinic a low single-digit royalty on net commercial sales by us or by our permitted sublicensees from the commercialization of licensed products, on a licensed product-by-licensed product basis, beginning on the date of the first commercial sale of the relevant licensed product and extending until the earlier of (i) the 15 year anniversary of the first commercial sale of such licensed product, (ii) the date on which the licensed product is no longer covered by a valid claim of a licensed patent in the applicable territory, or (iii) termination of the Mayo License. The Mayo License permits a reduction of these royalties, not to exceed a specified floor, for amounts payable to third parties as required to in-license necessary third-party technology.

 

52


Table of Contents

Under the Mayo License, we are responsible for the development, manufacture and commercialization of the licensed inventions. We committed to provide the Mayo Clinic with $500,000 of directed research funding per year for the years 2012 through 2014. Any results of this research will automatically be included as licensed inventions under the Mayo License. We will also fund research at the Mayo Clinic in the amount of $1,000,000 per year for four years in the area of regeneration or protection for cardiovascular applications. Such payments will begin once we have achieved both commercial sale of a licensed product and a positive cash flow from operations in the previous financial year. We will have an exclusive right of first negotiation to acquire an exclusive license to inventions that are the direct result of work carried out under these grants, in accordance with the mechanism described in the Mayo License. The Mayo Clinic provided us with directed research and conducted a dose finding study for us at no additional cost. Subject to pre-existing obligations, until October 18, 2015, we also have an exclusive right of first negotiation to obtain an exclusive license from the Mayo Clinic on any guided cardiopoiesis technology developed by Dr. Andre Terzic or developed or co-developed by Dr. Atta Behfar, the senior investigator involved in the discovery of the cardiopoiesis technology. With respect to both of the foregoing rights of first negotiation, if we and the Mayo Clinic do not reach agreement for a license for the applicable invention within the prescribed negotiation period or permitted extension, the Mayo Clinic is prohibited from entering into a license agreement for such invention with a third party for a period of nine months.

The Mayo License will continue until the later of ten years or as long as the Mayo Clinic has any rights to any part of the licensed inventions. The Mayo Clinic may terminate the license on a product-by-product basis or licensed invention-by-licensed invention basis if we default in making payment when due and payable or under other circumstances specified in the Mayo License, subject to 120 days’ prior written notice and opportunity to cure. The Mayo Clinic may also terminate the Mayo License if we deliberately make false statements in reports delivered to Mayo Clinic. Additionally, Mayo Clinic may convert the license to non-exclusive or terminate the license upon final decision of an arbitral tribunal that we breached our diligence obligations under the Mayo License. Further, Mayo Clinic may terminate the agreement immediately for our insolvency or bankruptcy, as described in the Mayo License.

In November 2014, we entered into a Preferred Access Agreement with the Mayo Clinic. Pursuant to this agreement, the Mayo Clinic will review with us, on a quarterly basis, technologies arising from the Mayo Center for Regenerative Medicine, and we may review certain other technologies upon request. If, as a result of such reviews, we and the Mayo Clinic decide to advance a certain technology, we will enter into a separate exclusive license agreement with respect to such technology. This agreement remains in effect until December 2017, and may be extended by mutual agreement.

ONO Pharmaceuticals

On July 11, 2016, we entered into a license and collaboration agreement with ONO Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., or ONO, in connection with which we granted ONO an exclusive license for the development, manufacture and commercialization of allogenic products incorporating our NKR-T cell technology in Japan, Korea and Taiwan. Under the terms of the collaboration, ONO is solely responsible for and bears all costs incurred in the research, development and commercialization of such products in its geographies. In addition, we granted ONO an exclusive option to obtain an exclusive license to develop, manufacture and commercialize autologous products incorporating our autologous CAR-T NKR-2 cell technology in Japan, Korea and Taiwan.

In consideration for the rights granted to ONO under the agreement, we received an up-front payment in the amount of 1.25 billion JPY ($12.5 million) and we are eligible to receive additional milestones for up to 30.075 billion JPY ($299 million) in development and commercial milestones. In addition, we are entitled to receive double digit royalties on nets sales of licensed products in licensed territories.

Intellectual Property

Patents and patent applications

Patents, patent applications and other intellectual property rights are important in the sector in which we operate. We consider on a case-by-case basis filing patent applications with a view to protecting certain innovative products, processes, and methods of treatment. We may also license or acquire rights to patents, patent applications or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, academic partners or commercial companies which are of interest to us.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our patent portfolio includes pending patent applications and issued patents in the United States and in foreign countries. These patents and applications generally fall into four broad categories:

 

    patents and patent applications licensed from Dartmouth that relate to our NKR-T platform;

 

    patents and pending patent applications relating to cardiopoiesis, a subset of which are licensed from the Mayo Clinic;

 

    patents and pending applications we own that relate to cardiac injection catheter technology;

 

    and patent applications owned by our subsidiary Corquest that relate to cardiac medical device technology.

The term of a U.S. patent may be eligible for patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act to account for at least some of the time the drug or device is under development and regulatory review after the patent is granted. With regard to a drug or device for which FDA approval is the first permitted marketing of the active ingredient, the Hatch-Waxman Act allows for extension of the term of one U.S. patent. The extended patent term cannot exceed the shorter of five years beyond the non-extended expiration of the patent or 14 years from the date of the FDA approval of the drug or device. Some foreign jurisdictions have analogous patent term extension provisions that allow for extension of the term of a patent that covers a device approved by the applicable foreign regulatory agency.

NKR-T cell Platform Patents

As of February 28, 2017, our CAR T-cell portfolio includes four patent families exclusively licensed to us by Dartmouth. This portfolio includes four issued U.S. patents; six pending U.S. patent applications; and 13 foreign patent applications pending in jurisdictions including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Mexico, and Russia. These patents and patent applications relate to particular chimeric antigen receptors and to T-cell receptor-deficient T-cells, and will be further detailed below.

A first patent family relates to chimeric NK receptors and methods for treating cancer. There are two granted US patents in this family and a further pending US application. The scope of this patent family includes chimeric natural killer cell receptors (NKR CARs), T cells with such receptors (NKR CAR T cells) and methods of treating cancer with these NKR CAR T cells. Patents in this family will begin to expire in 2025, absent any adjustments or extensions. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in this family will begin to expire in 2025, absent any adjustments or extensions.

A second patent family relates to T cell receptor-deficient T cell compositions. Its scope envisages human T cells that express a chimeric receptor and have impaired or reduced expression of the endogenous T cell receptor (TCR). Such cells are particularly useful in allogeneic cell therapy. The family includes members that relate to the concept (irrespective of the way the T cell is made T cell receptor deficient), as well as members describing specific ways of making the cells TCR-deficient. There are two granted US patents, as well as three further pending US applications and ten applications in other jurisdictions. Claim 1 of patent US9,181,527 was challenged by an anonymous third party in an ex parte reexamination procedure, but the USPTO has determined that claim 1 is patentable as amended. Patents in this family will begin to expire in 2030, absent any adjustments or extensions. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in this family will begin to expire in 2030, absent any adjustments or extensions.

A third patent family is entitled NKp30 receptor targeted therapeutics and describes a specific NKR CAR based on the NKp30 receptor. It is pending in the US. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in this family will begin to expire in 2032, absent any adjustments or extensions.

A fourth family relates to an anti-B7-H6 antibody, CARs and BiTE molecules containing such antibody, CAR T cells, and methods of treating cancer with the CAR-T cells. Applications are pending in China, Europe, Japan and the US. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in this family will begin to expire in 2033, absent any adjustments or extensions.

Cardiopoiesis Platform Patents

As of February 1, 2017, our cardiopoiesis platform portfolio includes five living patent families, four of which are owned by the Mayo Clinic or jointly by Mayo and Celyad, which we refer to as the Mayo Cardiopoiesis Patents and are exclusively licensed to us, and one family that is owned by us, which we refer to as our Cardiopoiesis Patents.

 

54


Table of Contents

The Mayo Cardiopoiesis Patents include three issued U.S. patents; 26 foreign patents issued in jurisdictions including Australia, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, the Republic of Korea and Taiwan; three pending U.S. patent applications; and 17 foreign patent applications pending in jurisdictions including Europe, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Hong Kong, Israel, India, Japan, Mexico, Russia, Singapore, South Korea, and Thailand. These patents and patent applications relate to compositions and methods for inducing cardiogenesis in embryonic stem cells, methods of identifying cardiopoietic stem cells, and methods of using cardiopoietic stem cells to treat cardiovascular tissue. The Mayo Cardiopoiesis Patents will begin to expire in 2025, absent any adjustments or extensions. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in the Mayo Cardiopoiesis patent portfolio will begin to expire in 2025, absent any adjustments or extensions.

Our Cardiopoiesis Patents include one issued U.S. patent and granted patents in each of Australia, Europe, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan; a pending U.S. patent application; and 7 foreign patent applications pending in jurisdictions including Brazil, Canada, China, India, Israel and Thailand. An anonymous third party has filed an opposition to the granted European patent, this is currently being examined by the EPO. Oral proceedings were held on 6 March 2017 during the opposition procedure, which resulted in revocation of the patent. This decision still needs to be confirmed in writing, and can be appealed. These patents and patent applications relate to pharmaceutical compositions containing cardiopoietic stem cells and methods of their production. Our Cardiopoiesis Patents will begin to expire in 2030, absent any adjustments or extensions. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in our Cardiopoiesis patent portfolio will begin to expire in 2030, absent any adjustments or extensions.

Cardiac Injection Catheter Technology Patents

As of February 1, 2017, our cardiac injection catheter technology portfolio includes two patent families we own. This portfolio includes one issued U.S. patent and two pending U.S. patent applications; nine patents issued in jurisdictions including Australia, Canada, Europe, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand and Russia; and nine foreign patent applications pending in jurisdictions including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, India, Israel, Japan and Singapore. These patents and patent applications relate to injection catheters and processes for their use. Patents in this portfolio will begin to expire in 2029, absent any adjustments or extensions. We expect that any patents that eventually issue from currently pending applications in the Cardiac Injection Catheter Technology patent portfolio will begin to expire in 2030, absent any adjustments or extensions.

Heart Access Technology Patents

As of February 1, 2017, our heart access technology portfolio includes five patent families owned by Corquest, our wholly owned subsidiary. This portfolio includes eight pending U.S. patent applications and twenty-four foreign patent applications pending in various jurisdictions including Australia, Canada, Europe, Israel, Japan, and Mexico. These patent applications relate to devices, assemblies and methods for treating cardiac injuries and defects. Patents in this portfolio, when eventually issued, will begin to expire in 2032.

Trade secrets

In addition to our patents and patent applications, we keep certain of our proprietary information as trade secrets, which we seek to protect by confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties, and by fragmenting know-how between different individuals, in accordance with standard industry practices.

Competition

The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid technological change. We face competition from pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and medical devices companies, as well as from academic and research institutions. Some of these competitors are pursuing the development of medicinal products and other therapies that target the same diseases and conditions that we are targeting.

Some of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and gene therapy industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

 

55


Table of Contents

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our programs are likely to be their efficacy, safety and convenience.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources

CAR T-Cell Therapy

Early results from clinical trials have fueled continued interest in CAR T-cell therapies and our competitors as of the date of this Annual Report include Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., bluebird bio, Inc., Cellectis S.A., Juno Therapeutics, Inc., Kite Pharma Inc., Novartis AG, NantKwest Inc and Ziopharm Oncology, Inc.

C-Cure

We have identified several companies that are active in cardiac cell therapy as of the date of this Annual Report, including Capricor Inc., Mesoblast Ltd, Biocardia Inc. and Vericel Corporation.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug and biological products, or biologics, such as our drug product candidates. Generally, before a new drug or biologic can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and an application for marketing authorization must be approved by the regulatory authority.

Certain products may be comprised of components that are regulated under separate regulatory authorities and by different centers at the FDA. These products are known as combination products. A combination product is comprised of a combination of a drug and a device; a biological product and a device; a drug and a biological product; or a drug, a device, and a biological product. Under regulations issued by the FDA, a combination product includes:

 

    a product comprised of two or more regulated components that are physically, chemically, or otherwise combined or mixed and produced as a single entity;

 

    two or more separate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit and comprised of drug and device products, device and biological products, or biological and drug products;

 

    a drug, device, or biological product packaged separately that according to its investigational plan or proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approved individually specified drug, device or biological where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect and where upon approval of the proposed product the labeling of the approved product would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intended use, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significant change in dose; or

 

    any investigational drug, device, or biological packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling is for use only with another individually specified investigational drug, device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect.

One of our drug product candidates is a combination product that is comprised of a biologic and a device (an endocardial injection catheter) that is used for delivery of the biologic. Under the FDCA, the FDA is charged with assigning a center with primary jurisdiction, or a lead center, for review of a combination product. That determination is based on the “primary mode of action” of the combination product, which means the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action of the combination product, i.e., the mode of action expected to make the greatest contribution to the overall intended therapeutic effects of the combination product. Thus, if the primary mode of action of a device-biologic combination product is attributable to the biologic product, that is, if it acts by means of a virus, therapeutic

 

56


Table of Contents

serum, toxin, antitoxin, vaccine, blood, blood component or derivative, allergenic product, or analogous product, the FDA center responsible for premarket review of the biologic product (the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER) would have primary jurisdiction for the combination product. CBER is the agency component with primary jurisdiction for the premarket review and regulation for our C-Cure investigational product. Because C-Cure utilizes a catheter as a delivery system to the heart, CBER may consult or collaborate with the agency center that is responsible for the premarket review of that device, the Center for Devices and Radiological Health, or CDRH.

U.S. Biological Product Development

In the United States, the FDA regulates biologics under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and their implementing regulations. Biologics are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our drug product candidates must be approved by the FDA through the Biologics License Application, or BLA, process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process required by the FDA before a biologic may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

    completion of extensive nonclinical, sometimes referred to as preclinical laboratory tests, preclinical animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, good clinical practices, or GCPs, and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product candidate for its proposed indication;

 

    submission to the FDA of a BLA;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the product is produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality, purity and potency;

 

    potential FDA audit of the preclinical and/or clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the BLA; and

 

    FDA review and approval of the BLA prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the product in the United States.

The data required to support a BLA is generated in two distinct development stages: preclinical and clinical. The preclinical development stage generally involves laboratory evaluations of drug chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animals, which support subsequent clinical testing. The conduct of the preclinical studies must comply with federal regulations, including GLPs. The sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, as well as other information, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for human trials. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions regarding the proposed clinical trials and places the IND on clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin.

 

57


Table of Contents

The FDA may also impose clinical holds on a drug product candidate at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns, non-compliance, or other issues affecting the integrity of the trial. Accordingly, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that could cause the trial to be suspended or terminated. Where a trial is conducted at, or sponsored by, institutions receiving NIH funding for recombinant DNA research, prior to the submission of an IND to the FDA, a protocol and related documentation is submitted to and the trial is registered with the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities, or OBA, pursuant to the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant or Synthetic Nucleic Acid Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Compliance with the NIH Guidelines is mandatory for investigators at institutions receiving NIH funds for research involving recombinant DNA, however many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them. The NIH is responsible for convening the Recombinant NDA Advisory Committee, or RAC, a federal advisory committee, which discusses protocols that raise novel or particularly important scientific, safety or ethical considerations at one of its quarterly public meetings. The OBA will notify the FDA of the RAC’s decision regarding the necessity for full public review of a gene therapy protocol. RAC proceedings and reports are posted to the OBA web site and may be accessed by the public.

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the drug product candidate to healthy volunteers and patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at or servicing each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed.

There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries. Sponsors of certain clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including biologics, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. However, there are evolving rules and increasing requirements for publication of trial-related information, and it is possible that data and other information from trials involving biologics that never garner approval could in the future require disclosure. In addition, publication policies of major medical journals mandate certain registration and disclosures as a pre-condition for potential publication, even if not currently mandated as a matter of law. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Clinical trials are generally conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap. Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the drug product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, side effect tolerability and safety of the drug product candidate and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 clinical trials typically involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, as well as identification of possible adverse effects and safety risks and preliminary evaluation of efficacy. Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve large numbers of patients at multiple sites, in multiple countries, and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the efficacy of the product for its intended use, its safety in use, and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product approval. Phase 3 clinical trials may include comparisons with placebo and/or other comparator treatments. The duration of treatment is often extended to mimic the actual use of a product during marketing. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials are required by the FDA for approval of a BLA.

 

58


Table of Contents

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, FDA may condition approval of a BLA on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the biologic’s safety and effectiveness after BLA approval.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the biologic, findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects, and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated intervals based on access to certain data from the trial. We may also suspend or terminate a clinical trial based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug product candidate as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

BLA and FDA Review Process

Following trial completion, trial data are analyzed to assess safety and efficacy. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA, along with proposed labeling for the product and information about the manufacturing process and facilities that will be used to ensure product quality, results of analytical testing conducted on the chemistry of the drug product candidate, and other relevant information. The BLA is a request for approval to market the biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety, purity, potency and efficacy, which is demonstrated by extensive preclinical and clinical testing. The application may include both negative or ambiguous results of preclinical and clinical trials as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of the FDA. FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before a biologic may be marketed in the United States.

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a significant user fee, which is adjusted on an annual basis. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for human drugs and an annual establishment fee on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business.

Once a BLA has been accepted for filing, which occurs, if at all, sixty days after the BLA’s submission, the FDA’s goal is to review BLAs within 10 months of the filing date for standard review or six months of the filing date for priority review, if the application is for a product intended for a serious or life-threatening condition and the product, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

After the BLA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed drug product candidate is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the drug product candidate is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the drug

 

59


Table of Contents

product candidate’s identity, strength, quality, purity and potency. The FDA may refer applications for novel drug product candidates or drug product candidates which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA will likely re-analyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and us during the review process. The review and evaluation of a BLA by the FDA is extensive and time consuming and may take longer than originally planned to complete, and we may not receive a timely approval, if at all.

Before approving a BLA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMPs. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving a BLA, the FDA may also audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. After the FDA evaluates the application, manufacturing process and manufacturing facilities, it may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase III clinical trial(s), and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

There is no assurance that the FDA will ultimately approve a product for marketing in the United States, and we may encounter significant difficulties or costs during the review process. If a product receives marketing approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific populations, severities of allergies, and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling or may condition the approval of the BLA on other changes to the proposed labeling, development of adequate controls and specifications, or a commitment to conduct post-market testing or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the effects of approved products. For example, the FDA may require Phase IV testing which involves clinical trials designed to further assess the product’s safety and effectiveness and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biological products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biological products are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and nonclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug or biologic may request the FDA to designate the drug or biologic as a Fast Track product concurrently with, or at any time after, submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the product qualifies for Fast Track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. Unique to a Fast Track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the marketing application on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application.

 

60


Table of Contents

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a Fast Track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review, or review within a six-month timeframe from the date a complete BLA is accepted for filing, if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biological product designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review.

Additionally, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. An investigational drug may obtain accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies and demonstrates an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biological product receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. If the FDA concludes that a drug shown to be effective can be safely used only if distribution or use is restricted, it will require such post-marketing restrictions as it deems necessary to assure safe use of the drug, such as:

 

    distribution restricted to certain facilities or physicians with special training or experience; or

 

    distribution conditioned on the performance of specified medical procedures.

The limitations imposed would be commensurate with the specific safety concerns presented by the product. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. Fast Track designation, priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.

Breakthrough Designation

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FDCA to require the FDA to expedite the development and review of a breakthrough therapy. A product can be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. A sponsor may request that a drug product candidate be designated as a breakthrough therapy concurrently with, or at any time after, the submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the drug product candidate qualifies for breakthrough therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. If so designated, the FDA shall act to expedite the development and review of the product’s marketing application, including by meeting with the sponsor throughout the product’s development, providing timely advice to the sponsor to ensure that the development program to gather preclinical and clinical data is as efficient as practicable, involving senior managers and experienced review staff in a cross-disciplinary review, assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor, and taking steps to ensure that the design of the clinical trials is as efficient as practicable.

Accelerated Approval for Regenerative Advanced Therapies

As part of the 21st Century Cures Act, Congress recently amended the FD&C Act to create an accelerated approval program for regenerative advanced therapies, which include cell therapies, therapeutic tissue engineering products, human cell and tissue products, and combination products using any such therapies or products. Regenerative advanced therapies do not include those human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue based products regulated solely under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and 21 CFR Part 1271. The new program is intended to facilitate efficient development and expedite review of regenerative advanced therapies, which are intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. A drug sponsor may request that FDA designate a drug as a regenerative advanced therapy concurrently with or at any time after submission of an IND. FDA has 60 calendar days to determine whether the drug meets the criteria, including whether there is preliminary clinical evidence indicating that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical needs for a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. A new drug application or BLA for a regenerative advanced therapy may be eligible

 

61


Table of Contents

for priority review or accelerated approval through (1) surrogate or intermediate endpoints reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit or (2) reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites. Benefits of such designation also include early interactions with FDA to discuss any potential surrogate or intermediate endpoint to be used to support accelerated approval. A regenerative advanced therapy that is granted accelerated approval and is subject to postapproval requirements may fulfill such requirements through the submission of clinical evidence, clinical studies, patient registries, or other sources of real world evidence, such as electronic health records; the collection of larger confirmatory data sets; or postapproval monitoring of all patients treated with such therapy prior to its approval.

Pediatric Trials

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, a BLA or supplement to a BLA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. FDASIA requires that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug or biological product that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-Phase II meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and FDA. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from nonclinical studies, early phase clinical trials, and/or other clinical development programs. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers.

Post-Marketing Requirements

Following approval of a new product, a manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting to the applicable regulatory authorities of adverse experiences with the product, providing the regulatory authorities with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, and complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, restrictions on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs and biologics for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses.

Modifications or enhancements to the product or its labeling or changes of the site of manufacture are often subject to the approval of the FDA and other regulators, which may or may not be received or may result in a lengthy review process. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Any distribution of prescription drug products and pharmaceutical samples must comply with the U.S. Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or the PDMA, a part of the FDCA.

In the United States, once a product is approved, its manufacture is subject to comprehensive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMPs. The cGMP requirements for constituent parts of cross-labeled combination products that are manufactured separately and not co-packaged are the same as those that would apply if these constituent parts were not part of a combination product. For single-entity and co-packaged combination products, there are two ways to demonstrate compliance with cGMP requirements, either compliance with all cGMP regulations applicable to each of the constituent parts included in the combination product, or a streamlined approach demonstrating compliance with either the drug/biologic cGMPs or the medical device quality system regulation rather than demonstrating full compliance with both, under certain conditions. These conditions include demonstrating compliance with specified provisions from the other of these two sets of cGMP requirements. Because the C-Cure device comprises a biologic and a catheter that are not co-packaged, we need to comply with the cGMPs requirements for each constituent part. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. cGMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP.

 

62


Table of Contents

Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. These regulations also impose certain organizational, procedural and documentation requirements with respect to manufacturing and quality assurance activities. BLA holders using contract manufacturers, laboratories or packagers are responsible for the selection and monitoring of qualified firms, and, in certain circumstances, qualified suppliers to these firms. These firms and, where applicable, their suppliers are subject to inspections by the FDA at any time, and the discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP, could result in enforcement actions that interrupt the operation of any such facilities or the ability to distribute products manufactured, processed or tested by them. Discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved BLA, including, among other things, recall or withdrawal of the product from the market.

The FDA also may require post-approval testing, sometimes referred to as Phase IV testing, risk minimization action plans and post-marketing surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

Other Regulatory Matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in addition to the FDA, including, in the United States, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments. In the United States, sales, marketing and scientific/educational programs must also comply with federal and state fraud and abuse laws, data privacy and security laws, transparency laws, and pricing and reimbursement requirements in connection with governmental payor programs, among others. The handling of any controlled substances must comply with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. In addition, even if a firm complies with FDA and other requirements, new information regarding the safety or efficacy of a product could lead the FDA to modify or withdraw product approval. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

 

63


Table of Contents

U.S. Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of the FDA approval of our drug product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. PTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant BLA.

An abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be biosimilar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product was created by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act, which was part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA. This amendment to the PHSA attempts to minimize duplicative testing. Biosimilarity, which requires that the biological product be highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical trial or trials. Interchangeability requires that a biological product be biosimilar to the reference product and that the product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products administered multiple times, that the product and the reference product may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biological product. However, complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structure of biological products as compared to small molecule drugs, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation that are still being worked out by the FDA.

A reference biological product is granted twelve years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the product, and the FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after first licensure. “First licensure” typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the United States. This does not include a supplement for the biological product or a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device, or strength, unless that change is a modification to the structure of the biological product and such modification changes its safety, purity, or potency. Whether a subsequent application, if approved, warrants exclusivity as the “first licensure” of a biological product is determined on a case-by-case basis with data submitted by the sponsor.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which attaches to the twelve-year exclusivity period for reference biologics, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial.

European Union Drug Development

In the European Union, our future drug product candidates will also be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can only be marketed if a marketing authorization, or MA, from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

Clinical Trials

Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the European Union clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the European Union, the European Union Member States

 

64


Table of Contents

have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the Member State regimes. To improve the current system, a new Regulation No. 536/2014 on clinical trials on medicinal drug product candidates for human use, which repealed Directive 2001/20/EC, was adopted on April 16, 2014, and published in the European Official Journal on May 27, 2014. The new Regulation aims at harmonizing and streamlining the clinical trials authorization process, simplifying adverse event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials, and increasing their transparency. The new Regulation entered into force on June 16, 2014, and is applicable since May 28, 2016. Until then the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC will still apply. In addition, the transitory provisions of the new Regulation offer the sponsors the possibility to choose between the requirements of the Directive and the Regulation for one year from the entry into application of the Regulation.

Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the European Union countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. More specifically, a clinical trial may not be started until the relevant EC has issued a favorable opinion, and the NCA has not informed the Sponsor of the trial of any grounds for non-acceptance or confirmed that no such grounds exist. Approval will only be granted if satisfactory information demonstrating the quality of the investigational agent and its non-clinical safety has been provided, together with a study plan that details the manner in which the trial will be carried out.

ECs determine whether the proposed clinical trial will expose participants to unacceptable conditions of hazards, while considering, among other things, the trial design, protocol, facilities, investigator and supporting staff, recruitment of clinical trial subjects, the Investigator’s Brochure, or IB, indemnity and insurance, etc. The EC also determines whether clinical trial participants have given informed consent to participate in the trial. Following receipt of an application (which must be submitted in the national language), ECs must deliver their opinion within 60 days (or sooner if the Member State has implemented a shorter time period). For clinical trials of gene therapy, somatic cell therapy, and all medicinal products containing genetically modified organisms, this timeline may be extended (with an additional 120 days).

Similarly, a valid request for authorization (in the national language) must be submitted to the NCA of each Member State where the trial will be conducted. Sponsors must be notified of the decision within 60 days of receipt of the application (unless shorter time periods have been fixed), in the absence of which, the trial is considered approved. However, for clinical trials of gene therapy, somatic cell therapy, and all medicinal products containing genetically modified organisms, a written authorization by the competent NCA is required. Similar timeline extensions as for ECs exist.

Studies must comply with ethical guidelines and Good Clinical Practice (GCP) guidelines. Monitoring of adverse reactions that occur during clinical trials, including, where applicable, notification of the same to the competent NCA and ECs, is also required. Trials can be terminated early if a danger to human health is established or continuing the trial would be considered unethical. Consequently, the rate of completion of clinical trials may be delayed by many factors, including slower than anticipated patient enrollment or adverse events occurring during clinical trials.

Drug Review and Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

The Centralized MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions, and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the European Union.

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in other Member State(s) through the Mutual Recognition

 

65


Table of Contents

Procedure, or MRP. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure, or DCP. Under the DCP an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of product characteristics, or SmPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Concerned Member States, or CMSs) for their approval. If the CMSs raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SmPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the relevant Member States (i.e. in the RMS and the CMSs).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Marketing Authorization Application

Following positive completion of clinical trials, pharmaceutical companies can submit a MA application. The MA application shall include all information that is relevant to the evaluation of the medicinal products, whether favorable or unfavourable. The application dossier must include, among other things, the results of pharmaceutical (physico-chemical, biological, or microbiological) tests, preclinical (toxicological and pharmacological) tests, and clinical trials, including the therapeutic indications, contra-indications, and adverse reactions, and the recommended dosing regimen or posology.

In addition to demonstrating the safety and efficacy of the medicinal product, pharmaceutical companies are required to guarantee the consistent quality of the product. Therefore, the conditions for obtaining a MA include requirements that the manufacturer of the product complies with applicable legislation including Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, related implementing measures and applicable guidelines that involve, amongst others, ongoing inspections of manufacturing and storage facilities.

Early Access Mechanisms

Several schemes exist in the EU to support earlier access to new medicines falling within the scope of the Centralized Procedure, in particular (i) accelerated assessment; (ii) conditional MAs ; and (iii) MAs granted under exceptional circumstances.

For a medicine, which is of “major public health interest” (in particular, in terms of therapeutic innovation), accelerated assessment can be requested, taking up to 150 days instead of the usual period of up to 210 days. There is no single definition of what constitutes major public health interest. This should be justified by the applicant on a case-by-case basis. The justification should present the arguments to support the claim that the medicinal product introduces new methods of therapy or improves on existing methods, thereby addressing to a significant extent the greater unmet needs for maintaining and improving public health.

Conditional MAs may be granted on the basis of less complete data than usual in order to meet unmet medical needs of patients and in the interest of public health, subject to specific obligations with regard to further studies and intended to be replaced by a full unconditional MA once the missing data is provided. A conditional MA is valid for one year on a renewable basis.

Medicines for which the MA applicant can demonstrate that the normally required comprehensive efficacy and safety data cannot be provided (for example because the disease which the medicine treats is extremely rare) may be eligible for a MA under exceptional circumstances. These are medicines for which it is never intended that a full MA will be obtained. MAs under exceptional circumstances are reviewed annually to reassess the risk-benefit balance.

Supplementary Protection Certificates and data/market exclusivity

In Europe, the extension of effective patent term to compensate originator pharmaceutical companies for the period between the filing of an application for a patent for a new medicinal product and the first MA for such product, has been achieved by means of a Supplementary Protection Certificate (SPC) which can be applied for by the originator pharmaceutical company within 6 months from the granting of the first MA

 

66


Table of Contents

and comes into effect on expiry of the basic patent. Such SPC attaches only to the active ingredient of the medicinal product for which the MA has been granted. The SPC for an active ingredient has a single last potential expiry date throughout the EEA, and cannot last for more than five years from the date on which it takes effect ( i.e. , patent expiry. Furthermore, the overall duration of protection afforded by a patent and a SPC cannot exceed 15 years from the first MA. The duration of a medicinal product SPC can be extended by a single six-month period, or pediatric extension, when all studies in accordance with a pediatric investigation plan, or PIP, have been carried out.

Innovative medicines benefit from specific data and marketing exclusivity regimes. These regimes are intended to provide general regulatory protection to further stimulate innovation. The current rules provide for (i) an 8-year data protection (from the MA of an innovative medicine) against the filing of an abridged application for a follow-on product, referring to the data supporting the MA of the innovative medicine (data exclusivity); and (ii) a 10-year protection against the marketing of a follow-on product (marketing exclusivity), with a possible extension by 1 year if, during the first 8 years, a new therapeutic indication (which is considered to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies) is approved. This protection is often referred to as the “eight, plus two, plus one” rule. Additional reward mechanisms exist, most notably a 10-year orphan medicines’ marketing exclusivity, and a 1-year data exclusivity for developing a new indication for an old substance and for switch data supporting a change in prescription status.

The current rules also provide for a system of obligations and rewards and incentives intended to facilitate the development and accessibility of pediatric medicinal products, and to ensure that such products are subject to high quality ethical research. Pursuant to such rules, pharmaceutical companies are often required to submit a Pediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, at a relatively early stage of product development, which defines the pediatric studies to be completed before a MA application can be submitted. Upon completion of the studies in the agreed PIP, the company may be entitled to a “reward”, i.e. , the afore-mentioned 6-month pediatric extension of the SPC for non-orphan medicinal products; or a two-year extension of the 10-year marketing exclusivity period for orphan medicines.

Post-marketing and pharmacovigilance requirements

When granting a MA, competent authorities ( i.e. , the EMA or the relevant NCAs) may impose an obligation to conduct additional clinical testing, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, or other post-approval commitments, to monitor the product after commercialization. Additionally, the MA may be subjected to limitations on the indicated uses for the product.

Also, after a MA has been obtained, the marketed product and its manufacturer and MA holder will continue to be subject to a number of regulatory obligations, as well as to monitoring/inspections by the competent authorities.

Under applicable pharmacovigilance rules, pharmaceutical companies must, in relation to all their authorized products, irrespective of the regulatory route of approval, collect, evaluate and collate information concerning all suspected adverse reactions and, when relevant, report it to the competent authorities. This information includes both suspected adverse reactions signaled by healthcare professionals, either spontaneously or through post-authorization studies, regardless of whether or not the medicinal product was used in accordance with the authorized SmPC and/or any other marketing conditions, and suspected adverse reactions identified in worldwide-published scientific literature. To that end, a MA holder must have (permanently and continuously) at its disposal an appropriately qualified person responsible for pharmacovigilance and establish an adequate pharmacovigilance system. All relevant suspected adverse reactions, including suspected serious adverse reactions, which must also be reported on an expedited basis, should be submitted to the competent authorities in the form of Periodic Safety Update Reports, or PSURs. PSURs are intended to provide an update for the competent authorities on the worldwide safety experience of a medicinal product at defined time points after authorization. PSURs must therefore comprise a succinct summary of information together with a critical evaluation of the risk/benefit balance of the medicinal product, taking into account any new or changing information. The evaluation should ascertain whether any further investigations need to be carried out, and whether the SmPC or other product information needs to be modified.

To ensure that pharmaceutical companies comply with pharmacovigilance regulatory obligations, and to facilitate compliance, competent authorities will conduct pharmacovigilance inspections. These inspections

 

67


Table of Contents

are either routine ( i.e. aimed at determining whether the appropriate personnel, systems, and resources are in place) or targeted to companies suspected of being non-compliant. Reports of the outcome of such inspections will be used to help improve compliance and may also be used as a basis for enforcement action.

Other regulatory matters

Advertising of medicines is subject to tighter controls than general consumer goods and specific requirements are set forth in Directive 2001/83/EC, which apply in addition to the general rules. In general, advertising of unapproved medicinal products or of unapproved uses of otherwise authorized medicinal products ( e.g. , off-label uses) is prohibited, and advertising for prescription medicinal products must be directed only towards health care professionals ( i.e. , advertising of these products to the general public is prohibited). Member States have implemented the advertising rules differently and the requirements vary significantly depending on the specific country. Advertising of medicinal products in an online setting, including social media, can be particularly challenging given the strict rules in place.

Pricing &Reimbursement

United States

Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products, once approved, will be covered and reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products and services. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product, including a biologic, typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that a payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved drugs for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any drug product candidate that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the drug product candidate, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Whether or not we conduct such studies, our drug product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage, and adequate reimbursement, for the product. Third party reimbursement may not be sufficient to enable us to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs, including biologics, have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our drug product candidate or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our drug product candidate could reduce physician usage of the drug product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

For example, the ACA, enacted in March 2010, has had, a significant impact on the health care industry. The ACA has expanded coverage for the uninsured while at the same time containing overall healthcare costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA expanded and increased industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and made changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare Part D program.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was

 

68


Table of Contents

unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, started in April 2013 and will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, then President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Some of the provisions of ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. In January 2017, Congress voted to adopt a budget resolution for fiscal year 2017, that while not a law, is widely viewed as the first step toward the passage of legislation that would repeal certain aspects of ACA. Further, on January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of ACA that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Congress also could consider subsequent legislation to replace elements of ACA that are repealed. Thus, the full impact of ACA, any law replacing elements of it, or the political uncertainty related to any repeal or replacement legislation on our business remains unclear.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country.

European Union

In Europe, pricing and reimbursement for pharmaceutical products are not harmonized and fall within the exclusive competence of the national authorities, provided that basic transparency requirements (such as maximum timelines) defined at the European level are met as set forth in the EU Transparency Directive 89/105/EEC. A Member State may approve a specific price for a medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. For example, in France, effective access to the market assumes that our future products will be reimbursed by social security. The price of medications is negotiated with the Economic Committee for Health Products, or CEPS.

As a consequence, reimbursement mechanisms by public national healthcare systems, or private health insurers also vary from country to country. In public healthcare systems, reimbursement is determined by guidelines established by the legislator or a competent national authority. In general, inclusion of a product in reimbursement schemes is dependent upon proof of the product efficacy, medical need, and economic benefits of the product to patients and the healthcare system in general. Acceptance for reimbursement comes with cost, use and often volume restrictions, which again vary from country to country.

The pricing and reimbursement level for medicinal products will depend on the strength of the clinical data set and, as for most novel therapies, restrictions may apply. In most countries, national competent authorities ensure that the prices of registered medicinal products sold in their territory are not excessive. In making this judgment, they usually compare the proposed national price either to prices of existing treatments and/or to prices of the product at issue in other countries – so-called “international reference pricing” – also taking into account the type of treatment (preventive, curative or symptomatic), the degree of innovation, the therapeutic breakthrough, volume of sales, sales forecast, size of the target population and/or the improvement (including cost savings) over comparable treatments. Given the growing burden of medical treatments on national healthcare budgets, reimbursement and insurance coverage is an important determinant of the accessibility of medicines.

The various public and private plans, formulary restrictions, reimbursement policies, patient advocacy groups, and cost-sharing requirements may play a role in determining effective access to the market of our product candidates. The national competent authorities may also use a range of policies and other initiatives intended to influence pharmaceutical consumption. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our drug product candidates. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be priced at a significantly lower level.

 

69


Table of Contents

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

Our business operations in the United States and our arrangements with clinical investigators, healthcare providers, consultants, third-party payors and patients may expose us to broadly applicable federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws. These laws may impact, among other things, our research, proposed sales, marketing and education programs of our drug product candidates that obtain marketing approval. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, among others:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or recommendation of, an item, good, facility or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which impose penalties and provide for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions against individuals and entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent, or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, including for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, obtaining money or property of the health care benefit program through false representations, or knowingly and willingly falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact, making false statements or using or making any false or fraudulent document in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits or services.

 

    the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, enacted as part of the ACA, which requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to track and annually report to CMS payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain ownership and investment interest held by physicians or their immediate family members in applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements on covered entities and their business associates relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and

 

    state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, state marketing and/or transparency laws applicable to manufacturers that may be broader in scope than the federal requirements, state laws that require biopharmaceutical companies to comply with the biopharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect as HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The ACA broadened the reach of the federal fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain applicable federal criminal healthcare fraud statutes. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act or the civil monetary penalties statute.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving

 

70


Table of Contents

applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant administrative, civil, and/or criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they also may be subject to administrative, civil, and/or criminal sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

On July 8, 2016, following the unsuccessful outcome of the conciliation procedure organized under Swiss laws, a Swiss company named AtonRâ Partners SA formalized its claim against us before the Tribunal of First Instance of Geneva (Switzerland), or the Tribunal. AtonRâ Partners SA claims the payment of respectively 95.250 EUR and 300.300 USD as alleged broker intermediary commissions in the context of our fund raising of March 3 2015 and our Initial Public Offering (IPO) on the NASDAQ on June 18, 2015. We fully contest the merits of the claim and the jurisdiction of the Tribunal as Atonrâ was not a party of the bank syndicate of these two placements. The procedure is pending and the Tribunal has not fixed the judgment date. The decision is subject to appeal in accordance with Swiss laws.

C. Organizational Structure.

The Company and its subsidiaries, or the Group, is made of the following entities as of the end of December 2016. The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure.

 

Name

  Country of
Incorporation
and Place of
Business
  Nature of
Business
  Proportion of
ordinary
shares directly
held by parent
(%)
    Proportion of ordinary
shares held by the
group (%)
    Proportion of ordinary
shares held by non-
controlling interests (%)
 

Celyad SA

  BE   Biopharma     Parent company      

Celyad Inc

  US   Biopharma     100     100     0

Biological Manufacturing Services SA

  BE   Biopharma     100     100     0

Oncyte LLC

  US   Biopharma     100     100     0

CorQuest

  US   Medical Device     100     100     0

 

LOGO

D. Property, Plants and Equipment.

We rent a 2,284 square meter office space from the Axis Parc developer located at the Axis Parc in Mont-Saint-Guibert pursuant to a lease agreement dated June 24, 2015 as amended from time to time, which expires on June 30 2025. We also rent a 1,120 square meter office and laboratory space from the Axis Parc developer pursuant to a lease agreement dated October 31, 2007, as amended from time to time, which expires on September 30, 2017. In January 2016, we entered into a 6-year lease agreement for our US corporate offices located in Boston, Massachussets.

 

71


Table of Contents

We plan to identify additional facilities in the Flemish region of Belgium to construct our contemplated future European manufacturing plant. We have committed to maintain our headquarters and registered office in the Walloon region of Belgium and all of our existing activities will continue to be performed in the Walloon region

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not applicable.

 

72


Table of Contents
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

We are a leader in engineered cell therapy treatments with clinical programs currently targeting indications in immune-oncology.

Our lead drug product candidate is CAR-T NKR-2, an autologous chimeric antigen receptor, or CAR, using NKG2D, an activating receptor of Natural Killer, NK, cells transduced on T-lymphocyte. We successfully completed in 2016 our first clinical trial for this product candidate, called the CM-CS1 trial. The CM-CS1 trial was a Phase 1 dose escalation study that was conducted solely in the Dana Farber Cancer Institute in Boston, Massachusetts. It enrolled patients with refractory or relapsed acute myeloid leukemia, or AML, or multiple myeloma, or MM. The safety outcome of the CM-CS1 trial was presented at the 2016 ASH Annual Meetingin December 2016. No treatment-related safety concerns were reported in all patients of the four doses tested. First signals of efficacy were also identified and reported.

In December 2016, a second Phase 1 clinical trial was initiated in Belgium. The THINK trial (THerapeutic Immunotherapy with CAR-T NKR-2) is a multinational (EU/US) open-label Phase 1b trial to assess the safety and clinical activity of multiple administrations of autologous CAR-T NKR-2 cells in seven refractory cancers, including five solid tumors (colorectal, ovarian, bladder, triple-negative breast and pancreatic cancers) and two hematological tumors (AML and MM). The THINK trial will test three dose levels adjusted to body weight: up to 3x10(8), 1x10(9) and 3x10(9) CAR-T NKR-2 cells. At each dose, the patients will receive three successive administrations, two weeks apart, of CAR-T NKR-2 cells. The dose escalation part of the study will enroll up to 24 patients while the extension phase would enroll 86 additional patients. The dose escalation part is expected to be completed in the last quarter of 2017.

In July 2016, we announced the signing of an exclusive licensing agreement with leading Japanese immuno-oncology company, ONO Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., or ONO, for the development and commercialization of our allogeneic CAR-T NKR-2 immunotherapy. The license agreement with ONO grants them the exclusive right to develop and commercialize our allogeneic CAR-T NKR-2 T-Cell immunotherapy in Japan, Korea and Taiwan. In exchange for receiving a license in these countries, ONO will pay us up to $311.5 million in development and commercial milestones, including an upfront payment of $12.5 million plus double digit royalties on net sales in ONO territories.

Our lead drug product candidate in cardiovascular disease is C-Cure, an autologous cell therapy for the treatment of patients with ischemic heart failure, or HF. C-Cure was evaluated in CHART-1, a Phase 3 trial conducted in Europe and Israel with 290 patients suffering from advanced ischemic heart failure. Topline results from the CHART-1 trial were reported in June 2016. Results indicated that the trial was neutral but with a positive trend effect, consistent across all parameters tested for a substantial definable group of heart failure patients. Although the primary endpoint of the randomized trial was not met, among the entire CHART-1 patient population, a significant subpopulation representing more than 60% of the overall trial patients, defined by their Left Ventricular End Diastolic Volume, did meet the trial primary endpoint with a P value of 0.015.

Based on the results of the CHART-1 trial, a US trial, or CHART-2, has been designed to exclusively enroll the subset of patients that met the trial primary endpoint of the CHART-1 trial.

We are currently seeking partners to further develop and commercialize C-Cure.

On November 5, 2014, we acquired CorQuest Medical, Inc., a private U.S. company, or CorQuest, for a single cash payment of €1.5 million and a potential earn-out payment to the sellers if the intellectual property acquired from CorQuest is sold, in whole or in part, to a third party within ten years of November 5, 2014. The earn-out payment shall be 2.0% of the value of the cash and non-cash consideration from such sale, or Net Revenue, if the Net Revenue is €10.0 million or less, and 4.0% of the Net Revenue, if the Net Revenue is greater than €10.0 million.

On January 21, 2015, we purchased OnCyte, LLC, or OnCyte, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Celdara Medical, LLC, a privately-held U.S. biotechnology company for an upfront payment of $10.0 million, of which, $6.0 million was paid in cash and $4.0 million was paid in the form of 93,087 of our ordinary shares. A deferred payment of $5 million will be due upon the enrolment of the first patient of the second cohort of the NKR-T clinical trial. Additional contingent payments with an estimated fair value of $27.9 million are payable upon the attainment of various clinical and sales milestones. As a result of this transaction we acquired our NKR-T cell drug product candidates and related technology, including technology licensed from the Trustees of Dartmouth College.

 

73


Table of Contents

On May 17 2016, we acquired 100% of Biological Manufacturing Services SA, orBMS. BMS owns GMP laboratories and had rented its laboratories to us since 2009. Before this acquisition, BMS was considered as a related party to us.

As of December 31, 2016, we have been funded through the following transactions:

 

    proceeds of €42.0 million from private financing rounds;

 

    proceeds of €26.5 million from an initial public offering of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels and Euronext Paris in July 2013, or the Euronext IPO;

 

    proceeds of €25.0 million from a private financing by Medisun International Limited, or Medisun in June 2014;

 

    proceeds of €31.7 million from a private placement in March 2015;

 

    proceeds of €88.0 million from our global offering of 1,460,000 ordinary shares, consisting of an underwritten public offering of 1,168,000 ADSs and a concurrent European private placement of 292,000 ordinary shares, in June 2015.

 

    proceeds of €23.1 million from non-dilutive financing sources, such as government grants and recoverable cash advances, or RCAs; and

We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administration expenses associated with our operations. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we incurred a loss for the year of €23.6 million, €29.1 million and, €16.5 million respectively. As of December 31, 2016, we had a retained loss of €124.0 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

    continue the development of our drug product candidates, including planned and future clinical trials;

 

    conduct additional research and development for drug product candidate discovery and development;

 

    seek regulatory approvals for our drug product candidates;

 

    prepare for the potential launch and commercialization of our drug product candidates, if approved;

 

    establish a sales and marketing infrastructure for the commercialization of our drug product candidates, if approved;

 

    in-license or acquire additional drug product candidates or technologies;

 

    build-out additional manufacturing capabilities; and

 

    hire additional personnel, including personnel to support our drug product development and commercialization efforts and operations as a U.S. public company.

We generate limited revenue from sales of C-Cath ez, our proprietary catheter for injecting cells into the heart. We believe that C-Cath ez revenue will remain immaterial in the future as we intend to sell C-Cath ez to research laboratories and clinical-stage companies only.

We do not expect to generate material revenue from drug product sales unless and until we successfully complete development of, and obtain marketing approval for, one or more of our drug product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years and is subject to significant uncertainty. Accordingly, we anticipate that we will need to raise additional capital prior to commercialization of our lead product candidates. Until such time that we can generate substantial revenue from drug product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, government or other third-party funding, including government grants and RCAs, and collaborations and licensing arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such

 

74


Table of Contents

arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition and could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our development programs or commercialization efforts or grant to others rights to develop or market drug product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Failure to receive additional funding could cause us to cease operations, in part or in full.

Our financial statements for 2014, 2015 and 2016 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB.

Financial Operations Overview

A. Operating Results

Our operating Income consist of revenues and Other Income.

Revenue

For the periods presented in this Annual Report, the revenues we generated were composed of a non-refundable upfront payment as a result of the ONO agreement was for third-party sales of C-Cathez in 2014, 2015 and 2016. We expect revenue from C-Cath ez sales to remain immaterial compared to our operating expenses for the foreseeable future.

Licensing revenues

In 2016, we received the first milestone payment associated to the License Agreement with ONO Pharmaceuticals. The license agreement with ONO grants them the exclusive right to develop and commercialize our allogeneic CAR-T NKR-2 T-Cell immunotherapy in Japan, Korea and Taiwan. In exchange for receiving a license in these countries, ONO will pay Celyad up to $311.5 million in development and commercial milestones, including an upfront payment of $12.5 million plus double digit royalties on net sales in ONO territories. The amount booked in 2016 correspond to the upfront payment after deduction of the non-refundable Japanese withholding taxes and the 15% sub-license fee owned to Darmouth College, the inventor of the CAR-T NKR platform in-licensed by Celyad in January 2015.

Cost of Sales

For the periods presented in this Annual Report, costs of sales are related to the cost of manufacturing C-Cath ez .

We expect the costs of sales related to sales of C-Cath ez will remain immaterial compared to our operating expenses for the foreseeable future.

Research and development expenses

Research & development expenses amounted to €27.7 million, €22.8 million and €15.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, represented 74%, 76% and 76% of our total operating expenses. For the periods presented in this report, research and development expenses gathered all operating expenses of the Group but the General & &Administration expenses. It included all the costs related to our operations in the following departments; research and development, clinical, manufacturing, regulatory, quality and intellectual property.

With the exception of the C-Cath ez development costs capitalized since May 2012, we expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. A total of €1.1 million development costs of C-Cath ez have been capitalized since May 1, 2012, the month following our receipt of the CE mark for C-Cath ez . We may review this policy in the future depending on the outcome of our current development programs.

We utilize our research and development staff and infrastructure resources across projects in our programs and many of our costs historically have not been specifically attributable to a single project. Accordingly, we cannot state precisely our total costs incurred on a project-by-project basis. In addition, our research and development expense may vary substantially from period to period based on the timing and scope of our research and development activities, the timing of regulatory approvals or authorizations and the rate of commencement and enrollment of patients in clinical trials.

 

75


Table of Contents

Research and development activities are central to our business. We expect that our other research and development expenses will continue to grow in the future mostly with the development of drug product candidates from our CAR-T NKR-T cell program. The expected increase in research and development expenditures will mostly relate to higher personnel costs, outsourcing costs and additional preclinical and clinical studies.

Salaries represented the biggest cost by nature within our operations over the last three years. We at Celyad have the strategy to internalize all operations when they become material or critical to our operations. We subcontract all one-time projects, or tasks that cannot be taken in house for quality or regulatory purposes. The other important nature of costs in our operations are the preclinical studies, clinical studies, scale-up and automation of the production processes.

The costs associated to preclinical studies are laboratory supplies and the costs of our outsourced research and development studies and services.

The costs associated to clinical studies comprised the preparation, the conduct and the supervision of our clinical trials. We expect that these expenses will increase in the near future given the expected clinical trial activities associated with our CAR-T NKR cell drug product candidates. We cannot determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of our current or future clinical trials of our drug product candidates or if, when, or to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our drug product candidates that obtain regulatory approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our drug product candidates. The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our drug product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

 

    per patient clinical trial costs;

 

    the number of patients that participate in clinical trials;

 

    the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

    the duration of patient follow-up;

 

    the scope, rate of progress and expense of our ongoing as well as any additional non-clinical studies, clinical trials and other research and development activities;

 

    clinical trial and early-stage results;

 

    the terms and timing of regulatory approvals;

 

    the expense of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights; and

 

    the ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance of C-Cure or any of our other product candidates.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of CAR-T NKR-2 or any other drug product candidate that we are developing could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of CAR-T NKR-2 or such other drug product candidate. For example, if FDA, European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or other regulatory authority were to require us to conduct additional preclinical studies and clinical trials beyond those which we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of our drug product candidates, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any clinical trials, we would be required to spend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of the clinical development of the applicable drug product candidate.

Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials.

We have not received regulatory approval from the FDA, EMA or any other regulatory authority to market any of our drug product candidates. The successful development of our drug product candidates is highly uncertain. Our drug product candidates are tested in numerous preclinical studies for safety, pharmacology and efficacy. We then conduct clinical trials for those drug product candidates that are determined to be the most promising. We fund these trials ourselves or through non-dilutive funding. As we obtain results from clinical trials, we may elect to discontinue or delay trials for some drug product candidates in order to focus

 

76


Table of Contents

resources on drug product candidates that we believe are more promising. Completion of clinical trials may take several years or more, and the length of time generally varies substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use of a drug product candidate. The cost of clinical trials for a particular drug product candidate may vary significantly.

At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the time and costs necessary to complete the development of any of our drug product candidates or the period, if any, in which we will generate drug product revenue. There are numerous risks and uncertainties associated with drug product development, including:

 

    terms and timing of regulatory approvals and authorizations; and

 

    the number, the design and the size of the clinical trials required by the regulatory authorities to seek marketing approval.

The manufacturing expenses included the costs to manufacture our product candidates, namely CAR-T NKR-2 and C-Cure and the costs associated to the process development of such product candidates, including the scale-up and the automation of such processes. These costs are mainly comprised of production raw material and supplies, maintenance and calibration charges of equipment and the rental of Good Manufacturing Practices laboratory facilities. Raw materials are the main component to the current cost of production of CAR-T NKR-2 and will remain as such in the future as they are closely associated to the production of clinical batches. Most of our raw material suppliers are large companies, and pursuant to our internal procedures, we are trying to have an alternative supplier for each critical material, to limit risk of disruption and price sensitivity.

We lease our production facility from Biological Manufacturing Services SA.

Manufacturing expenses are mostly driven by the number and the size of clinical trials that we conduct on our drug product candidates. We expect these expenses will remain significant in the near future and will increase as our clinical trials include a greater number of patients and we potentially commence commercialization of our drug product candidates, if approved.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses represented 26%, 24% and 24% of our total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, fees and other share-based compensation costs for personnel in executive, finance, accounting and communication functions. It also includes costs related to professional fees for auditors and lawyers and consulting fees not related to research and development operations and fees related to functions that are outsourced by us such as information technology, or IT. General and administrative expenses are expected to increase in the near future with the expansion of our executive management team to include new personnel responsible for legal, IT, sales and marketing, as well as with the additional responsibilities related to becoming a U.S. public company.

Other operating income

During the periods presented in this Annual Report, our other operating income is primarily generated from (i) government grants received from the Regional government, or Walloon Region, in the form of RCAs and (ii) government grants received from the European Commission under the Seventh Framework Program, or FP7.

Recoverable cash advances

RCAs support specific development programs and are typically granted by regional governmental entities, and in our case, the Walloon Region. RCA contracts consist of three phases: the research phase, the decision phase and the exploitation phase. During the research phase, we receive funds from the Walloon Region based on statements of expenses.

RCAs are recognized as “Other operating income” on a systematic basis over the periods in which we recognize the costs compensated by the RCAs as expenses.

At the end of the research phase, we generally decide within a period of six months whether or not to exploit the results of the research phase; this phase is known as the decision phase. If we elect to exploit the results achieved under a RCA, we enter the exploitation phase, which may have a duration of up to ten years. If we elect to exploit the results under an RCA, the relevant RCA becomes contingently refundable, and the company applies the recognition criteria of IAS 39/IFRS9 related to liability recognition, with any amounts being recognized as a reduction of other operating income in the income statement.

 

77


Table of Contents

When we decide not to exploit, or cease to exploit, the results under an RCA, we notify the Walloon Region of our decision. The RCA related to such decision will no longer be refundable as of the calendar year following such decision, and the research data and intellectual property rights related to such results are transferred to the Walloon Region. Also, when we decide to renounce our rights to patents which may result from the research, title to such patents are transferred to the Walloon Region.

When we decide to discontinue the development program for which a financial liability has been accounted for, or decide not to exploit, or cease to exploit, the results of a program previously recognized as a financial liability, the outstanding liability is derecognized at the end of the period and credited to the income statement as other operating income.

From inception through December 31, 2016, we have received subsidies RCAs totaling €21.2 million. In 2017 and 2018, we will be required to make exploitation decisions on our remaining outstanding RCAs.

Other government grants

Since inception through December 31, 2016, we received grants totaling €2.4 million and we expect to continue to apply for grants from FP7 and Walloon Region authorities. These grants are used to partially finance early stage projects such as fundamental research, applied research and prototype design.

As of the date of this Annual Report, none of the grants received are subject to any conditions. As per our agreements with these governmental authorities, grants are paid upon our submission of a statement of expenses. We incur project expenses first and ask for partial reimbursement according to the terms of the agreements.

The government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which we recognize as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

Finance Income

Finance income relates to interest income earned on bank accounts and from currency exchange rate differences. Our cash and cash equivalents have been deposited primarily in savings and deposit accounts with original maturities of three months or less. Savings and deposit accounts generate a modest amount of interest income. We expect to continue this investment philosophy.

Finance Expenses

Finance expenses relate to interest payable on shareholder loans and finance leases, as well as interest on overdrafts and current exchange rate differences.

Consolidated financial data

The following is a summary of our consolidated financial data.

Comparisons for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Revenue

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014  

C-Cath ez Sales

     3        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014  
        84  

C-Cath ez Cost of Sales

     (1      (115
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cost of Sales

     (1      (115
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2015, the total revenue generated through sales of C-Cath ez and the cost of sales associated to it were insignificant.

Research and development expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended December 31  
     2015      2014  

Salaries

     5,785        4,235  

Travel and living

     168        249  

Mayo research project

     —          751  

Pre clinical studies

     2,398        274  

Clinical studies

     6,723        4,924  

Delivery systems & dispositifs medicaux

     173        1  

Consulting fees

     1,842        781  

IP filing and maintenance fees

     763        351  

Scale-up & automation

     642        70  

Rent and utilities

     1,045        582  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,033        864  

Other costs

     2,196        2,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Research and Development expenses

     22,767        15,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The research and development expenses increased by €6.9 million in 2015 compared to 2014. In 2015, most of the research and development expenses were still related to the development of the cardio programs, namely the clinical development of C-Cure and the preclinical development of C-Cath and the Corquest platform. In 2015, we only incurred limited research and development costs associated to the CAR-T NKR platform (€2.1 million).

The variance with 2014 is mainly explained by the following elements;

 

    additional staff was hired to support the projects within the R&D departments;

 

    preclinical studies on C-Cure and CAR-T NKR-T projects;;

 

    the costs of the CHART-1 trial;

 

    Consultancy fees on CAR-T NKR-T projects included in the Celdara Service Research Agreement;

 

    The automation of the C-Cure production process;

 

    Additional rental fees with the labs rented at Rochester (MN, USA); and

 

    The development of our IP platform.

Amongst these expenses, the preclinical development expenses of the NKR-T platform are expected to increase significantly in the future periods.

General and administrative expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December  
     2015      2014  

Employee expenses

     2,761        1,408  

Share-based payment

     796        1,528  

Rent

     617        315  

Communication & Marketing

     891        394  

Consulting fees

     1,511        741  

Travel & Living

     509        399  

Post employment benefits

     (45      28  

Other

     190        203  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total General and administration

     7,230        5,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses increased by €2.2 million in 2015 as compared to 2014. This increase relates primarily to the strengthening of the management bodies of the Group, and other support functions such as market access, legal, accounting and investor relations. The share-based payments associated with the Group warrant plans granted to new employees, members of the executive management team and directors amounted to €0.8 million (was €1.5 million in 2014) and does not include yet the new warrant plan issued in November 2015 and effective in January 2016.

Operating Income

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended December 31  
     2015      2014  

Recoverable cash advances (RCAs)

     222        2,791  

Subsidies

     412        636  

Reversal provision for reimbursement RCA

     —          507  

Additional provision for reimbursement RCA

     —          —    

Realized gain on contribution IP into joint venture

     (312      312  

Other

     —          167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Income

     322        4,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating income and expenses are primarily related to the non-dilutive funding received from the Walloon Region and the European FP7 funding programs. In 2015, the net amount of the other operating income and expenses decreased by €4.1 million. This variance resulted mainly from the lower proceeds received from RCA and FP7 contracts (€2.8 million) and the deconsolidation of Cardio3 BioSciences Asia (€0.6 million). Funding received and notification of funding from RCA and FP7 contracts amounted to €0.6 million in 2015.

Operating loss

As a result of the foregoing, our operating loss increased by €13.2 million in 2015 as compared to 2014, totaling €29.7 million in 2015.

Financial income and Financial expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014  

Interest finance leases

     10        6  

Other finance costs

     90        16  

Exchange differences

     135        19  

Finance expenses

     236        41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income bank account

     352        277  

Exchange differences

     190        —    

Finance income

     542        277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial expenses represent interest paid, bank charges and foreign exchange difference.

Interest income on short term deposits increased significantly from 2014 to 2015, reflecting the increase of our average cash position over the periods, partially compensated by the decline of the interest rates on such deposits.

Income tax expense

As we incurred losses in all of the relevant periods, we had no taxable income and therefore incurred no corporate taxes.

Loss for the year

As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the year increased by €12.7 million from €16.5 million in 2014 to €29.1 million in 2015.

 

80


Table of Contents

Comparisons for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Revenue

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

Recognition of non-refundable upfront payment

     8,440        —    

C-Cath ez Sales

     83        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,523        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues increased by €8.5 million over 2016. In August 2016, the Group has received a non-refundable upfront payment as a result of the ONO agreement. This upfront payment has been fully recognised upon receipt as there are no performance obligations nor subsequent deliverables associated to the payment. The non-refundable upfront payment was rather received as a consideration for the sale of licence to ONO. In 2016, the total revenue generated through sales of C-Cath ez was €0.1 million. Insignificant revenue was generated from sales of C-Cathez in 2015.

Cost of Sales

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

C-Cath ez Cost of Sales

     (53      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cost of Sales

     (53      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2016, the total cost of sales associated with sales of C-Cath ez amounted to €0.1 million.

Research and development expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended December 31  
     2016      2015  

Salaries

     8,160        5,785  

Travel and living

     577        168  

Pre clinical studies

     4,650        2,398  

Clinical studies

     4,468        6,723  

Delivery systems & dispositifs medicaux

     964        173  

Consulting fees

     791        1,842  

IP filing and maintenance fees

     799        763  

Scale-up & automation

     4,164        642  

Rent and utilities

     939        1,045  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,345        1,033  

Other costs

     817        2,196  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Research and Development expenses

     27,675        22,767  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The research and development expenses increased by €4.9 million in 2016 compared to 2015.

In 2016, the majority of the research and development expenses were for the first time related to the development of the immune-oncology programs, namely CAR- T NKR. The research and development expenses associated to the cardio programs were the follow-up costs of CHART-1 and the preclinical testing of the Corquest platform, totaling €12.2 million.

The variance with 2015 is mainly explained by the following elements;

 

    additional staff was hired to support the projects within the R&D departments;

 

    additional preclinical studies on CAR-T NKR-T projects, mostly driven by expenses incurred on the allogeneic program;

 

    The automation of the CAR-T NKR-2 production process;

 

    the decrease of the costs of the CHART-1 trial; and

 

    the decrease of consultancy fees.

 

81


Table of Contents

Amongst these expenses, the preclinical development expenses of the NKR-T platform are expected to increase significantly in the future periods.

General and administrative expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended December 31  
     2016      2015  

Employee expenses

     2,486        2,761  

Share-based payment

     2,847        796  

Rent

     791        617  

Communication & Marketing

     728        891  

Consulting fees

     2,029        1,511  

Travel & Living

     450        509  

Post employment benefits

     (24      (45

Depreciation

     173        —    

Other

     265        190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total General and administration

     9,744        7,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by €2.5 million compared to 2015. This increase primarily resulted from the valuation of the share based payment, mainly the warrants plan of November 2015. The new warrant plan issued in December 2016 will be effective in 2017, hence not included in the amount booked at year end 2016. Consulting fees also increased due to one off consultancy and strategic projects.

Operating Income

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended December 31  
     2016      2015  

Recoverable cash advances (RCAs)

     2,704        222  

Subsidies

     124        412  

Change of fair value of RCA’s

     3,891        —    

Reversal provision for reimbursement RCA

     (1,737      —    

Realized gain on contribution IP into joint venture

     —          (312

Change of fair value of contingent liability

     (1,634   

Other

     (8      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Income

     3,340        322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating income and expenses are primarily related to the non-dilutive funding received from the Walloon Region and the European FP7 funding programs. In 2016, the net amount of the other operating income and expenses increased by €3.0 million.

This variance resulted mainly from the additional proceeds received on RCA’s and FP7 contracts and the non-cash entries posted on the RCA’s to reflected to fair value of such liabilities.

Operating loss

As a result of the foregoing, our operating loss decreased by €4.1 million in 2016 as compared to 2015, totaling €25.6 million in 2016.

Financial income and Financial expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

Interest finance leases

     19        10  

Interest on RCA’s

     53        —    

Other finance costs

     37        90  

Exchange differences

     98        135  

Finance expenses

     207        236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income bank account

     1,413        352  

Exchange differences

     791        190  

Finance income

     2,204        542  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Financial expenses represent interest paid, bank charges and foreign exchange difference.

Interest income on short term deposits increased significantly from 2016 to 2015, reflecting the increase of our average cash position over the periods, partially compensated by the decline of the interest rates on such deposits.

Income tax expense

As we incurred losses in all of the relevant periods, we had no taxable income and therefore incurred no corporate taxes.

Loss for the year

As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the year decreased by €5.5 million from €29.1 million in 2015 to €23.6  million in 2016.

B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We have financed our operations since inception through several private placements of equity securities, several contributions in kind, an IPO on Euronext Brussels and Paris, an IPO on the Nasdaq and non-dilutive governmental support. As at December 31 2016, the total gross proceeds of the placement of our securities amounted to €187 million (net proceeds of €172 million) and, the total non-dilutive funding amounted to €23.1 million.

The table hereunder summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

     At end of December         
Summary for Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources    2016      2015      2014  
                  

Cash used in operating activities

     (24,692      (27,303      (17,415

Cash used in investing activities

     (30,157      (10,691      (1,768

Cash flows provided by financing activities

     3,031        110,535        27,758  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (51,818      72,541        8,575  

Comparison between 2015 and 2014

In 2015, the increase of the net cash used in our operations (€9.9 million) is explained by the recruitment pace of the CHART-1 patient, by the initiation of our immune-oncology development plans, by the increase of our G&A expenses to manage the growth of our operations and the governance of the company and by an accrual related to the deferred payment owned to Celdara Medical ($5 million due when the 1 st  patient of the 2 nd  cohort is enrolled in the NKR-2 trial).

The cash used in investing activities peaked in 2015 with the acquisition of Oncyte LLC ($15 million, of which $10 million was paid in 2015, $6 million in cash and $4 million in shares) and acquisition of short term investment for €5 million. On 21 January 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Oncyte LLC from Celdara Medical LLC in exchange for a cash consideration of USD 11 million (upfront of $6 million and deferred payment of $5 million) and 93,087 new shares of Celyad for a total value of USD 4 million, or (EUR 3,451,680). The fair value of the 93,087 ordinary shares issued as part of the consideration paid for Oncyte LLC was based on a share price of EUR 37.08, the share price at the acquisition.

 

83


Table of Contents

Oncyte LLC is the company holding the NKR-T Cell portfolio of clinical-stage immuno-oncology assets. The portfolio includes three autologous NKR-T Cell cell therapy products and an allogeneic T-Cell platform, targeting a broad range of cancer indications. CAR T-Cell immuno-oncology represents one of the most promising cancer treatment areas today.

Investment in tangible assets amounted to €0.8 million in 2015, compared to €0.6 million in 2014.

Our net cash flows provided from our financing activities increased to €111 million in 2015 from €28 million in 2014, mainly as a result of a private placement made in March 2015 collecting €31.7 million gross proceeds and a €88 million global offering of both ADSs on the Nasdaq and ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels and Paris.

We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception. Substantially all of our net losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our development programs and from general & administrative expenses associated with our operations.

We have not incurred any bank debt except some financial leases which are recorded on the balance sheet for a total amount of €0.6 Mio€.

Comparison between 2016 and 2015

In 2016, the decrease of the net cash used in our operations (€2.6 million) is explained by the decrease of the CHART-1 costs, the increase of the CAR-T NKR development costs, the increase of the process automation costs and by the increase of the proceeds received from our license agreement.

The cash used in investing activities increased significantly over 2016 as a consequence of the acquisition of Biological Manufacturing Services SA for €1.6 million), the capital expenditures made mainly in our new corporate offices (€1.7 million) and the net amount invested in short term deposits (€26.9 million).

The acquisition of BMS was accounted for as an asset deal. The fair value of the assets acquired is concentrated in one identifiable asset, i.e. the GMP laboratories. The difference between the purchase price and the net assets of BMS at the date of acquisition is then allocated entirely to the Property, Plant and Equipment.

Our net cash flows provided from our financing activities decreased by €107.5 million in 2016 from €110.5 million in 2015. There were no capital increase performed in 2016. The net proceeds received from non-dilutive fundings increased by €1.5 million) over 2016,

We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception. Substantially all of our net losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our development programs and from general & administrative expenses associated with our operations.

We have financed our capital expenditures of 2016 with a bank loan and with financial leases which are recorded on the balance sheet at year end 2016 €1.5 million.

Cash and Funding Sources

Over the last three years, we obtained new financing mostly through the issuance of our shares. A summary of our financing activities is as follows:

 

(€‘000)

   Total      Equity capital      Finance leases      Loans  

2014

     25,749        25,305        444        —    

2015

     120,380        119,929        451        —    

2016

     1,165        —          371        794  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Financing

     147,294        145,234        1,266        794  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2016, we contracted a bank loan to partially finance the leasehold improvements made in our new corporate offices. Some of our capital expenditures related to laboratory and office equipment are financed with 3-year maturity finance leases.

 

84


Table of Contents

Amounts due to the Walloon Region, booked as advances repayable, at the end of 2016 correspond to funding received under several RCAs, dedicated to supporting specific development programs related to CAR-NKR-T platform, C-Cure and C-Cath ez .

In March 2015, we completed a €31.7 million capital increase via a private placement subscribed by qualified institutional investors in the United States and Europe at a price of €44.50 per share. In June 2015, we completed a €88.0 million global offering on Nasdaq and on Euronext Brussels and Euronext Paris at a price of €60.25 per share. Our capital was also increased by way of exercise of warrants. Over three different exercise periods, 6;749 warrants were exercised resulting in the issuance of 6;749 new shares. Our capital and share premium were therefore increased by €0.2 million. Also, we financed part of our capital expenditures with a bank lease of €0.5 million.

During 2014, our capital was increased in June 2014 by way of a capital increase of €25.0 million, represented by 568,180 new shares. Our capital was also increased by way of exercise of warrants. Over four different exercise periods, 139,415 warrants were exercised resulting in the issuance of 139,415 new shares. Our capital and share premium were therefore increased respectively by €0.5 million each. Also, we financed part of our capital expenditures with a bank lease of €0.4 million.

Over the course of 2013, we conducted a private placement of €7.0 million in May 2013 and closed our Euronext IPO in July 2013 for proceeds of €26.5 million. Net proceeds from these capital increases amounted to €30.6 million. We also recognized a new cash advance of €1.0 million from a RCA from the Walloon Region as we decided to exploit a RCA related to C-Cath ez development.

The movements of the advances repayable recorded in 2016, 2015 and 2014 are summarized in the table below:

 

(€‘000)

      

Balance of January 1, 2014

     12,501  

+ liability recognition

     2,534  

-repayments

     (272

+/- other transactions including change of fair value

     (3,208
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     11,555  
  

 

 

 

Balance of January 1, 2015

     11,555  
  

 

 

 

+ liability recognition

     1,392  

-repayments

     (529

+/- other transactions including change of fair value

     (1,036
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     11,382  
  

 

 

 

Balance of January 1, 2016

     11,382  
  

 

 

 

+ liability recognition

     —    

‘- repayments

     (842

+/- other transactions including change of fair value

     (2,102

Balance at December 31, 2016

     8,438  
  

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures

We do not capitalize our research and development expenses until we receive marketing authorization for the applicable product candidate. As of end of 2016, all clinical, research and development expenditures related to the development of CAR-T NKR and C-Cure and are accounted for as operating expenses.

Our capital expenditures were €1.8 million, €0.8 million and €0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2017, we anticipate new capital expenditures in our laboratories.

We plan to finance most of these expenses through a new finance lease.

In addition, we completed the acquisition of (i) CorQuest in November 2014, resulting in recognition of patent intangible assets of €1.5 million, and (ii) Oncyte LLC in January 2015 resulting in recognition of a goodwill of €1.0 million and an in-process R&D of €38.3 million and (iii) Biological Manufacturing Services SA in May 2014 resulting in recognition of additional PPE for €1.3 million.

 

85


Table of Contents
(€‘000)           As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Intangible assets

     49,566        48,789        10,266  

Property, plant and equipment

     3,563        1,136        598  

Other long term financial assets

     311        180        109  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     53,440        50,105        10,973  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Capital Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and short term investments will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements, based on the current scope of our activities, until mid 2019. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. In any event, we will require additional capital to pursue preclinical and clinical activities, obtain regulatory approval for, and to commercialize our drug product candidates.

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue from our drug product candidates, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, government, including RCAs and subsidies, or other third-party financings and collaborations. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our drug product candidates. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing shareholders, increased fixed payment obligations and these securities may have rights senior to those of our ordinary shares. If we incur indebtedness, we could become subject to covenants that would restrict our operations and potentially impair our competitiveness, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any of these events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, among other things:

 

    the size, progress, timing and completion of our clinical trials for any current or future drug product candidates, including C-Cure and CAR-T NKR-2;

 

    the number of potential new drug product candidates we identify and decide to develop;

 

    the costs involved in filing patent applications, maintaining and enforcing patents or defending against claims or infringements raised by third parties;

 

    the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approval for drug products and any delays we may encounter as a result of evolving regulatory requirements or adverse results with respect to any of these drug products; and

 

    the amount of revenue, if any, we may derive either directly or in the form of royalty payments from future potential partnership agreements on our technology platforms.

For more information as to the risks associated with our future funding needs, see the section of this report entitled “Risk factors.”

JOBS Act Exemptions

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and

 

    to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (1) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and (2) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation

 

86


Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities; (3) the issuance, in any three-year period, by our company of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (4) December 31, 2020. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. For example, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

C. Research and Development

For a discussion of our research and development activities, see “Item 4.B – Business Overview” and “Item 5.A – Operating Results.

D. Trend Information

For a discussion of trends, see “Item 4.B Business Overview,” “Item 5A Operating Results” and “Item 5B Liquidity and Capital resources.”

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

    During the periods presented, we did not and do not currently have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under SEC rules, such as relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, which are often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating financing transactions that are not required to be reflected on our balance sheets.

 

    Guarantees: Celyad keeps a few deposits (€311k) to guarantee rental & payroll office

 

    Contingent liabilities: see hereunder.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table discloses aggregate information about material contractual obligations and periods in which payments were due as of December 31, 2016. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

            Less than      One to three      Three to      More than  

(€‘000)

   Total      one year      years      five years      five years  

As of December 31, 2016

              

Finance leases

     735        354        315        66     

Bank loan

     743        207        417        119     

Operating leases

     3,377        456        945        733        1,244  

Pension obligations

     204                 204  

Advances repayable (current and non-current)

     8,438        1,108        1,812        1,598        3,920  

Total

     13,497        2,125        3,489        2,516        5,368  

 

87


Table of Contents

G. Safe Harbor.

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management .

As provided by Article 521 of the Belgian Company Code, the Company is managed by a Board of Directors acting as a collegiate body. The Board of Directors’ role is to pursue the long-term success of the Company by providing entrepreneurial leadership and enabling risks to be assessed and managed. The Board of Directors should decide on the Company’s values and strategy, its risk preference and key policies. The Board of Directors should ensure that the necessary leadership, financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives.

The Company has opted for a one-tier governance structure. As provided by Article 522 of the Belgian Company Code, the Board of Directors is the ultimate decision-making body in the Company, except with respect to those areas that are reserved by law or by the Company’s articles of association to the Shareholders Meeting.

The Company’s articles of association state that the number of directors of the Company, who may be natural persons or legal entities and who need not be shareholders, must be at least five. At least half of the members of the Board of Directors must be non-executive directors and at least three of them must be independent directors.

A meeting of the Board of Directors is validly constituted if at least half of its members are present in person or represented at the meeting. If this quorum is not met, a new board meeting may be convened by any director to deliberate and decide on the matters on the agenda of the board meeting for which a quorum was not met, provided that at least two members are present. Meetings of the Board of Directors are convened by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Legal Officer, whenever the interest of the Company so requires. In principle, the Board of Directors will meet at least four times per year.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall have a casting vote on matters submitted to the Board of Directors in the event of a tied vote, save if the Board of Directors is composed of two members.

At the date of this Report, the Board of Directors consists of 9 members, one of which is an executive director (as a member of the Executive Management Team) and 8 of which are non-executive directors, including four independent directors. In accordance with Art 96, §2 6° of the Belgian Company Code (hereafter “BCC”), it is the willingness of the Company to aim for, in a reasonable timeframe, that a third of the Board member are of different sex.

 

Name

   Position    Term  [1]   

Business Address

  

Board Committee Membership

Michel Lussier    Chairman    2020   

3661 Valley Centre Dr.

San Diego CA 92130,

USA

   Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
LSS Consulting SPRL represented by its permanent representative Christian Homsy    Executive

director

   2020   

Chaussée de Louvain 574A,

1380 Lasne,

Belgium

  
William Wijns [2]    Non-executive
director
   2016   

Moorselbaan 219,

9300 Aalst,

Belgium

  
Serge Goblet    Non-executive
director
   2020   

Chaussée de Waterloo 1589D,

1180 Brussels,

Belgium

  
Chris Buyse    Independent
director
   2020   

Baillet Latourlei 119A,

2930 Brasschaat,

Belgium

  

Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Member of the Audit Committee

Rudy Dekeyser    Independent
director
   2020   

Klein Nazareth 12,

98401 De Pinte,

Belgium

  

Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Member of the Audit Committee

Debasish Roychowdhury    Independent
director
   2019   

79 Laconia Street

Lexington

MA 02420

USA

  
Chris De Jonghe    Non-executive
director
   2017   

Jan Davidlaan 50,

2630 Aartselaar,

Belgium

   Member of the Audit Committee
Hanspeter Spek    Independent
director
   2018   

Square Latour Maubourg,

75007 Paris,

France

   Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Danny Wong [3]    Non-executive
director
   2016   

25/F Octa Tower, 8 Lam Chak Street,

Kowloon Bay,

Hong KKong

  
TOLEFI SA represented by its permanent representative Serge Goblet    Non-executive
director
   2018   

27 Drève de Carloo

1180 Bruxelles,

Belgium

  

 

[1] The term of the mandate of the director will expire immediately after the Annual Shareholders Meeting held in the year set forth next to the director’s name, except Debasish Roychowdhury which mandate shall expire on 30 January 2019.

 

88


Table of Contents
[2] William Wijns resigned on 1st April 2016.
[3] Danny Wong resigned on 4 August 2016.

The following paragraphs contain brief biographies of each of the directors, or in case of legal entities being director, their permanent representatives, with an indication of other relevant mandates as member of administrative, management or supervisory bodies in other companies during the previous five years.

Michel Lussier has served as Chairman of the board of directors of the Company since 2007 and is also a co-founder of the Company. Mr. Lussier was also the Chairman of the board of directors and co-founder of the Company’s predecessor entity, Cardio3 SA, until 2008. Mr. Lussier recently founded Medpole Ltd, the North American satellite of MedPole SA, a European incubator for medical technology start-up companies located in Belgium, and serves as the Chief Executive Officer for the group. In this capacity, he is a managing director of Fjord Ventures, a Laguna Hills, California based medical technology accelerator / incubator. Since May 2014, Mr. Lussier has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Metronom Health Inc, an early stage medical device company created by Fjord Ventures, developing a continuous glucose monitoring system. Prior to that, from 2002 to 2013, he worked for Volcano Corporation, where he served in a number of positions, most recently as President, Clinical and Scientific Affairs from 2012 to 2013, and prior to that from 2007 to 2012, Group President, Advanced Imaging Systems, Global Clinical & Scientific Affairs and General Management of Europe, Africa and the Middle East. Mr. Lussier obtained a Bachelor of Sciences degree in Electrical Engineering and Master’s degree in Biomedical Engineering at the University of Montreal. He also holds an MBA from INSEAD (European Institute of Business Administration), France. In addition to serving on our board of directors, he also serves on the boards of directors of several early stage medical devices companies.

Christian Homsy (permanent representative of LSS consulting SPRL) , has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2007 and has been Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Celyad since its foundation. Christian Homsy obtained his Medical Doctorate at the University of Louvain and holds an MBA from the IMD in Lausanne (Switzerland). Christian gained his business experience in senior research and development, marketing, business development and sales positions at Guidant Corporation, a leading medical device company active in the treatment of cardiovascular disease. He was also founder of Guidant Institute for Therapy Development, a landmark facility for physician and health care professionals’ education that gained international recognition and praise. Before joining Celyad, Christian Homsy was General Manager of Medpole, a European incubator dedicated to initiating the European operations for start-up companies in the medical device or biotechnology fields. He also holds a director mandate in Medpole SA.

 

89


Table of Contents

Serge Goblet (permanent representative of Tolefi SA) has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2008. He holds a Master Degree in Business and Consular Sciences from ICHEC, Belgium and has many years of international experience as director in Belgian and foreign companies. He is the managing director of TOLEFI SA, a Belgian holding company and holds director mandates in subsidiaries of TOLEFI. Serge has two voting rights at our board of directors, one in his own name and one on behalf of TOLEFI, as a permanent representative

Chris Buyse has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2008. He brings more than 25 years of international financial expertise and experience in introducing best financial management practices. He is currently Managing Director of FUND+, a fund that invests in innovative Belgian Life Sciences companies, Between August 2006 and June 2014, Mr. Buyse served as the Chief Financial Officer and board member of ThromboGenics NV, a leading biotech company that is listed on NYSE Euronext Brussels. Before joining ThromboGenics, he was the Chief Financial Officer of the Belgian biotech company CropDesign, where he coordinated the acquisition by BASF in July 2006. Prior to joining CropDesign he was financial manager of WorldCom/MCI Belux, a European subsidiary of one of the world’s largest telecommunication companies and he was also the Chief Financial Officer and interim Chief Executive Officer of Keyware Technologies. Mr. Buyse holds a master degree in applied economic sciences from the University of Antwerp and an MBA from Vlerick School of Management in Gent. He currently serves, in his own name or as permanent representative of a management company, as member of the board of directors of the following publicly and privately held companies: Bone Therapeutics SA, Iteos SA, Bioxodes SA, Bio Incubator NV, Immo David NV, Pinnacle Investments SA, CreaBuild NV, Sofia BVBA, Pienter-Jan BVBA, Life Sciences Research Partners VZW (a shareholder of the Company) and Keyware Technologies NV.

Rudy Dekeyser has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2007. Since 2012 Rudy is managing partner of the LSP Health Economics Fund, a private equity fund investing in late stage European and North American health care companies. Prior to joining LSP, Rudy has been managing director of VIB (Flanders Institute for Biotechnology), where he was also responsible for the intellectual property portfolio, business development and new venture activities. He obtained a Ph.D. in molecular biology at the University Ghent. He holds non-executive director positions in Curetis AG, Sequana Medical AG and Remynd NV, and held non-executive director positions in Devgen NV, CropDesign NV, Ablynx NV, Actogenix NV, Pronota NV, Flandersbio VZW, Bioincubator Leuven NV and Multiplicom NV. He is a co-founder of ASTP (the European associations of technology transfer managers) and Chairman of EMBLEM (EMBL’s business arm). Rudy has been advisor to several seed and venture capital funds and to multiple regional and international committees on innovation.

Debasish Roychowdhury has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2015. Debasish is a medical oncologist with over 15 years of comprehensive pharmaceutical industry experience and 14 years of patient care and academic research. In the pharmaceutical industry, Debasish held multiple positions of growing responsibility respectively at Eli Lilly, GSK and Sanofi, with direct therapeutic area experience mostly in oncology and hematology. Based in Boston, Massachusetts, Debasish is now using his extensive experience and global network to advise companies, organizations, and institutions in the biomedical field.

Chris De Jonghe has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2013. She is Head of Life Sciences & Care at PMV (ParticipatieMaatschappij Vlaanderen). She was first Licensing manager then Business development manager at VIB (Flanders’ Institute for Biotechnology), before joining PMV initially as Senior investment manager in January 2013. Since August 2013 she joined the Group Management Committee, responsible for daily management at PMV. She obtained a PhD in Biochemistry and a Bachelor degree in Laws at the University of Antwerp. She is member of the board of directors of Agrosavfe, Confo Therapeutics, Fast Forward Pharmaceuticals, MyCartis, ViroVet, Biotech Fund Flanders, LSP V, Vesalius Biocapital I & II and Flanders’Bio. She is a member of Flanders’Bio and IFB network.

Hanspeter Spek has served as a member of the board of directors of the Company since 2014. He started his career at Pfizer where, over more than 10 years and after a thorough comprehensive training in commercial general management, he held positions of increasing responsibility. Hanspeter then joined Sanofi as Marketing Director and rose through the organization to become the Executive Vice President International in 2000. When Sanofi and Aventis merged in 2004, he took on the responsibility of Executive Vice President Operations. In 2009, he was nominated President Global Operations. Hanspeter retired from Sanofi in mid-2013. He has since joined Advent International, Boston, as an Operating Partner for Healthcare and serves as Board Member of Genpact, New York.

 

90


Table of Contents

The Executive Management Team

The Executive Management Team consists of the “Chief Executive Officer” (CEO, who is the chairman of the Executive Management team), the “Chief Financial Officer” (CFO), the “Chief Operating Officer”, the “Chief Legal Officer”, the “Vice President Business Development & IP”, the “Vice President Clinical Development and Medical Affairs”, the “Vice President Operations”, the “Vice President Research & Development”.

The Executive Management Team discusses and consults with the Board of Directors and advises the Board of Directors on the day-to-day management of the Company in accordance with the Company’s values, strategy, general policy and budget, as determined by the Board of Directors.

Each member of the Executive Management Team has been made individually responsible for certain aspects of the day-to-day management of the Company and its business (in the case of the CEO, by way of delegation by the Board of Directors; in the case of the other member of the Executive Management Team, by way of delegation by the CEO). The further tasks for which the Executive Management Team is responsible are described in greater detail in the terms of reference of the Executive Management Team as set out in the Company’s corporate governance charter.

The members of the Executive Management Team are appointed and may be dismissed by the Board of Directors at any time. The Board of Directors appoints them on the basis of the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, which shall also assist the Board of Directors on the remuneration policy of the members of the Executive Management Team, and their individual remunerations.

The remuneration, duration and conditions of dismissal of Executive Management Team members will be governed by the agreement entered into between the Company and each member of the Executive Management Team in respect of their function within the Company.

In accordance with Schedule C, Section F, subsection 7 of the CGC, all agreements with members of the Executive Management Team entered into on or after 1 July 2009 must refer to the criteria to be taken into account when determining variable remuneration and will contain specific provisions relating to early termination. In principle, the Executive Management Team meets every month. Additional meetings may be convened at any time by the Chairman of the Executive Management Team or at the request of two of its members. The Executive Management Team will constitute a quorum when all members have been invited and the majority of the members are present or represented at the meeting. Absent members may grant a power of attorney to another member of the Executive Management Team. Members may attend the meeting physically or by telephone or video conference. The absent members must be notified of the discussions in their absence by the Chairman (or the Company Secretary, if the Executive Management Team has appointed a Company Secretary from among its members).

The members of the Executive Management Team will provide the Board of Directors with information in a timely manner, if possible in writing, on all facts and developments concerning the Company which the Board of Directors may need in order to function as required and to properly carry out its duties. The CEO (or, in the event that the CEO is not able to attend the Board of Directors’ meeting, the CFO or, in the event that the CFO is not able to attend the Board of Directors’ meeting, another representative of the Executive Management Team) will report at every ordinary meeting of the Board of Directors on the material deliberations of the previous meeting(s) of the Executive Management Team.

 

91


Table of Contents

The current members of the Executive Management Team are listed in the table below.

 

Name

  

Function

   Year of birth

LSS Consulting SPRL, represented by Christian Homsy

  

Chief Executive Officer

   1958

PaJe SPRL, represented by Patrick Jeanmart

  

Chief Financial Officer

   1972

KNCL SPRL, represented by Jean-Pierre Latere

  

Chief Operating Officer

   1975

NandaDevi SPRL, represented by Philippe Dechamps

  

Chief Legal Officer

   1970

Georges Rawadi

  

Vice President Business Development

   1967

Dieter Hauwaerts

  

Vice President Operations

   1973

ImXense SPRL, represented by Frederic Lehmann

  

Vice President Immuno-oncolgy

   1964

David Gilham

  

Vice President Research & Development

   1965

The following paragraphs contain brief biographies of each of the members of the Executive Management Team or in case of legal entities being a member of the Executive Management Team or key manager, their permanent representatives.

Christian Homsy (representative of LSS Consulting SPRL), CEO – reference is made to ITEM 6.A. Directors and Senior Management.

Patrick Jeanmart (representative of PaJe SPRL), has served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company since September 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jeanmart worked for IBA Group (Ion Beam Applications, Belgium) for six years where he held a number of senior financial management positions within the corporate organization and several IBA subsidiaries located in Belgium, Italy, UK and the U.S. Between January 2004 and 2007, he acted as Vice President of Finance of IBA Molecular. He also holds the position of Chief Financial Officer at Medpole SA and at Biological Manufacturing Services SA. Mr. Jeanmart obtained a Master in Economics from the University of Namur, Belgium.

Jean-Pierre Latere (representative of KNCL SPRL), has previously acted as Vice President of Regenerative Medicine and Medical Devices franchise. Since January 2017 he serves as Chief Operating Officer in charge of program management, manufacturing, quality, clinical operations and regulatory affairs. He leads the effort to further strengthen the organization as Celyad grows as a leader in immuno-oncology. He started his career as a Research Associate at the Michigan State University in the US. Following that assignment, he moved to the Johnson & Johnson group where he held various positions, from Scientist to Senior Scientist. He then joined the Company in 2008 as Project Manager Delivery System and left the company in 2012 in the position of Senior Director Business Development. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Latere served as Beauty Care and Healthcare Market Global Leader at Dow Corning. Mr. Latere holds a PhD in Chemistry from the University of Liège, Belgium.

Philippe Dechamps (representative of NandaDevi SPRL), has served as Chief Legal Officer since September 2016. Mr. Dechamps started his legal career as an associate in Brussels with the law firm Linklaters De Bandt from 1994 to 1998. He left private practice in 1998 and until 2003, he served as an in-house counsel at Solvay Group, the Belgian pharmaceutical and chemical company, to assist the company in its turnaround through several M&A operations in Europe, India and Far-East Asia. In 2003, he took over the position of Legal Director at Guidant, the US company formerly active in the medical devices business before its acquisition by Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories in 2005. Within Abbott, Mr. Dechamps took over responsibility for the legal affairs of Abbott Vascular International outside of the United States. In 2008, Mr. Dechamps joined Delhaize Group taking responsibility for the legal and government affairs in Europe and Asia, before becoming Group General Counsel and Secretary to the Board of Directors in 2015. In this position, he piloted the legal strategy to merge Delhaize Group with Royal Ahold in July 2016. Mr. Dechamps earned law degrees from the Université Catholique de Louvain (UCL) and Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB), and a Masters of Law (LL.M) from Harvard University.

Georges Rawadi, has served as Vice President Business Development and Intellectual Property since March 2016 and prior to that he has service as Vice President Business Development since June 2014. Prior

 

92


Table of Contents

to joining the Company, Dr. Rawadi served as Vice President Business Development with Cellectis. He previously held business development management positions at Galapagos, ProStrakan France and Sanofi-Aventis France, and conducted consultancy assignments in Business Development and Alliance Management. His work included all aspects and stages of business development, driving several projects from target identification and negotiation to closing deals. He holds a Ph.D. in Microbiology from the Pierre et Marie Curie University (France), and a Masters in Management and Strategy in the Health Industry from the ESSEC Business School.

Dieter Hauwaerts, has served as the Vice President Operations since November 2015. Mr. Hauwaerts is responsible for all development, manufacturing and supply chain activities in EU and US. Prior to joining the Company, he worked as Director Manufacturing for TiGenix (Belgium) where he was part of the team obtaining first approval of an ATMP in Europe, and headed construction of a state-of-the –art commercial cell therapy facility. Before, he also held various positions in the quality and supply chain organization of Janssen Pharmaceutica (Belgium) and conducted research on microbial genetics at the University of Leuven. Mr. Hauwaerts holds an MSc in chemical engineering from the University of Leuven, Belgium.

Frédéric Lehmann (representative of ImXense SPRL), has served as the Vice President Clinical Development & Medical Affairs since July 2016 and prior to that he has served as the Vice President Immuno-Oncology Since September 2015. Dr. Lehmann is a physician by training, specialized in hematology and oncology. Dr. Lehmann has extensive experience in oncology drug development spanning early to late phase, including clinical trial design, translational research, regulatory interactions, and clinical risk management. He started his academic career at the Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research in Brussels, followed by a position at the Institute Jules Bordet. He then moved to the European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC) as Medical Advisor. Dr. Lehmann began his corporate career at GlaxoSmithKline, where he led the early worldwide clinical development program for the Company’s cancer vaccines and went on to lead the research and development incubator for cancer immunotherapeutics.

David Gilham, has served as Vice President Research and Development since September 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gilham was a Reader and Group Leader within the Manchester Cancer Research Centre at the University of Manchester, UK leading a research group of 15 scientists in the area of cellular immunotherapy. Mr. Gilham obtained his Ph.D from the University of Dundee in 1998 in Molecular Pharmacology under the supervision of Professor Roland Wolf, OBE. After a short post-doctoral position at the University of Bristol, Mr. Gilham moved to the University of Manchester with Professor Robert Hawkins to establish translational research activity in the field of engineered cellular therapy. The group has carried out several clinical trials of CAR-T cells of which Mr. Gilham has been Lead scientific advisor and led several European framework programs bringing together researchers from all over Europe (ATTACK and ATTRACT programs). In 2010, along with Professor Hawkins and other colleagues, Mr. Gilham co-founded Cellular Therapeutics, a cell production company based in Manchester. He has published more than 60 peer reviewed articles and further book chapters and reviews. He has also sat on many review boards and charity grant committees and consulted for several biotechs and pharma concerning immune cell therapies.

B. Compensation of Directors and Executive Management Team

The aggregate compensation paid and benefits in kind granted by us to the current members of our executive management team and directors, including share-based compensation, for the year ended December 31, 2016, was €2,4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, €35,000 of the amounts set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our employees was attributable to members of our executive management team.

For a discussion of our employment arrangements with members of our executive management team and consulting arrangement with our directors, see the section of this Annual Report titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions-Agreements with Our Directors and Members of our Executive Management Team.” For more information regarding warrant grants, see the section of this report titled “—Warrant Plans.”

Except the arrangements described in the section of this Annual Report titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions-Agreements with Our Directors and Members of our Executive Management Team,” there are no arrangements or understanding between us and any of our other executive officers or directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment, other than as required by applicable law.

 

93


Table of Contents

There is no agreements or contracts between the directors and the members of the Executive Management Team and the company or any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits for the directors upon termination of employment or services agreements in place that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Compensation of our Board of Directors

The remuneration of our directors and the grant of warrants to our directors is submitted by our board of directors (following advice from the Nomination and Remuneration Committee) for approval to the general shareholders’ meeting and is only implemented after such approval. The aggregate compensation paid and benefits in kind granted by us to our current directors, including share-based compensation, for the year ended December 31, 2016, was €355,000.

The procedure for establishing the remuneration policy and setting remuneration for members of our board of directors is determined by our board of directors on the basis of proposals from the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, taking into account relevant benchmarks from the biotechnology industry.

On November 5, 2015, the Extraordinary Shareholders Meeting approved a remuneration and compensation scheme for the chairman, the independent directors and non-executive directors. This scheme was applicable as from November 2015. The remuneration package was made up of a fixed annual fee of €40,000 for the chairman and €30,000 for the other independent directors. The fee was supplemented with a fixed annual fee of €10,000 for membership of each committee of the Board of Directors, to be increased by €5,000 in case the relevant director chairs the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Audit Committee.

On 9 May 2016, the Extraordinary Shareholders meeting approved a new remuneration and compensation scheme for the non-executive directors. The remuneration package is made up of fixed annual fee of €10,000 for non-executive directors, supplemented by a fxed annual fee of €10,000 for the Chairman. The annual fee is supplemented by a €5,000 fee for any non-executive directors covering the participation to the four ordinary board of directors’ meetings. Any participation to an extraordinary board of directors’ meetings gives right to a supplemental fee of €5,000 EUR. This remuneration package is also supplemented with a fixed annual fee of €15,000 for membership of each committee of the Board of Directors, to be increased by €5,000 in case the relevant director chairs the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Audit Committee. Finally, an extraordinary fee of €3,000 is granted to non-executive directors in case of appointment of such directors, on request of the CEO and with prior approval of the Board of directors, for specific missions requiring the presence of the concerned director. This scheme is applicable directly after the General Meeting of Shareholders of May 9, 2016. The remuneration granted to directors during year 2016 is the consequence of both applications of (i) remuneration and compensation scheme adopted in November 2015 and (ii) the new plan adopted in May 2016. Apart from the above remuneration for non-executive directors, all directors are entitled to company warrants and a reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred as a result of participation in meetings of the Board of Directors.

On the advice of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the board of directors may propose to the shareholders’ meeting to grant options or warrants in order to attract or retain non-executive directors with the most relevant skills, knowledge and expertise. Insofar as this grant of options or warrants comprises variable remuneration under Article 554 of the Belgian Company Code, this remuneration shall be submitted for approval to the next annual general shareholders meeting.

The directors’ mandate may be terminated ad nutum (at any time) without any form of compensation.

No loans or guarantees were given to members of the board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2016.

There are no employment or service agreements that provide for notice periods or indemnities between us and members of the board of directors who are not a member of the executive management team. In respect of the members of the board of directors who are a member of the executive management team, reference is made to the section “Executive Management Team” here below.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the fees received by our non-executive directors for the performance of their mandate as a board member, during the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

Name

   Fees
Earned
(€)
 

Michel Lussier

     78,750  

Serge Goblet

     37,500  

Chris Buyse

     73,750  

Debasish Roychowdhury

     41,250  

Hanspeter Spek

     55,000  

Rudy Dekeyser

     68,750  

Tolefi SA, represented by its permanent representative, Serge Goblet

     —    

Danny Wong

     —    

William Wijns

     —    

Chris De Jonghe

     —    

Total

     355,000  

LSS Consulting SPRL, represented by Christian Homsy does not receive any specific or additional remuneration for his service on our board of directors, as this is included in his total remuneration package in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer. For more information regarding LSS Consulting SPRL’s compensation, see the section of this Annual Report titled “—Compensation of Members of the Executive Management Team.”

The table below provides an overview as of December 31, 2016 of the warrants held by the non-executive directors.

 

     Warrant Awards

Name

   Number of
Ordinary Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Warrant
Exercise
Price in euros
    

Warrant

Expiration

Date

Michel Lussier

     400        35.36      May 5, 2016

Hanspeter Spek

     5,000        35.79      May 5, 2019

TOLEFI SA

     2,504        35.36      May 5, 2016

Michel Lussier

     10,000        34.65      November 5 2020

Chris Buyse

     10,000        34.65      November 5 2020

Rudy Dekeyser

     10,000        34.65      November 5 2020

Hanspeter Spek

     10,000        34.65      November 5 2020

Debasish Roychowdhuy

     10,000        34.65      November 5 2020

Total

     57,904        

 

Compensation of Members of the Executive Management Team

The compensation of the members of our executive management team is determined by our board of directors based on the recommendations by our Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

The remuneration of the members of our executive management team consists of different components:

 

    Fixed remuneration: a basic fixed fee designed to fit responsibilities, relevant experience and competences, in line with market rates for equivalent positions. The amount of fixed remuneration is evaluated and determined by the board of directors every year.

 

    Short term variable remuneration: members of the executive management team may be entitled to a yearly bonus, given the level of achievement of the criteria set out in the corporate objective for that year.

 

    Incentive plan: warrants have been granted and may be granted in the future, to the members of the executive management team. For a description of the main characteristics of our warrant plans, see the section of this Annual report titled “—Warrant Plans.”

 

95


Table of Contents
    Other: Members of the executive management team with an employee contract with us entitle them to our pension, company car and payments for invalidity and healthcare cover and other fringe benefits of non-material value.

No loans, quasi-loans or other guarantees were granted to members of our executive management team during the year ended on December 31, 2016.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by LSS Consulting SPRL, represented by Christian Homsy, our Chief Executive Officer, during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

     Compensation (in kEuros)  

Fixed fee

     426  

Variable fee

     136  

Total

     562  

Mr. Homsy was not granted warrants in 2016, neither exercised warrants in 2016.

The following table sets forth information concerning the aggregate compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2016 by the other members of our executive management team, including the CEO.

 

     Compensation (in kEuros)  

Fixed remuneration (gross)

     597  

Variable remuneration (short term)

     138  

Fixed fee

     1,698  

Variable fee

     356  

Pension/Life

     35  

Other benefits

     103  

Total

     2,927  

The table below provides an overview as of December 31, 2016 of the warrants held by the members of our executive management team.

 

     Warrant Awards  

Name

   Number of
Ordinary Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Warrant
Exercise
Price in euros
     Warrant
Expiration
Date
 

Christian Homsy [1]

     112,000        2.64        May 6, 2018  
     200        35.36        May 5, 2016  
     40,000        34.65        November 5, 2020  

Patrick Jeanmart [2]

     56,000        2.64        May 6, 2018  
     25        35.36        May 5, 2016  
     20,000        34.65        November 5, 2020  

George Rawadi

     7,500        39.22        May 5, 2024  
     10,000        34.65        November 5, 2025  

Dieter Hauwaerts

     5,000        33.49        May 5, 2024  
     10,000        34.65        November 5, 2025  

Frédéric Lehmann [3]

     20,000        34.65        November 5, 2020  

Jean-Pierre Latere [4]

     20,000        34.65        November 5, 2020  

David Gilham

     10,000        15.90        November 5, 2025  

 

[1] Christian Homsy holds these warrants in person, whereby he is the representative of LSS Consulting SPRL, his management company, which has been appointed as Chief Executive Officer.
[2] Patrick Jeanmart holds these warrants in person, whereby he is the representative of PaJe SPRL, his management company, which has been appointed as Chief Financial Officer.
[3] Frederic Lehmann holds these warrants in person, whereby he is the representative of ImXense SPRL, his management company, which has been appointed as Vice President Clinical Development & Medical Affairs.
[4] Jean-Pierre Latere holds these warrants in person, whereby he is the representative of KNCL SPRL, his management company, which has been appointed as Chief Operating Officer.

 

96


Table of Contents

C. Board Practices

Our board of directors can set up specialized committees to analyze specific issues and advise the board of directors on those issues.

The committees are advisory bodies only and the decision-making remains within the collegial responsibility of the board of directors. The board of directors determines the terms of service of each committee with respect to the organization, procedures, policies and activities of the committee.

Our board of directors has set up and appointed an Audit Committee and a Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The composition and function of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Belgian Company Code, the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the Exchange Act, the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee. Our Audit Committee consists of three members: Chris Buyse, Rudy Dekeyser and Chris De Jonghe.

Our board of directors has determined that all members of the Audit Committee are independent under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and that Chris Buyse qualifies as an “Audit Committee financial expert” as defined under the Exchange Act.

The role of our Audit Committee is to ensure the effectiveness of our internal control and risk management systems, the internal audit (if any) and its effectiveness and the statutory audit of the annual and consolidated accounts, and to review and monitor the independence of the external auditor, in particular regarding the provision of additional services to the company. The Audit Committee reports regularly to our board of directors on the exercise of its functions. It informs our board of directors about all areas in which action or improvement is necessary in its opinion and produces recommendations concerning the necessary steps that need to be taken. The audit review and the reporting on that review cover us and our subsidiaries as a whole. The members of the Audit Committee are entitled to receive all information which they need for the performance of their function, from our board of directors, executive management team and employees. Every member of the Audit Committee shall exercise this right in consultation with the chairman of the Audit Committee.

Our Audit Committee’s duties and responsibilities to carry out its purposes include, among others: our financial reporting, internal controls and risk management, and our internal and external audit process. These tasks are further described in the Audit Committee charter as set out in our corporate governance charter and in Article 526 bis of the Belgian Company Code.

The Audit Committee holds a minimum of four meetings a year.

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Our Nomination and Remuneration Committee consists of four members: Michel Lussier (Chairman), Chris Buyse, Rudy Dekeyser and Hanspeter Spek.

Our board of directors has determined that all members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are independent under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

The role of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee is to assist the board of directors in all matters:

 

    relating to the selection and recommendation of qualified candidates for membership of the board of directors;

 

    relating to the nomination of the CEO;

 

    relating to the nomination of the members of the executive management team, other than the CEO, upon proposal by the CEO;

 

    relating to the remuneration of independent directors;

 

    relating to the remuneration of the CEO;

 

    relating to the remuneration of the members of the executive management team, other than the CEO, upon proposal by the CEO; and

 

    on which the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors requests the Nomination and Remuneration Committee’s advice.

 

97


Table of Contents

Additionally, with regard to matters relating to remuneration, except for those areas that are reserved by law to the board of directors, the nomination and remuneration committee will at least have the following tasks:

 

    preparing the remuneration report (which is to be included in the board of director’s corporate governance statement); and

 

    explaining its remuneration report at the annual shareholders’ meeting.

The committee’s tasks are further described in the Nomination and Remuneration Committee charter as set out in our corporate governance charter and Article 526 quater of the Belgian Company Code.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed 78.60 full-time equivalent (incl. 6.6 part-time employees) and 6 senior managers. Twenty-one of our employees have either an M.D. or a Ph.D. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective-bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

A split of our employees by main department and geography for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 

     At end of December  
     2014      2015      2016  

By function:

        

Clinical & Regulatory, IP, Marketing

     9        11        15  

Research & Development

     13        19        29  

Manufacturing /Quality

     49        42        31  

General Administration

     11        16        13  

Total

     82        88        88  

By Geography:

        

Belgium

     81        85        83  

United States

     1        3        5  

Total

     82        88        88  

E. Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, see “Item 6.B—Compensation” and “Item 7.A—Major Shareholders.”

 

ITEM 7 MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The committee’s tasks are further described in the Nomination and Remuneration Committee charter as set out in our corporate governance charter and Article 526 quater of the Belgian Company Code.

A. Major shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of February 28, 2017 for:

 

    each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

    each member of our board of directors;

 

    each member of our executive management team; and

 

    all members of our board of directors and executive management team as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 9,520,853 ordinary shares outstanding as of February 28, 2017.

 

98


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are ordinary shares and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding ordinary shares subject to warrants held by that person that are immediately exercisable. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information in the table below is based on information known to us or ascertained by us from public filings made by the shareholders. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of the directors, members of the executive management team and named beneficial owners are in care of Rue Edouard Belin 2, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium.

 

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

  

SHARES BENEFICIALLTY OWNED ON

 

5%Shareholders

  

Number

   Percentage  

TOLEFI SA [1]

   2,267,844      23.82

Directors and Members of the Executive Management Team

     

Michel Lussier

  

155,870 Shares

8,000 ADR

     1.72

Christian Homsy [2]/LSS Consulting SPRL

  

122,000 shares

3,000 ADR

     1.31

Patrick Jeanmart

   62,000      0.65

Jean-Pierre Latere

   20,000      0.21

All directors and executive officers as a group.

   2,638,714      27.72

 

[1] TOLEFI SA is represented by its permanent representative, Serge Goblet.
[2] Includes 8,000 shares held by Karim Homsy, Mr. Homsy’s son, 6,000 shares held by Bastian Homsy, Mr. Homsy’s son, and 8,000 shares held by Benjamin Homsy, Mr. Homsy’s son.

Each of our shareholders is entitled to one vote per ordinary share. None of the holders of our shares will have different voting rights from other holders of shares after the closing of the global offering. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

As of January 31, 2017, assuming that all of our ordinary shares represented by ADSs are held by residents of the United States, we estimate that approximately 5.44% of our outstanding ordinary shares were held in the United States by 1 registered holder of record. The actual number of holders is greater than these numbers of record holders, and includes beneficial owners whose ADSs are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include holders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

 

99


Table of Contents

B. Related Party Transactions.

Since January 1, 2016, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers and holders of more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding voting securities and their affiliates, which we refer to as our related-parties.

Transactions with Our Principal Shareholders

Service Agreement with Biological Manufacturing Services SA

In April 2011, we entered into an agreement for the provision of services for production of cardiac cells with Biological Manufacturing Services SA, or BMS, a service provider in the biotechnology sector that operates clean rooms on its site located at Rue Edouard Belin 12, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium. Under this agreement, BMS provides us with support, services and provision of assets for the production our products, including making clean rooms available to us for our exclusive use. TOLEFI SA, of which Serge Goblet is the managing director, owns 50% of BMS. Patrick Jeanmart, our Chief Financial Officer, also holds the position of CFO at BMS.

This service agreement was terminated on April 30, 2016. The total annual services fee paid by us to BMS was EUR 299,000 EUR in 2015 and EUR 98,984 in 2016.

Agreements with Our Directors and Members of our Executive Management Team

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with the below members of our executive management team:

Georges Rawadi

On April 2, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Rawadi, our Vice President Business Development, with an effective date as of June 2, 2014. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Rawadi is entitled to an annual base salary, and is also eligible to receive a bonus capped at 50% of his annual compensation, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of the Mr. Rawadi’s performance and our overall performance. Mr. Rawadi is also eligible to receive warrants.

Dieter Hauwaerts

On September 23, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hauwaerts, our Vice President Operations, with an effective date as of December 1, 2014. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Hauwaert is entitled to an annual base salary and is also eligible to receive a bonus capped at 30% of his annual compensation, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of the Mr. Hauwaerts performance and our overall performance. Mr. Hauwaerts is also eligible to receive warrants.

David Gilham

On September 12, 2016, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. David Gilham, our Vice President research and development, with an effective date as of September 12, 2016. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Gilham is entitled to an annual base salary and is also eligible to receive a bonus capped at 30% of his annual compensation, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of the Mr. Gilham performance and our overall performance. Mr. Gilham is also eligible to receive warrants.

Consulting Arrangements

We have entered into consulting agreements with the below members of our executive management team.

Christian Homsy

On January 23, 2014, we contracted with LSS Consulting SPRL, permanently represented by Mr. Homsy. Under this new agreement, Mr. Homsy is entitled to an annual base fee. Mr. Homsy is also eligible to receive warrants and a bonus capped at 40% of his annual base fee, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of the Mr. Homsy’s performance and our overall performance.

 

100


Table of Contents

Patrick Jeanmart

On January 7, 2008, we entered into a management services agreement with Patrick Jeanmart SPRL, represented by Patrick Jeanmart, our Chief Financial Officer. Under this agreement, Mr. Jeanmart is entitled to an annual base fee. Mr. Jeanmart is also eligible for a bonus capped at 30% of his annual base fee, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of the Mr. Jeanmart’s performance and our overall performance.

Jean-Pierre Latere

On December 7, 2015, we entered into a management services agreement with KNCL SPRL, represented by Jean-Pierre Latere, our Chief Operating Officer. Under this agreement, Mr. Latere is entitled to an annual base fee. Mr. Latere is also eligible for a bonus capped at 30% of his annual base fee, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of Mr. Latere’s performance and our overall performance.

Philippe Dechamps

On May 20, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with NandaDevi SPRL, represented by Philippe Dechamps, our Chief Legal Officer. Under this agreement, Mr. Dechamps is entitled to an annual base fee. Mr. Dechamps is also eligible for a bonus capped at 30% of his annual base fee, determined in full discretion by the board of directors on the basis of Mr. Dechamps’s performance and our overall performance.

Director and Executive Management Team Compensation

See Item 6B“Compensation of Directors and Executive Management Team” for information regarding compensation of directors and members of our executive management team.

Warrants

Since our inception, we have granted warrants to certain of our directors and members of our executive management team. See “Compensation of Directors and Executive Management Team” for information regarding warrants issued to members of our executive management team and directors.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with the global offering, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and members of our executive management team. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Medisun

Cardio3 BioSciences Asia Ltd was a joint venture created in July 2014 with Medisun International, a financial partner and shareholder of the Group. The joint venture aimed to initiate the clinical development of C-Cure and further commercialize C-Cure in Greater China. Until August 2015, the Group owned 40% of the shares of Cardio3 BioSciences Asia Ltd. The Group had no commitments relating to its joint venture and there are no contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s interest in the joint venture.

Pursuant the terms of the new license agreement executed in August 2015, Celyad SA sold all of its shares on Cardio3 BioSciences Asia to Medisun for €1. Cardio3 BioSciences Asia was deconsolidated from the Group financial statements as of June 30, 2015.

Related-Party Transactions Policy

Article 524 of the Belgian Company Code provides for a special procedure that applies to intragroup or related party transactions with affiliates. The procedure applies to decisions or transactions between us and our affiliates that are not one of our subsidiaries. Prior to any such decision or transaction, our board of directors must appoint a special committee consisting of three independent directors, assisted by one or more independent experts. This committee must assess the business advantages and disadvantages of the decision or transaction, quantify its financial consequences and determine whether the decision or transaction causes a disadvantage to us that is manifestly illegitimate in view of our policy. If the committee determines that the decision or transaction is not illegitimate but will prejudice us, it must analyze the advantages and disadvantages of such decision or transaction and set out such considerations as part of its advice. Our board of directors must then make a decision, taking into account the opinion of the

 

101


Table of Contents

committee. Any deviation from the committee’s advice must be justified. Directors who have a conflict of interest are not entitled to participate in the deliberation and vote. The committee’s advice and the decision of the board of directors must be notified to our statutory auditor, who must render a separate opinion. The conclusion of the committee, an excerpt from the minutes of the board of directors and the opinion by the statutory auditor must be included in our annual report. This procedure does not apply to decisions or transactions in the ordinary course of business under customary market conditions and security documents, or to transactions or decisions with a value of less than 1% of our net assets as shown in our consolidated annual accounts.

In addition to this, our corporate governance charter provides for guidelines for transactions between us and our directors or members of the executive management team. According to such guidelines:

 

    A member of our board of directors or executive management team will in any event be considered to have a conflict of interests if:

 

    he/she has a personal financial interest in a company with which we intend to enter into a transaction;

 

    he/she, his/her spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree is a member of the executive management of or board of a company with which we intend to enter into a transaction;

 

    he/she is a member of the board or executive management of, or holds similar office with, a company with which we intend to enter into a transaction;

 

    under applicable law, including the rules of any stock market on which our shares may be listed, such conflict of interests exists or is deemed to exist.

Each member of the board of directors or each member of the executive management team must immediately report any potential conflict of interests to the chairman and to the other members of the board of directors or of the executive management team, as the case may be. The members concerned must provide the chairman and the other members of the board of directors or of executive management team, as the case may be, with all information relevant to the conflict, including information relating to the persons with whom he has a family law relationship (his/her spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree) to the extent relevant for the assessment of the existence of a conflict of interests. The chairman of the board of directors or of the executive management team will determine whether a reported (potential) conflict of interests qualifies as a conflict of interests.

If this is the case, a member of the board of directors or of the executive management team, as the case may be, must not participate in the discussions or decision-taking process of the board of directors or of the executive management team, as the case may be, on a subject or transaction in relation to which he has a conflict of interests with us. This transaction, if approved, must be concluded on term customary in the sector concerned and be approved, in the case of a decision by the executive management team, by the board of directors. Without prejudice to the foregoing, each member of the board of directors who is faced, directly or indirectly, with a financial interest that conflicts with a decision or transaction within the competence of the board of directors, within the meaning of Article 523, or Article 524ter of the Belgian Company Code, as the case may be, must inform the other members of the board of directors thereof prior to the deliberations. The declaration, as well as the justification, must be included in the minutes of the relevant meeting of the board of directors. The relevant member of the board of directors must inform the statutory auditor of his conflict of interests. With a view to publication in the annual report, the board of directors must set out in its minutes the nature of the decision or transaction and the justification thereof, including the financial consequences of the decision or transaction for us. In the case of a conflict of interests within the executive management team, a copy of the minutes of the executive management team must be submitted to the board of directors at its next meeting. The chairman must procure that all these transactions involving conflicts of interests will be referred to in the annual report, with a declaration that the provisions in our corporate governance charter have been complied with.

C. Interest of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

102


Table of Contents
ITEM 8 Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Our consolidated financial statements are appended at the end of this Annual Report, starting at page F-1, and incorporated herein by reference.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our equity securities in the foreseeable future and intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. All of the ordinary shares, including in the form of the ADSs, offered by this report will have the same dividend rights as all of our other outstanding ordinary shares. In general, distributions of dividends proposed by our board of directors require the approval of our shareholders at a meeting of shareholders with a simple majority vote, although our board of directors may declare interim dividends without shareholder approval, subject to the terms and conditions of the Belgian Company Code.

Pursuant to Belgian law, the calculation of amounts available for distribution to shareholders, as dividends or otherwise, must be determined on the basis of our non-consolidated statutory financial accounts prepared under Belgian GAAP, and not on the basis of IFRS consolidated accounts. In addition, under the Belgian Company Code, we may declare or pay dividends only if, following the declaration and issuance of the dividends, the amount of our net assets on the date of the closing of the last financial year according to our statutory annual accounts (i.e., the amount of the assets as shown in the balance sheet, decreased with provisions and liabilities, all as prepared in accordance with Belgian accounting rules), decreased with the non-amortized costs of incorporation and expansion and the non-amortized costs for research and development, does not fall below the amount of the paid-up capital (or, if higher, the called capital), increased with the amount of non-distributable reserves. Finally, prior to distributing dividends, we must allocate at least 5% of our annual net profits (under our non-consolidated statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Belgian accounting rules) to a legal reserve, until the reserve amounts to 10% of our share capital.

For information regarding the Belgian withholding tax applicable to dividends and related U.S. reimbursement procedures, see ‘‘Material income tax considerations—Belgian Tax Consequences.’’

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

B. Significant Changes

In January 2016, employees, consultants and directors accepted in total 285,550 warrants offered in November 2015. The warrants are part of the 466,000 warrants issued by the Board of Directors held on October 28, 2015, pursuant to the warrants plan which was approved by the Extraordinary Shareholders Meeting held on November 5, 2015. These warrants will be vested over 2016, 2017 and 2018 and may become exercisable as early as January 2019.

 

ITEM 9 THE OFFER and LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

The ADS have been listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “CYAD” since June 19, 2015. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for ADSs. Our ordinary shares have been trading on Euronext Brussels and Euronext Paris under the symbol “CYAD” since July 5, 2013. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for ADSs or our ordinary shares. The following tables set forth for the periods indicated the reported high and low sale prices per ADS in U.S. dollars and per ordinary share on Euronext Brussels in euros.

 

103


Table of Contents

Euronext Brussels

 

Period

   High      Low  

Annual

     

2015

   70.95      30.50  

2016

   52.89      14.82  

Quarterly

     

First Quarter 2015

   47.85      33.61  

Second Quarter 2015

   70.95      43.54  

Third Quarter 2015

   57.98      33.62  

Fourth Quarter 2015

   49.45      30.50  

First Quarter 2016

   47.55      29.51  

Second Quarter 2016

   52.89      21.80  

Third Quarter 2016

   20.58      14.82  

Fourth Quarter 2016

   20.00      14.82  

Month Ended

     

September 2016

   20.58      18.05  

October 2016

   20.00      14.82  

November 2016

   19.90      14.90  

December 2016

   19.30      17.01  

January 2017

   23.25      17.66  

February 2017

   21.12      19.00  

Nasdaq Listing:

 

Period

Ceylad ADS Ticker “CYAD”

   High
(USD$)
     Low
(USD$)
 
     

Annual 2015

   $ 67.94      $ 33.84  

Annual 2016

   $ 58.66      $ 16.69  

Third Quarter 2015

   $ 62.00      $ 37.00  

Fourth Quarter 2015

   $ 54.90      $ 33.84  

First Quarter 2016

   $ 54.58      $ 33.46  

Second Quarter 2016

   $ 58.66      $ 24.98  

Third Quarter 2016

   $ 27.05      $ 20.12  

Fourth Quarter 2016

   $ 24.00      $ 16.69  

January 2016

   $ 54.58      $ 33.50  

February 2016

   $ 38.88      $ 33.46  

March 2016

   $ 48.30      $ 42.31  

April 2016

   $ 49.78      $ 44.50  

May 2016

   $ 53.66      $ 48.20  

June 2016

   $ 58.66      $ 24.98  

July 2016

   $ 26.59      $ 24.20  

August 2016

   $ 27.05      $ 22.00  

September 2016

   $ 23.59      $ 20.12  

October 2016

   $ 25.00      $ 17.10  

November 2016

   $ 24.00      $ 16.69  

December 2016

   $ 20.59      $ 17.76  

January 2017

   $ 24.01      $ 17.76  

February 2017

   $ 24.50      $ 19.57  

 

104


Table of Contents

On February 28, 2017, the last reported sale price of the ADSs on Nasdaq was $22.13 per ADS, and the last reported sale price of the ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels was €20.71 per share.

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets.

The ADSs have been listed on the Nasdaq under the symbol “CYAD” since June 19, 2015 and on the Euonext Brussels and Euronext Paris under symbol CYAD (ordinary share) since July 5, 2013.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue.

Not applicable.

 

105


Table of Contents
ITEM 10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The information set forth in our prospectus dated June 18, 2015, filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b), under the headings “Description of Share Capital—Articles of Association and Other Share Information,” “Description of Share Capital—Description of the Rights and Benefits Attached To Our Shares, “Description of Share Capital—Belgian Law” is incorporated herein by reference.

C. Material Contracts

Collaboration with ONO Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

On July 11, 2016, we entered into a license and collaboration agreement with ONO Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., or ONO, in connection with which we granted ONO an exclusive license for the development, manufacture and commercialization of allogenic products incorporating our NKR-T cell technology in Japan, Korea and Taiwan. Under the terms of the collaboration, ONO is solely responsible for and bears all costs incurred in the research, development and commercialization of such products in its geographies. In addition, we granted ONO an exclusive option to obtain an exclusive license to develop, manufacture and commercialize autologous products incorporating our autologous CAR-T NKR-2 cell technology in Japan, Korea and Taiwan.

In consideration for the rights granted to ONO under the agreement, we received an up-front payment in the amount of 1.25 billion JPY ($12.5 million) and we are eligible to receive additional milestones for up to 30.075 billion JPY ($299 million) in development and commercial milestones. In addition, we are entitled to receive double digit royalties on nets sales of licensed products in licensed territories.

D. Exchange Controls.

Exchange Controls and Limitations Affecting Shareholders

There are no Belgian exchange control regulations that impose limitations on our ability to make, or the amount of, cash payments to residents of the United States.

We are in principle under an obligation to report to the National Bank of Belgium certain cross-border payments, transfers of funds, investments and other transactions in accordance with applicable balance-of-payments statistical reporting obligations. Where a cross-border transaction is carried out by a Belgian credit institution on our behalf, the credit institution will in certain circumstances be responsible for the reporting obligations.

E. Taxation

Material income tax considerations

The information presented under the caption “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders” below is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations to a U.S. holder (as defined below) of investing in ADSs. The information presented under the caption “Belgian Tax Consequences” is a discussion of the material Belgian tax consequences of investing in ADSs.

You should consult your tax advisor regarding the applicable tax consequences to you of investing in ADSs under the laws of the United States (federal, state and local), Belgium, and any other applicable foreign jurisdiction.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that hold such ADSs as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

 

106


Table of Contents
    tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

 

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

    persons that hold the ADSs as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or persons that will hold the ADSs through such an entity;

 

    certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

 

    holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of our ADSs and shares; and

 

    holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, and the income tax treaty between Belgium and the United States, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not take a contrary or different position concerning the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs and that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning, and disposing of the ADSs in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ADSs that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of the ADSs in its particular circumstances.

In general, a U.S. holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, no gain or loss will generally be recognized if a U.S. holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concern that parties to whom ADSs are released before shares are delivered to the depositary (“pre-release”), or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders and the issuer of the security underlying the ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of ADSs. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of Belgian taxes, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.

 

107


Table of Contents

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC.

Persons considering an investment in the ADSs should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the ownership and disposition of the ADSs, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

Distributions. We do not expect to make distributions with respect to the ADSs in the foreseeable future. Subject to the discussion under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ,” below, the gross amount of any distribution (before reduction for any amounts withheld in respect of Belgian withholding tax) actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to ADSs generally will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. holder’s pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held the ADSs for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ADSs applicable to long term capital gains ( i.e. , gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below) if we are a “qualified foreign corporation” and certain other requirements (discussed below) are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on ADSs which are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. The ADSs are currently listed ands we believe readily tradable on the NASDAQ Global Market which is an established securities market in the United States, alttough there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be readily tradable in future periods. Therefore, unless we are a PFIC in the year a dividend is paid or in the preceding year, dividends received by non-corporate U.S. holders should be taxed at the reduced rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that a holding period requirement (more than 60 days of ownership, without protection from the risk of loss, during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date) and certain other requirements are met. Dividends received by a corporate U.S. holder will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

A U.S. holder generally may claim the amount of any Belgian withholding tax as either a deduction from gross income or a credit against U.S. federal income tax. However, the foreign tax credit is subject to numerous complex limitations that must be determined and applied on an individual basis. Generally, the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax that such U.S. holder’s foreign source taxable income bears to such U.S. holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source.” In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The amount of a distribution with respect to the ADSs that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Belgian income tax purposes, potentially resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit for the U.S. holder. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. The U.S. holder will take a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to their U.S. dollar equivalent on such date. The conversion of the foreign currency into U.S. dollars at a later date will give rise to foreign currency exchange gain or loss equal to the difference between their U.S. dollar equivalent at such later time and their tax basis. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder recognizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If a distribution received in a

 

108


Table of Contents

foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the distribution. For foreign credit limitation purposes, distributions paid on ADSs that are treated as dividends will generally be foreign source income and will generally constitute passive category income.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the ADSs. A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those ADSs. Subject to the discussion under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ” below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in the ADSs generally will be equal to the cost of such ADSs. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ADSs by a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for the preferential rate of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder’s holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such ADSs exceeds one year. The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Medicare Tax. Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ADSs. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in the ADSs.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations. If we are classified as a PFIC in a taxable year when a U.S. holder owns our ADSs, the U.S. holder will be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that the U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a controlled foreign corporation for the year being tested, would be measured by fair market value of our assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which are subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. Generally, a non-U.S. corporation that owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. holder owns ADSs, we will generally be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns the ADSs, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above.

Whether we are a PFIC for any taxable year will depend on the composition of our income, including the receipt of milestones, and the projected composition and estimated fair market value of our assets in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC in any taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate.

Based on the foregoing, we believe we were a PFIC for the 2015 taxable year and for prior taxable years, but that we likely were not a PFIC for our 2016 taxable year. It is uncertain whether we will be a PFIC in 2017 and in future taxable years based upon the expected value of our assets, including any goodwill, and the expected composition of our income and assets, however, as previously mentioned, we cannot provide any assurances regarding our PFIC status for past, current or future taxable years.

If we are a PFIC, for any taxable year in which you are a U.S. holder, then unless you make one of the elections described below, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average

 

109


Table of Contents

annual distribution received by you in the shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for the ADSs) and (b) any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs. Under this regime, any excess distribution and recognized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed recognized in each year had been subject to tax in such year at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current year and any taxable year before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

Certain elections exist that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status. If we were a PFIC for the 2016 taxable year, a U.S. holder may be eligible to make an election to mark-to-market the U.S. holder’s ADSs. An electing U.S. holder will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss the excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously recognized as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ADSs will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). Gain or loss recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs in a year when we are not a PFIC will be a capital gain or loss. The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and the ADSs are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” The ADSs will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ADSs are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principal purposes the meeting of the trading requirement as disregarded). The NASDAQ Global Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year included in the holding period a U.S. holder, such holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections, or other elections for current or past taxable years, may be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be recognized by U.S. holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. holder owns ADSs during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the ownership and disposition of the ADSs, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the ADSs and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting. U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on ADSs and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ADSs that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

110


Table of Contents

Foreign Asset Reporting. Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in the ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ADSS IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

Belgian Tax Consequences

The following paragraphs are a summary of material Belgian tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs by an investor. The summary is based on laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations in effect in Belgium on the date of this document, all of which are subject to change, including changes that could have retroactive effect.

The summary only discusses Belgian tax aspects which are relevant to U.S. holders of ADSs, or ‘‘Holders.’’ This summary does not address Belgian tax aspects which are relevant to persons who are fiscally resident in Belgium or who avail of a permanent establishment or a fixed base in Belgium to which the ADSs are effectively connected.

This summary does not purport to be a description of all of the tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs, and does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investor, some of which may be subject to special rules, or the tax laws of any country other than Belgium. This summary does not describe the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules, such as banks, insurance companies, collective investment undertakings, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold, or will hold, ADSs in a position in a straddle, share-repurchase transaction, conversion transactions, synthetic security or other integrated financial transactions. Investors should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in ADSs in the light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any state, local or other national laws.

In addition to the assumptions mentioned above, it is also assumed in this discussion that for purposes of the domestic Belgian tax legislation, the owners of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. However, the assumption has not been confirmed by or verified with the Belgian Tax Authorities.

Dividend Withholding Tax

As a general rule, a withholding tax of 30% is levied on the gross amount of dividends paid on the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, subject to such relief as may be available under applicable domestic or tax treaty provisions.

Dividends subject to the dividend withholding tax include all benefits attributed to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, irrespective of their form, as well as reimbursements of statutory share capital by us, except reimbursements of fiscal capital made in accordance with the Belgian Company Code. In principle, fiscal capital includes paid-up statutory share capital, and subject to certain conditions, the paid-up issue premiums and the cash amounts subscribed to at the time of the issue of profit sharing certificates.

In case of a redemption by us of our own shares represented by ADSs, the redemption distribution (after deduction of the portion of fiscal capital represented by the redeemed shares) will be treated as a dividend which in principle is subject to the withholding tax of 30%, subject to such relief as may be available under applicable domestic or tax treaty provisions. In case of a liquidation of our company, any amounts distributed in excess of the fiscal capital will also be treated as a dividend, and will in principle be subject to a 30% withholding tax, subject to such relief as may be available under applicable domestic or tax treaty provisions.

For non-residents the dividend withholding tax, if any, will be the only tax on dividends in Belgium, unless the non-resident avails of a fixed base in Belgium or a Belgian permanent establishment to which the ADSs are effectively connected.

 

111


Table of Contents

Relief of Belgian Dividend Withholding Tax

Under the Belgium-United States Tax Treaty, or the Treaty, under which we are entitled to benefits accorded to residents of Belgium, there is a reduced Belgian withholding tax rate of 15% on dividends paid by us to a U.S. resident which beneficially owns the dividends and is entitled to claim the benefits of the Treaty under the limitation of benefits article included in the Treaty (“a Qualifying Holder”).

If such Qualifying Holder is a company that owns directly at least 10% of our voting stock, the Belgian withholding tax rate is further reduced to 5%. No withholding tax is however applicable if the Qualifying Holder, is either of the following:

 

    a company that is a resident of the United States that has owned directly ADSs representing at least 10% of our capital for a twelve-month period ending on the date the dividend is declared, or

 

    a pension fund that is a resident of the United States, provided that such dividends are not derived from the carrying on of a business by the pension fund or through an associated enterprise.

Under the normal procedure, we or our paying agent must withhold the full Belgian withholding tax, without taking into account the reduced Treaty rate. Qualifying Holders may then make a claim for reimbursement for amounts withheld in excess of the rate defined by the Treaty. The reimbursement form (Form 276 Div-Aut.) may be obtained by letter from the Bureau Central de Taxation Bruxelles-Etranger, Boulevard du Jardin Botanique 50 boîte 3429, 1000 Brussels, Belgium, by fax at +32 (0) 257/968 42 or via email at ctk.db.brussel.buitenland@minfin.fed.be . Qualifying Holders may also, subject to certain conditions, obtain the reduced Treaty rate at source. Qualifying Holders should deliver a duly completed Form 276 Div-Aut. no later than 10 days after the date on which the dividend has been paid or attributed (whichever comes first).

U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether they qualify for reduction or exemption in/from withholding tax upon payment or attribution of dividends, and as to the procedural requirements for obtaining a reduced withholding tax upon the payment of dividends or for making claims for reimbursement.

Withholding tax is also not applicable, pursuant to Belgian domestic tax law, on dividends paid to a U.S. pension fund which satisfies the following conditions:

 

  (i) to be a legal entity with fiscal residence in the United States and without a permanent establishment or fixed base in Belgium,

 

  (ii) whose corporate purpose consists solely in managing and investing funds collected in order to pay legal or complementary pensions,

 

  (iii) whose activity is limited to the investment of funds collected in the exercise of its statutory mission, without any profit making aim and without operating a business in Belgium,

 

  (iv) which is exempt from income tax in the United States, and

 

  (v) provided that it (save in certain particular cases as described in Belgian law) is not contractually obligated to redistribute the dividends to any ultimate beneficiary of such dividends for whom it would manage the shares or ADSs, nor obligated to pay a manufactured dividend with respect to the shares or ADSs under a securities borrowing transaction. The exemption will only apply if the U.S. pension fund provides an affidavit confirming that it is the full legal owner or usufruct holder of the shares or ADSs and that the above conditions are satisfied. The organization must then forward that affidavit to us or our paying agent.

Capital Gains and Losses

Pursuant to the Treaty, capital gains and/or losses realized by a Qualifying Holder from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs are exempt from tax in Belgium.

Capital gains realized on ADSs by a corporate Holder who is not a Qualifying Holder are generally not subject to taxation in Belgium unless such Holder is acting through a Belgian establishment to which the ADSs are effectively connected (in which case a 33.99%, 25.75%, 0.412% or 0% tax on the capital gain may apply, depending on the particular circumstances, taking into account that different rates may apply if the establishment qualifies as a small enterprise). Capital losses are generally not tax deductible.

 

112


Table of Contents

Private individual Holders which are not Qualifying Holders and which are holding ADSs as a private investment will, as a rule, not be subject to tax in Belgium on any capital gains arising out of a disposal of ADSs. Losses will, as a rule, not be tax deductible.

However, if the gain realized by such individual Holders on ADSs is deemed to be realized outside the scope of the normal management of such individual’s private estate and the capital gain is obtained or received in Belgium, the gain will be subject to a final tax of 30.28%.

Moreover, capital gains realized by such individual Holders on the disposal of ADSs for consideration, outside the exercise of a professional activity, to a non-resident corporation (or a body constituted in a similar legal form), to a foreign state (or one of its political subdivisions or local authorities) or to a non-resident legal entity that is established outside the European Economic Area, are in principle taxable at a rate of 16.5% if, at any time during the five years preceding the realization event, such individual Holders own or have owned directly or indirectly, alone or with his/her spouse or with certain other relatives, a substantial shareholding in us (that is, a shareholding of more than 25% of our shares).

Capital gains realized by a Holder upon the redemption of ADSs or upon our liquidation will generally be taxable as a dividend. See ‘‘Dividend Withholding Tax.’’

Estate and Gift Tax

There is no Belgium estate tax on the transfer of ADSs on the death of a Belgian non-resident. Donations of ADSs made in Belgium may or may not be subject to gift tax depending on the modalities under which the donation is carried out.

Belgian Tax on Stock Exchange Transactions

A stock market tax is normally levied on the purchase and the sale and on any other acquisition and transfer for consideration of ADSs on the secondary market, so-called ‘‘secondary market transactions”, (i) if executed through a professional intermediary established in Belgium, or . (ii) deemed to be executed in Belgium, which is the case if the order is directly or indirectly made to a professional intermediary established outside of Belgium, either by private individuals with habitual residence in Belgium, or legal entities for the account of their seat or establishment in Belgium.’’ The tax is due from the transferor and the transferee separately. The applicable rate amounts to 0.27% of the consideration paid but with a cap of 1,600 euros per transaction and per party.

Belgian non-residents who purchase or otherwise acquire or transfer, for consideration, ADSs in Belgium for their own account through a professional intermediary may be exempt from the stock market tax if they deliver a sworn affidavit to the intermediary in Belgium confirming their non-resident status.

In addition to the above, no stock market tax is payable by: (i) professional intermediaries described in Article 2, 9 and 10 of the Law of August 2, 2002 acting for their own account, (ii) insurance companies described in Article 2, §1 of the Law of July 9, 1975 acting for their own account, (iii) professional retirement institutions referred to in Article 2, §1 of the Law of October 27, 2006 relating to the control of professional retirement institutions acting for their own account, or (iv) collective investment institutions acting for their own account. No stock exchange tax will thus be due by Holders on the subscription, purchase or sale of ADSs, if the Holders are acting for their own account. In order to benefit from this exemption, the Holders must file with the professional intermediary in Belgium a sworn affidavit evidencing that they are non-residents for Belgian tax purposes.

Proposed Financial Transactions Tax

The European Commission has published a proposal for a Directive for a common financial transactions tax, or FTT, in Belgium, Germany, Estonia, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia and Slovakia, or collectively, the Participating Member States. However, Estonia has since stated that it will not participate, and it is unclear whether Belgium will participate.

The proposed FTT has a very broad scope and could, if introduced in its current form, apply to certain dealings in ADS’s in certain circumstances. Under current proposals, the FTT could apply in certain circumstances to persons both within and outside of the Participating Member States. Generally, it would apply to certain dealings in ADSs where at least one party is a financial institution, and at least one party is established in a Participating Member State.

A financial institution may be, or be deemed to be, ‘‘established’’ in a Participating Member State in a broad range of circumstances, including by transacting with a person established in a Participating Member State.

 

113


Table of Contents

The proposal currently stipulates that once the FTT enters into force, the participating Member States shall not maintain or introduce taxes on financial transactions other than the FTT (or VAT as provided in the Council Directive 2006/112/EC on the common system of value added tax). For Belgium, the tax on stock exchange transactions should thus be abolished once the FTT enters into force. The proposal is still subject to negotiation between the participating Member States and therefore may be changed at any time.

Prospective Holders of ADSs are advised to seek their own professional advice in relation to the FTT.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable

G. Statement by Experts.

Not applicable

H. Documents on Display.

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements will file reports with the SEC. Those reports may be inspected without charge at the locations described below. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Nevertheless, we will file with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with and opinion expressed by an independent registered public accounting firm.

We maintain a corporate website at www.celyad.com . We intend to post our Annual Report on Form 20-F on our website promptly following it being filed with the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We have included our website address in this Annual Report on Form 20-F solely as an inactive textual reference.

You may also review a copy of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, including exhibits and any schedule filed herewith, and obtain copies of such materials at prescribed rates, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Room 1580, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website ( www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, such as Celyad, that file electronically with the SEC.

With respect to references made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to any contract or other document of Celyad, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached or incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 20-F for copies of the actual contract or document.

I. Subsidiary Information.

Not applicable

 

ITEM 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Our overall risk management program focuses on preservation of capital given the unpredictability of financial markets.

Foreign exchange risk

We are exposed to foreign exchange risk as certain collaborations or supply agreements of raw materials are denominated in USD. Moreover we have also investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk (USD). So far, because of the materiality of the exposure, we did not enter into any currency hedging arrangements. No sensitivity has been performed on the foreign exchange risk as up till now we still consider this risk as immaterial.

 

114


Table of Contents

We are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the USD. Our functional currency is the Euro, but we have several of our product suppliers and clinical vendors invoicing US in USD or in other currencies. In addition, we plan to convert a substantial portion of the proceeds from the global offering to Euro.

We have not established any formal practice to manage the foreign exchange risk against our functional currency. As of December 31, 2016, we had no trade receivables denominated in USD and had trade payables denominated in USD of $2.95 million.

Foreign exchange rate movements had no material effect on our results for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Because of our growing activities in the United States, the foreign exchange risk may increase in the future.

In 2016, the percentage of our total costs expressed in $ represented 29.4% or $11.5 million. In the same period of 2015, it was ~17% or $7.5 million. In 2017, the part of the $ expressed costs will increase due to the establishing of the US team & offices as well as the large part of CAR-T NKR-2 clinical studies to be initiated in the US.

Liquidity risk

Based on our current operating plans, we believe that the anticipated net proceeds of the global offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and short term investments, will be sufficient to fund our operations until mid 2019.

JOBS Act Exemptions

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” We are qualified as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are electing to take advantage of the following exemptions:

 

    including disclosure of two years of audited financial statements, as opposed to three years, in addition to any required interim financial statements;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and

 

    to the extent that we are no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (1) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements; and (2) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we are qualified as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities; (3) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (4) December 31, 2020. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. For example, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this Annual Report. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

 

115


Table of Contents
ITEM 12 Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

A. Debt Securities

Not applicable

B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable

C. Other Securities

Not applicable

D. American Depositary Shares

Description of American depositary shares

Citibank, N.A. is the depositary for our American Depositary Shares. Citibank’s depositary offices are located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. American Depositary Shares are frequently referred to as “ADSs” and represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with the depositary. ADSs may be represented by certificates that are commonly known as “American Depositary Receipts” or “ADRs.” The depositary typically appoints a custodian to safekeep the securities on deposit. In this case, the custodian is Citibank International Limited, located at EGSP 186, 1 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1 Ireland.

We have appointed Citibank as depositary pursuant to a deposit agreement. A copy of the deposit agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6.

Fees and Charges

Pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, the holders of ADSs will be required to pay the following fees:

 

Service    Fees

•       Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of shares (excluding issuances as a result of distributions of shares)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued

•       Cancellation of ADSs

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS canceled

•       Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e., sale of rights and other entitlements)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

•       Distribution of ADSs pursuant to (i) stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or (ii) exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

•       Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e., spin-off shares)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

•       ADS Services

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary

As an ADS holder you will also be responsible to pay certain charges such as:

 

    taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

 

    the registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of ordinary shares on the share register and applicable to transfers of ordinary shares to or from the name of the custodian, the depositary or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;

 

    certain cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses;

 

116


Table of Contents
    the expenses and charges incurred by the depositary in the conversion of foreign currency;

 

    the fees and expenses incurred by the depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, ADSs and ADRs; and

 

    the fees and expenses incurred by the depositary, the custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of deposited property.

ADS fees and charges payable upon (i) deposit of ordinary shares against issuance of ADSs and (ii) surrender of ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of ordinary shares are charged to the person to whom the ADSs are delivered (in the case of ADS issuances) and to the person who delivers the ADSs for cancellation (in the case of ADS cancellations). In the case of ADSs issued by the depositary into DTC or presented to the depositary via DTC, the ADS issuance and cancellation fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participant(s) receiving the ADSs or the DTC participant(s) surrendering the ADSs for cancellation, as the case may be, on behalf of the beneficial owner(s) and will be charged by the DTC participant(s) to the account(s) of the applicable beneficial owner(s) in accordance with the procedures and practices of the DTC participant(s) as in effect at the time. ADS fees and charges in respect of distributions and the ADS service fee are charged to the holders as of the applicable ADS record date. In the case of distributions of cash, the amount of the applicable ADS fees and charges is deducted from the funds being distributed. In the case of (i) distributions other than cash and (ii) the ADS service fee, holders as of the ADS record date will be invoiced for the amount of the ADS fees and charges and such ADS fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made to holders of ADSs. For ADSs held through DTC, the ADS fees and charges for distributions other than cash and the ADS service fee may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participants in accordance with the procedures and practices prescribed by DTC and the DTC participants in turn charge the amount of such ADS fees and charges to the beneficial owners for whom they hold ADSs.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder. Note that the fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary. You will receive prior notice of such changes. The depositary may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program, by making available a portion of the ADS fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary agree from time to time.

 

117


Table of Contents

PART II

The deposit agreement and the ADSs will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The rights of holders of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) are governed by the laws of Belgium.

 

ITEM 13 Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

 

ITEM 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

Global Offering

In June 2015, we raised gross proceeds of €88.0 million in our global offering of 1,460,000 ordinary shares, consisting of an underwritten public offering of 1,168,000 ADSs and a concurrent European private placement of 292,000 ordinary shares, at a price of $68.56 per ADS and €60.25 per ordinary share.

The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, were approximately €77 million.

A portion of the net proceeds from our global offering was used for research and development and general corporate purposes. The balance is held in cash and cash equivalents and is intended to also be used for the same purposes. None of the net proceeds of our global offering were paid directly or indirectly to any director, officer, general partner of ours or to their associates, persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities, or to any of our affiliates.

We did not raise additional dilutive funding in 2016.

 

118


Table of Contents
ITEM 15 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

Our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer ) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer ) have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer ) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer ) concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2016 at the reasonable assurance level due to the fact that material weaknesses described below under “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” continued to exist at December 31, 2016, as discussed below.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer ) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer ), we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based on the guidelines established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis

Management identified a material weakness as of December 31, 2016 related to the failure of maintain an adequate segregation of duties with respect to internal control over financial reporting and payroll processing. We have limited accounting personnel with the appropriate level of accounting and payroll knowledge, experience, and training commensurate with our financial reporting requirements to enable effective and proper segregation of duties to allow for appropriate monitoring of financial reporting matters and internal control over financial reporting. These control deficiencies did not result in material adjustments to the financial statements, however there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual financial statements would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis due to the failure to design and implement appropriate segregation of duty controls. As a result of the material weaknesses described above, we have concluded our internal control over financial reporting was not effective at December 31, 2016.

Notwithstanding this material weakness and management’s assessment that internal control over financial reporting was ineffective as of December 31, 2016, our management, including our chief executive officer (principal executive officer) and chief financial officer (principal financial officer), believes that the consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F present fairly, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with IFRS.

 

119


Table of Contents

Management’s Plan for Remediation

With the oversight of senior management and our Audit Committee, we continue to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and are taking several remedial actions to address the material weakness that has been identified:

 

    We have hired, and are hiring, additional accounting, finance and legal staff, who have significant external reporting experience and experience with establishing appropriate financial reporting policies and procedures, to provide more resources to support, design and implement effective internal controls over financial reporting.

 

    Management believes that hiring additional qualified personnel will improve our overall system of internal controls over financial reporting and will fully remediate this material weakness, which was partially remediated as of December 31, 2016.

 

    We have engaged an external professional advisor with sufficient technical accounting expertise to assist us in the implementation and evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting and segregating duties amongst accounting personnel.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Because we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, this Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. This report is included on page F-3 of this Form 20-F and is incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The Group has worked in 2016 with an independent firm to better define, formalize and upgrade our internal controls and processes with the goal of being compliant with the SOX regulation by end of 2016. Under the supervision of the Company’s management, an independent firm tested our internal controls and processes respectively in September 2016 and January 2017 in light of the SOX regulation. No additional material weaknesses were identified other than those related to the segregation of duties. Management will be addressing the recommendations of the independent firm in view of a continuous improvement of our processes.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will provide absolute assurance that all appropriate information will, in fact, be communicated to Management to allow timely decisions to be made or prevent all error and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Additionally, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefit of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected or that our control system will operate effectively under all circumstances. Moreover, the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

 

ITEM 16 Reserved

 

ITEM 16A. Audit Committees - Financial Expert

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has determined that Chris Buyse is an Audit Committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Chris Buyse is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

120


Table of Contents
ITEM 16B Code of Business and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, that is applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.celyad.com . The Audit Committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and will be required to approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

 

ITEM 16C Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

PwC Reviseurs d’Entreprises sccrl has been our Auditor since 05/05/2014 as decided by the Annual General Assembly. Ernst & Young served as auditor of the Company since inception until 05/05/2014. Hereunder the fees billed by our Auditors for the last three years: In 2014, are included E&Y Auditors for an amount of 20K€.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015  
     (euro in thousands)  

Audit Fees

     127        139  

Audit-Related Fees

     10        519  

Tax Fees

     —       

Other Fees

     4        19  

Total

     141        677  

“Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for the audit of our annual financial statements. This category also includes services that generally the independent accountant provides, such as consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC. In 2015, “Audit Fees” also include fees billed for assurance and related services regarding our global offering.

“Audit-Related Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit and are not reported under Audit Fees.

“Tax Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning related services.

“Other Fees” are any additional amounts billed for products and services provided by the principal accountant.

Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy

The Audit Committee has responsibility for appointing, setting compensation of and overseeing the work of the independent registered public accounting firm. In recognition of this responsibility, the Audit Committee has adopted a policy governing the pre-approval of all audit and permitted non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm to ensure that the provision of such services does not impair the independent registered public accounting firm’s independence from us and our management. Unless a type of service to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm has received general pre-approval from the Audit Committee, it requires specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee. The payment for any proposed services in excess of pre-approved cost levels requires specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee.

Pursuant to its pre-approval policy, the Audit Committee may delegate its authority to pre-approve services to the chairperson of the Audit Committee. The decisions of the chairperson to grant pre-approvals must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee may not delegate its responsibilities to pre-approve services to the management.

 

121


Table of Contents

The Audit Committee has considered the non-audit services provided by PwC Reviseurs d’Entreprises sccrl s as described above and believes that they are compatible with maintaining PwC Reviseurs d’Entreprises sccrl independence as our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

ITEM 16D Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable

 

ITEM 16E Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable

 

ITEM 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G Corporate Governance

Along with our articles of association, we adopted a corporate governance charter in accordance with the recommendations set out in the Belgian Corporate Governance Code issued on March 12, 2009 by the Belgian Corporate Governance Committee. The Belgian Corporate Governance Code is based on a “comply or explain” system: Belgian listed companies are expected to follow the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, but can deviate from specific provisions and guidelines (though not the principles) provided they disclose the justification for such deviations.

Our board of directors complies with the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, but believes that certain deviations from its provisions are justified in view of our particular situation.

These deviations include the grant of options or warrants to non-executive directors. In this way, we have additional possibilities to attract or retain competent non-executive directors and to offer them an attractive additional remuneration without the consequence that this additional remuneration weighs on our financial results. Furthermore, the grant of warrants is a commonly used method in the sector in which we operate. Without this possibility, we would be subject to a considerable disadvantage compared to competitors who do offer warrants to their non-executive directors. Our board of directors is of the opinion that the grant of options or warrants has no negative impact on the functioning of the non-executive directors.

Additionally, Jean-Marc Heynderickx was appointed as a director on January 31, 2013 for a duration of six years, which is in excess of the maximum duration of four years for a director’s mandate provided by the Belgian Corporate Governance Code. This appointment was done at a time when the Corporate Governance Code was not applicable to us. In the future, we will ensure that no director’s mandate will exceed the maximum duration of four years as provided by the Corporate Governance Code. Jean-Marc Heynderickx resigned from his mandate of director on August 21, 2015.

Our board of directors reviews its corporate governance charter from time to time and makes such changes as it deems necessary and appropriate. Additionally, our board of directors adopted written terms of reference for each of the executive management team, the Audit Committee and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, which are part of the corporate governance charter.

Differences between Our Corporate Governance Practices and the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market The listing rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market include certain accommodations in the corporate governance requirements that allow foreign private issuers, to follow ‘‘home country’’ corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The application of such exceptions requires that we disclose each noncompliance with the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules that we do not follow and describe the Belgian corporate governance practices we do follow in lieu of the relevant NASDAQ Stock Market corporate governance standard.

We intend to continue to follow Belgian corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market in respect of the following:

 

    Quorum at Shareholder Meetings . NASDAQ Stock Market Listing Rule 5620(c) requires that for any meeting of shareholders, the quorum must be no less than 33.33% of the outstanding ordinary shares. There is no general quorum requirement under Belgian law for ordinary meetings of shareholders, except in relation to decisions regarding certain matters.’

 

   

Compensation Committee. NASDAQ Stock Market Listing Rule 5605(d)(2) requires that compensation of officers must be determined by, or recommended to, the board of directors for determination, either by a majority of the independent directors, or a compensation committee

 

122


Table of Contents
 

comprised solely of independent directors. NASDAQ Stock Market Listing Rule 5605(e) requires that director nominees be selected, or recommended for selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under Belgian law, we are not subject to any such requirements. In particular, we are not required by Belgian law to set up any compensation or nominations committees within our board of directors, and are therefore not subject to any Belgian legal requirements as to the composition of such committees either. However, our articles of association provide that our board of directors may form committees from among its members. Our board of directors has set up and appointed a Nomination and Remuneration Committee. Pursuant article 526 quater of the Belgian Company Code, only a majority of the members of the committee must qualify as independent as defined under article 526 ter of the Belgian Company Code. Our Nomination and Remuneration Committee is currently comprised of four directors, all of whom are independent in accordance with article 526ter of the Belgian Company Code and the NASDAQ rules.

 

    Independent Director Majority on Board/Meetings . NASDAQ Stock Market Listing Rules 5605(b)(1) and (2) require that a majority of the board of directors must be comprised of independent directors and that independent directors must have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. We are not required under Belgian law to have more than two independent directors on our board of directors. However, our articles of association provide that our board of directors must be comprised of at least three directors, of which, pursuant to our corporate governance charter, at least three directors must be independent directors under Belgian law. We do not intend to require our independent directors to meet separately from the full board of directors on a regular basis or at all although the board of directors is supportive of its independent members voluntarily arranging to meet separately from the other members of our board of directors when and if they wish to do so.

 

ITEM 16H Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable

 

123


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 17 Financial Statements.

See pages F-1 to F-49

 

ITEM 18 FINANCIAL STATEMENT

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 19 Exhibits

The Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index at the end of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are filed as Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

124


Table of Contents

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Annual Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016:

  

Report of PwC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1  

Statements of Consolidated Financial Position as of December  31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

     F-2  

Statements of Consolidated Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December  31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

     F-3  

Statement of Consolidated Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

     F-4  

Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

     F-5  

Statements of Changes in Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

     F-6  

Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-7  


Table of Contents

Report of PWC

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Board of Directors and shareholders of Celyad SA:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Celyad SA and its subsidiaries at 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Liège, Belgium

April 4, 2017

PricewaterhouseCoopers Reviseurs d’Entreprises sccrl

Represented by

/s/ Patrick Mortroux

 

F-1


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December  
     2016     2015  

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

     53,440       50,105  

Intangible assets

     49,566       48,789  

Property, Plant and Equipment

     3,563       1,136  

Other non-current assets

     311       180  

CURRENT ASSETS

     85,367       109,419  

Trade and Other Receivables

     1,359       549  

Grants receivables

     —         104  

Other current assets

     1,420       1,254  

Short term investments

     34,230       7,338  

Cash and cash equivalents

     48,357       100,175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     138,806       159,525  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

     90,885       111,473  

Share Capital

     32,571       32,571  

Share premium

     158,010       158,010  

Other reserves

     24,329       21,205  

Retained loss

     (124,026     (100,313

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

     36,646       36,562  

Bank loans

     536    

Finance leases

     381       427  

Advances repayable

     7,330       10,484  

Contingent liabilities

     28,179       25,529  

Other Post employment benefits

     204       121  

Other non current liabilities

     16    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     11,275       11,490  

Bank loans

     207    

Finance leases

     354       248  

Advances repayable

     1,108       898  

Trade payables

     8,098       8,576  

Other current liabilities

     1,508       1,768  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     138,806       159,525  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME (LOSS)

 

(€‘000)          For the 12 months period ended 31 December  
     2016     2015     2014  

Revenue

     8,523       3       146  

Cost of Sales

     (53     (1     (115

Gross profit

     8,471       2       31  

Research and Development expenses

     (27,675     (22,766     (15,865

General and administrative expenses

     (9,744     (7,230     (5,016

Other operating income

     3,340       322       4,413  

Operating Loss

     (25,609     (29,672     (16,437

Financial income

     2,204       542       277  

Financial expenses

     (207     (236     (41

Share of Loss of investment accounted for using the equity method

     —         252       (252

Loss before taxes

     (23,612     (29,114     (16,453

Income taxes

     6       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     (23,606     (29,114     (16,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of outstanding shares

     9,313,603       8,481,583       6,750,383  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Losses per share (in €) [1]

     (2.53     (3.43     (2.44

Basic and diluted

     (2.53     (3.43     (2.44

 

[1] Basic and diluted net loss per share is the same in these periods because outstanding warrants would be anti-dilutive due to our net loss in these periods.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

(€‘000)    For the 12 months period ended 31 December        
     2016     2015     2014  

Loss for the year

     (23,606     (29,114     (16,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive Income

      

Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss

     (107     16       (154

Remeasurements of post employment benefit obligations, net of tax

     (107     16       (154

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

     277       485       (10

Currency translation differences

     277       485       (10

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

     170       501       (164
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

     (23,436     (28,613     (16,617
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive loss for the year attributable to Equity Holders

     (23,436     (28,613     (16,617
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December        
     2016     2015     2014  

Cash Flow from operations activities

      

Net Loss for the year

     (23,606     (29,114     (16,453

Non-cash adjustments

      

Depreciation

     760       273       193  

Amortization

     756       760       677  

Post Employment Benefit

     (24     (45     28  

Share of loss in company consol. under equity method

     —         —         252  

Deconsolidation of. CELYAD Asia Ltd.

     —         60       (312

Change in fair value valuation of Contingent liabilities

     1,633       —         —    

Change in fair value valuation of RCA’s

     (2,154     (84     —    

Reversal provision for reimbursement RCAs

     —         —         (507

Proceeds of grants and advances

     (3,003     (1,647     (2,418

Currency translation adjustment

     (144     (21     —    

Share-based payments

     2,847       795       1,098  

Change in working capital

      

Trade receivables, other receivables

     (1,018     653       (2,048

Trade payables, other payable and accruals

     (740     1,066       2,076  

Net cash (used in)/from operations

     (24,692     (27,303     (17,414
  

 

 

     

Cash Flow from investing activities

      

Acquisitions of Property, Plant & Equipment

     (1,687     (811     (590

Acquisitions of Intangible assets

     (95     (27     (50

Disposals of fixed assets

     78       —         —    

Acquisition of short term investment

     (34,230     (5,000     372  

Proceeds from Short Term Investments

     7,388       333       —    

Acquisition of Corquest Medical Inc

     —         —         (1,500

Acquisition of Oncyte LLC

     —         (5,186     —    

Acquisition of BMS SA

     (1,560     —         —    

Net cash used in investing activities

     (30,157     (10,691     (1,768
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from borrowings

     1,165       451       444  

Repayments of finance leases

     (399     (188     (138

Proceeds from issuance of shares and exercise of warrants

     —         109,154       25,305  

Proceeds from RCAs & other grants

     3,107       1,647       2,418  

Repayment of advances

     (842     (529     (272

Net cash from financing activities

     3,031       110,535       27,757  

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     100,174       27,633       19,058  

Change in net cash and cash equivalents

     (51,818     72,542       8,575  

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     48,357       100,175       27,633  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED SHAREHOLDER’s EQUITY

 

(€‘000)

   Share capital      Share premium     Other
reserves
    Retained
loss
    Total
Equity
 

Balance as of 1 st January 2014

     22,138        30,474       18,894       (54,608     16,898  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital increase in cash

     1,989        23,011           25,000  

Exercise of warrants

     488        500           988  

Share-based payments

        429       1,098         1,527  

Transaction costs associated with capital increases

        (1,112         (1,112

Total transactions with owners, recognized directly in equity

     2,477        22,828       1,098         26,403  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

            (16,453     (16,453

Currency Translation differences

          (10       (10

Remeasurements of defined benefit obligation

            (154     (154

Total comprehensive gain/(loss) for the year

          (10     (16,607     (16,617
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of 1 st January 2015

     24.615        53.302       19.982       (71.215     26.684  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital increase in cash

     7,607        112,104           119,711  

Capital increase (Acquisition Oncyte)

     326        3,126           3,452  

Exercise of warrants

     23        196           219  

Share-based payments

        59       736         795  

Transaction costs associated with capital increases

        (10,776         (10,776

Total transactions with owners, recognized directly in equity

     7,956        104,709       736       0       113,401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

            (29,114     (29,114

Currency Translation differences

          487         487  

Remeasurements of defined benefit obligation

            16       16  

Total comprehensive gain/(loss) for the year

          487       (29,098     (28,611
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of 1 st January 2016

     32,571        158,010       21,205       (100,313     111,473  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital increase in cash

           

Capital increase (Acquisition Oncyte)

           

Exercise of warrants

           

Share-based payments

          2,848         2,848  

Transaction costs associated with capital increases

           

Total transactions with owners, recognized directly in equity

     —          —         2,848       —         2,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

            (23,606     (23,606

Currency Translation differences

          277         277  

Remeasurements of defined benefit obligation

            (107     (107

Total comprehensive gain/(loss) for the year

     —          —         277       (23,713     (23,436
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of 31 December 2016

     32.571        158,010       24,330       (124,026     90,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: The Company

Celyad SA (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, “the Group”) is a biopharmaceutical company, specialized in cell therapy, that is developing landmark technologies aimed at treating severe diseases with poor prognosis. Our scientific approach is inspired by the natural mechanisms that are used by the body to fight disease.

The group has four fully owned subsidiaries located in Belgium, Biological Manufacturing Services SA , and in the United States, Celyad Inc, Corquest Medical Inc and OnCyte LLC. OnCyte LLC. Biological Manufacturing Services SA was acquired in May 2016.

Celyad SA was incorporated on July 24, 2007 under the name “Cardio3 BioSciences”. Celyad is a limited liability company (“Société Anonyme”) governed by Belgian law with its registered office at Axis Parc, Rue Edouard Belin 12, B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium (company number 0891.118.115). The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on NYSE Euronext Brussels and NYSE Euronext Paris regulated markets and the Company’s ADS are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol CYAD.

These consolidated financial statements of Celyad for the twelve months ended 31 December 2016 (the ‘Period’) include Celyad SA and its subsidiaries. These statements were approved by the Board of Directors on [17 March 2017]. These statements were audited by PwC Reviseurs d’Entreprise SCCRL, the statutory auditor of the Company.

Note 2: General information and Statement of Compliance

The significant accounting policies used for preparing the consolidated financial statements are explained here below.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis. The consolidated financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors of Celyad on 17 March 2017.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in euro and all values are presented in thousands (€000) except when otherwise indicated.

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations applicable to companies reporting under IFRS, as adopted by the IASB. These standards have been endorsed by the European Union.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity are areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements. They are disclosed in Note 5.

Changes to accounting standards and interpretations

The following interpretation and amendments to standards are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January 2016:

 

  Amendment to IAS 16 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 38 ‘Intangible assets’ on depreciation and amortization, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. In this amendment the IASB has clarified that the use of revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset. The IASB has also clarified that revenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an intangible asset.

 

  Amendments to IAS 27 ‘Separate financial statements’ on the equity method, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. These amendments allow entities to use the equity method to account for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate financial statements.

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. The amendments to IAS 1 are part of the initiative of the IASB to improve presentation and disclosure in financial reports and are designed to further encourage

 

F-7


Table of Contents
 

companies to apply professional judgment in determining what information to disclose in their financial statements. The amendments make clear that materiality applies to the whole of financial statements and that the inclusion of immaterial information can inhibit the usefulness of financial disclosures. Furthermore, the amendments clarify that companies should use professional judgment in determining where and in what order information is presented in the financial disclosures.

 

  Amendment to IAS 19 , ‘Employee benefits’, on defined benefit plans (effective 1 July 2014 and endorsed for 1 February 2015). These narrow scope amendments apply to contributions from employees or third parties to defined benefit plans. The objective of the amendments is to simplify the accounting for contributions that are independent of the number of years of employee service, for example, employee contributions that are calculated according to a fixed percentage of salary

 

  Annual improvements 2010-2012 (effective 1 July 2014 and endorsed for 1 February 2015). These amendments include changes from the 2010-12 cycle of the annual improvements project, that affect 7 standards: IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payment’, IFRS 3, ‘Business Combinations’, IFRS 8, ‘Operating segments’, IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’, IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’, and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’, Consequential amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’, IAS 37, ‘Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets’, and IAS 39, Financial instruments – Recognition and measurement’.

 

  Annual improvements 2012-2014 (effective and endorsed for 1 January 2016). These set of amendments impacts 4 standards: IFRS 5, ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’ regarding methods of disposal; IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’, (with consequential amendments to IFRS 1) regarding servicing contracts; IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits’ regarding discount rates; IAS 34, ‘Interim financial reporting’ regarding disclosure of information.

 

  Amendments to IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated financial statements’, I FRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’ and IAS 28 , ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. These amendments clarify the application of the consolidation exception for investment entities and their subsidiaries.

The following new standards and amendments to standards have been issued, but are not mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January 2016 and have been endorsed by the European Union:

 

  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. The standard will improve comparability of the top line in financial statements globally. Companies using IFRS will be required to apply the revenue standard for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, subject to EU endorsement.

 

  IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The standard addresses the classification, measurement, derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities and general hedge accounting.

The following new standards and amendments to standards have been issued, but are not mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January 2016 and have not been endorsed by the European Union:

 

  IFRS 16 ’Leases’. This standard replaces the current guidance in IAS 17 and is a far reaching change in accounting by lessees in particular. Under IAS 17, lessees were required to make a distinction between a finance lease (on balance sheet) and an operating lease (off balance sheet). IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognise a lease liability reflecting future lease payments and a ‘right-of-use asset’ for virtually all lease contracts. For lessors, the accounting stays almost the same. However, as the IASB has updated the guidance on the definition of a lease (as well as the guidance on the combination and separation of contracts), lessors will also be affected by the new standard. Under IFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

 

  Amendments to IFRS 10 , ‘Consolidated financial statements’ and IAS 28 ,‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’, for which the effective date still has to be determined. These amendments address an inconsistency between the requirements in IFRS 10 and those in IAS 28 in dealing with the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. The main consequence of the amendments is that a full gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves a business (whether it is housed in a subsidiary or not). A partial gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves assets that do not constitute a business, even if these assets are housed in a subsidiary.

 

  Amendments to IAS 12 ,‘Income taxes’ on Recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses (effective 1 January 2017). These amendments on the recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses clarify how to account for deferred tax assets related to debt instruments measured at fair value.

 

  Amendments to IAS 7 , Statement of cash flows (effective 1 January 2017). These amendments to IAS 7 introduce an additional disclosure that will enable users of financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities. The amendment is part of the IASB’s Disclosure Initiative, which continues to explore how financial statement disclosure can be improved.

 

  Amendments to IFRS 15 , ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’—Clarifications (effective 1 January 2018). These amendments compromise clarification guidance on identifying performance obligations, accounting for licences of intellectual property and the principle versus agent assessment. The amendment also includes more illustrative examples.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
  Amendments to IFRS 2 : Share-based payments (effective 1 January 2018): The amendment clarifies the measurement basis for cash-settled payments and the accounting for modifications that change an award from cash settled to equity settled. It also introduces an exception to the principles in IFRS 2 that will require an award to be treated as if it was wholly equity-settled, where an employer is obliged to withhold an amount for the employee’s tax obligation associated with a share-based payment and pay the amount to the tax authorities.

 

  Annual improvements 2014-2016 . This set of amendments impacts 3 standards: IFRS 1 ‘First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ regarding short-term exemptions for first-time adopters (effective 1 January 2018), IFRS 12 ‘ Disclosure of interests in other entities’ regarding the scope of the Standard (effective 1 January 2017), and IAS 28 ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’ regarding measuring an associate or joint venture at fair value (effective 1 January 2018).

 

  IFRIC 22 ‘Foreign currency transactions and advance considerations’ (effective 1 January 2018). This Interpretation addresses how to determine the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income on the derecognition of a non-monetary asset or liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency.

Going concern

The Group is pursuing a strategy to develop therapies to treat unmet medical needs in both cardiology and oncology. Management has prepared detailed budgets and cash flow forecasts for the years 2016 and 2017. These forecasts reflect the strategy of the Group and include significant expenses and cash outflows in relation to the development of selected research programs and products candidates.

Based on its current scope of activities, the Group estimates its cash position as of 31 December 2016 (including short term investments) is sufficient to cover its cash requirements until mid of 2019, therefore until the readout of the CAR-T NKR-2 T-cells THINK trial. After due consideration of the above, the Board of Directors determined that management has an appropriate basis to conclude on the continuity over the next 12 months of the Group’s business and hence it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Note 3: Accounting Principles

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is measured at the aggregate of the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred or assumed and the equity interests issued by the Group at the date of the acquisition. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be an asset or liability is recognized in accordance with IAS 39 either in profit or loss or as a change to other comprehensive income. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated. When necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to conform with the Group’s accounting policies.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Euros, which is the Group’s presentation currency.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions (mainly USD) are translated into functional currency using the applicable exchange rate on the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency spot rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

Foreign currency exchange gains and losses arising from settling foreign currency transactions and from the retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are recognised in the income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as of the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined.

Group companies

The results and financial position of all group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rate (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Revenue

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, and represents amounts receivable for goods supplied in the ordinary course of the Group activities, stated net of discounts, returns and value added taxes. The Company recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured and when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity. The amount of revenue is not considered to be reliably measured until all contingencies relating to the sale have been resolved.

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when:

 

    The significant risks and rewards of the ownership of goods are transferred to the buyer;

 

    The Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

 

    The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

    It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and

 

    The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

For 2016 and 2015, sales generated by the Group are associated with C-Cath ez , its proprietary catheter, and are marginal compared to its operating expenses. In 2016, the group recognized the non refundable payment received from ONO Pharmaceuticals associated to the License Agreement executed in July 2016.

Licensing revenues

The license agreement with ONO contracted in July 2016 includes non-refundable upfront fees, milestone payments (the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones), royalties on sales and sales milestones. The revenue recognition policies can be summarized as follows:

Upfront payments

Non-refundable upfront payments received in connection with research and development collaboration agreements and for which there are subsequent deliverables are initially reported as deferred income and are recognized as revenue when earned over the period of the development collaboration. However, when non-refundable upfront payments are received without further performance obligations, these are recognized when they become receivable

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Milestone payments

Research milestone payments are recognized as revenues when achieved. In addition, the payments have to be acquired irrevocably and the milestone payment amount needs to be substantive and commensurate with the magnitude of the related achievement. Milestone payments that are not substantive, not commensurate or that are not irrevocable are recorded as deferred revenue. Revenue from these activities can vary significantly from period to period due to the timing of milestones.

Other operating income

The Group’s current operating income is generated from (i) government grants received from the European Commission under the Seventh Framework Program (“FP7”) and (ii) government grants received from the Regional government (“Walloon Region” or “Region”) in the form of recoverable cash advances (RCAs).

Government Grant

Government grants are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions. Once a government grant is recognized, any related contingent liability (or contingent asset) is treated in accordance with IAS 39/IFRS9.

Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in the income statement over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to compensate.

Recoverable cash advances (RCAs)

As explained above, the Group receives grants from the Regional government in the form of recoverable cash advances (RCAs).

RCAs are dedicated to support specific development programs. All RCA contracts, in essence, consist of three phases, i.e., the “research phase”, the “decision phase” and the “exploitation phase”. During the research phase, the Group receives funds from the Region based on statements of expenses.

The RCAs are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the entity recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

At the end of the research phase, the Group should within a period of six months decide whether or not to exploit the results of the research phase (decision phase). The exploitation phase may have a duration of up to 10 years. In the event the Group decides to exploit the results under an RCA, the relevant RCA becomes contingently refundable.

In early 2016, the IFRS IC has concluded that contingently repayable cash received from a government to finance a research and development (R&D) project is a financial liability under IAS 39 ’Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. The liability should be initially recognized at fair value and any difference between, the cash received and the fair value of the liability should be considered as a government grant, accounted for under IAS 20, ‘Government Grants’

When the Group does not exploit (or does not continue to exploit) the results under an RCA, it has to notify the Region of this decision. This decision is of the sole responsibility of the Group. The RCA associated to the decision does not become refundable (respectively is no longer refundable as of the calendar year after such decision), and the rights related to such results will be transferred to the Region. Also when the Group decides to renounce to its rights to patents which may result from the research, title to such patents will be transferred to the Region.

Other government grants

The Group has received and will continue to apply grants to European (FP7) and Regional authorities. These grants are dedicated to partially finance early stage projects such as fundamental research, applied research, prototype design, etc.

As per 31 December 2016, all grants received are not associated to any conditions. As per contract, grants are paid upon submission by the Group of statement of expenses. The Company incurs project expenses first and asks for partial refunding according to the terms of the contracts.

The government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the entity recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired from third parties are measured on initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalised development costs (when conditions are met), are not capitalised. Expenditure is reflected in the income statement in the year in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful life of intangible assets is assessed as finite. They are amortised over the expected useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the income statement of in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the income statement when the asset is derecognised.

Goodwill

A goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognised. Goodwill is measured as a residual at the acquisition date, as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred and the assets and liabilities recognised (in accordance with IFRS 3).

Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired, as set forth in IAS 36 (Impairment of Assets)

In process research and development costs

The In-process research and development costs (“IPRD”) are capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset until project has been completed or abandoned. IPRD is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition and that fair value becomes the new historical cost for future subsequent amortization.

The IPRD is not eligible for the revaluation model under IAS 38 “Intangible assets” because it is not traded on an active market, which is the requirement under IAS 38 for an intangible asset to avail of the revaluation model. Therefore, the IPRD cannot be subsequently revalued at fair value.

Subsequent R&D expenditure can be capitalized as part of the IPRD only to the extent that IPRD is in development stage, i.e. when such expenditure meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38. Assuming that under Celyad, development stage is reached when the intangible asset nears regulatory approval in Phase III, any R&D expenditure between the acquisition date and the development stage should be treated as part of research phase and expensed in the income statement.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate:

 

    the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale.

 

    its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it.

 

    its ability to use or sell the intangible asset.

 

    how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the entity can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset.

 

    the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset.

 

    its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

For the industry in which the Group operates, the life science industry, criteria a) and d) tend to be the most difficult to achieve. Experience shows that in the Biotechnology sector technical feasibility of completing the project is met when such project completes successfully Phase III of its development. For medical devices this is usually met at the moment of CE marking.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the cost model is applied requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Amortisation of the asset begins when development has been completed and the asset is available for use. It is amortised over the period of expected future benefit. Amortisation is recorded in Research & Development expenses. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

As per 31 December 2016, only the development costs of C-Cathez are capitalized and amortized over a period of 17 years which corresponds to the period over which the intellectual property is protected.

Patents, Licences and Trademarks

Payments related to the acquisition of technology rights are capitalised as intangible assets when the two following criteria are met:

 

    it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

 

    the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Licences for the use of intellectual property are granted for a period corresponding to the intellectual property of the assets licensed. Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over this useful life.

Patents and licences are assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication these assets may be impaired. Indication of impairment is related to the value of the patent demonstrated by the preclinical and clinical results of the technology.

Software

Software only concerns acquired computer software licences. Software is capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives of three years on a straight-line basis.

Property, plant and equipment

Plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and/or accumulated impairment losses, if any. Repair and maintenance costs are recognised in the income statement of as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:

 

    Land and buildings: 15 to 20 years

 

    Plant and equipment: 5 to 15 years

 

    Laboratory equipment: 3 to 5 years

 

    Furniture: 3 to 10 years

 

    Leasehold improvements: 3 to 10 years (based on duration of office building lease)

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognised is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the income statement when the asset is derecognised.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end, and adjusted prospectively, if applicable.

Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date: whether fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised in the income statement.

Leased assets are depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Group has performed sale and leaseback transactions. If the sale and leaseback transaction results in a finance lease, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount is deferred and amortised over the lease term. If the transaction results in an operating lease and the transaction occurred at fair value, any profit or loss is recognised immediately.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (CGU) fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or group of assets. Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate valuation model is used based on the discounted cash-flow model.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the income statement unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase.

The Group has four cash-generating units which consist of the development and commercialization activities on its the following products, C-Cure, C-Cath ez , Heart-Xs and NKR-T. Indicators of impairment used by the Group are the preclinical and clinical results obtained with the technology.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

Financial assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following category: loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise “cash and cash equivalents”, “short-term deposits”, “trade and other receivables” and ”Deposits”.

Initial recognition and measurement

All financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs.

Subsequent measurement

After initial measurement, loans and receivables are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method (EIR), less impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fee or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in finance income in the income statement. The losses arising from impairment are recognised in the income statement.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is deemed to be impaired if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and that loss event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or the group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

Financial assets carried at amortised cost

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the Group first assesses individually whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows.

The present value of the estimated future cash flows is discounted at the financial assets’ original effective interest rate. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. Interest income continues to be accrued on the reduced carrying amount and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. The interest income is recorded as part of finance income in the income statement. Loans together with the associated allowance are written off when there is no realistic prospect of future recovery. If, in a subsequent year, the amount of the estimated impairment loss increases or decreases because of an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is increased or reduced by adjusting the allowance account. If a future write-off is later recovered, the recovery is credited to the income statement.

Financial liabilities

Classification

The Group’s financial liabilities include contingent consideration trade and other payables, bank overdrafts and loans and borrowings. The Group classifies its financial liabilities in the following category: financial liabilities measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Initial recognition and measurement

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings, plus directly attributable transaction costs.

Subsequent measurement

The measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification as follows:

Contingent consideration

The contingent consideration is recognized and measured at fair value at the acquisition date and classified as a long term liability. After initial recognition, contingent consideration arrangements that are classified as liabilities are re-measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement in accordance with IFRS 3 and IAS 39. Therefore, contingent payments will not be eligible for capitalization but will simply reduce the contingent consideration liability.

Details regarding the valuation of the contingent consideration are disclosed in Note 14 ‘Business Combination’

Trade payables and other payables

After initial recognition, trade payables and other payables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Loans and borrowings

After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are derecognised.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fee or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in finance expense in the income statement.

Derecognition

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.

When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the income statement.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

On July 8, 2016, following the unsuccessful outcome of the conciliation procedure organized under Swiss laws, a Swiss company named AtonRâ Partners SA has formalized its claim against us before the Tribunal of First Instance of Geneva (Switzerland). AtonRâ Partners SA claims the payment of respectively 95.250 EUR and 300.300 USD as alleged broker intermediary commissions in the context of our fund raising of 3 March 2015 and our Initial Public Offering (IPO) on the NASDAQ on 18 June 2015. We fully contest the merits of the claim and the jurisdiction of the Tribunal as Atonrâ was not a party of the bank syndicate of these two placements. The procedure is pending and the Tribunal has not fixed the judgment date. The decision is subject to appeal in accordance with Swiss laws. No accrual is booked as of December 31, 2016 on this claim.

Employee benefits

Defined contribution plan

The Group operates a pension plan which requires contributions to be made by the Group to an insurance company. The pension plans is classified as a defined contribution plan. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions per employee into a separate fund. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits they are entitled to under the existing schemes.

However, because of the Belgian legislation applicable to 2nd pillar pension plans (so-called “Law Vandenbroucke”), all Belgian defined contribution plans have to be considered under IFRS as defined benefit plans. Law Vandenbroucke states that in the context of defined contribution plans, the employer must guarantee a minimum return of 3.75% on employee contributions and 3.25% on employer contributions. Because of this minimum guaranteed return for defined contributions plans in Belgium, the employer is exposed to a financial risk (there is a legal obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods).

Prior to 2014, the Group did not apply the defined benefit accounting for these plans because higher discount rates were applicable and the return on plan assets provided by the insurance company was sufficient to cover the minimum guaranteed return. As a result of continuous low interest rates offered by the European financial markets, in 2014 Celyad has decided to measure and account for the potential impact of defined benefit accounting for these pension plans with a minimum fixed guaranteed return because of the higher financial risk related to these plans than in the past. The prior year financial statements were not revised due to such effect not being material.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Group has calculated the provision for employee benefit pension plans with the assistance of an independent third-party actuarial firm The calculation is based on the projected unit credit method.

The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of the pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation.

The current service cost of the defined benefit plan, recognized in the income statement as part of the operating costs, reflects the increase in the defined benefit obligation resulting from employee service in the current year, benefit changes, curtailments and settlements.

Past-service costs are recognized immediately in the income statement.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in the operating costs in the income statement.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

Short term benefits

Short-term employee benefits are those expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting period during which employee services are rendered, but do not include termination benefits such as wages, salaries, profit-sharing and bonuses and non-monetary benefits paid to current employees.

The undiscounted amount of the benefits expected to be paid in respect of service rendered by employees in an accounting period is recognised in that period. The expected cost of short-term compensated absences is recognised as the employees render service that increases their entitlement or, in the case of non-accumulating absences, when the absences occur, and includes any additional amounts an entity expects to pay as a result of unused entitlements at the end of the period.

Share-based payments

Certain employees, managers and members of the Board of Directors of the Group receive remuneration, as compensation for services rendered, in the form of share-based payments. It concerns “equity-settled” share-based payments.

Measurement

The cost of equity-settled share-based payments is measured by reference to the fair value at the date on which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using an appropriate pricing model, further details are given in the Note 16.

Recognition

The cost of equity-settled share-based payments is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

The expense or credit for a period accounted for in the income statement represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as of the beginning and end of that period.

Modification

Where the terms of an equity-settled transaction award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the expense as if the terms had not been modified, if the original terms of the award were met. An additional expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

Cancellation

An equity-settled award can be cancelled with the departure of a beneficiary before the end of the vesting period, or cancelled and replaced by a new equity settled award. Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, the previously recognised expenses is offset directly in the equity of the Group and credited against the retained earnings. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph. All cancellations of equity-settled transaction awards are treated equally.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Taxes

Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except:

 

    Where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss;

 

    In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses(except if the deferred tax asset arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss), to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is not probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority or either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Earnings (loss) per share

The basic net profit/(loss) per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.

The diluted net profit/(loss) per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding including the dilutive effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares such as warrants and convertible debts. Potentially dilutive ordinary shares should be included in diluted earnings (loss) per share when and only when their conversion to ordinary shares would decrease the net profit per share (or increase net loss per share).

Note 4. Risk Management

Financial risk factors

Interest rate risk

The interest rate risk is very limited as the Group has only a limited amount of finance leases and no outstanding loans. So far, because of the materiality of the exposure, the Group did not enter into any interest hedging arrangements.

Credit risk

Seen the limited amount of trade receivables due to the fact that sales to third parties are not significant, credit risk arises mainly from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions. The Group only works with international reputable commercial banks and financial institutions.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange risk

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk as certain collaborations or supply agreements of raw materials are denominated in USD. Moreover, the Group has also investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk (USD). So far, because of the materiality of the exposure, the Group did not enter into any currency hedging arrangements. No sensitivity has been performed on the foreign exchange risk as up till now this risk is still considered as immaterial by the Group.

Liquidity risk

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a recurring liquidity planning tool.

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank deposit and finance leases.

The Group is exposed to liabilities and contingent liabilities as a result of the RCAs it has received from the Walloon Government. Out of the RCAs contracted as of 31 December 2016, €21.2 million has been effectively paid out.

In 2017 and 2018, the Group will have to make an exploitation decision on the remaining RCAs (Agreement 5951, 7246 and 7502) with a potential recognition of an additional liability of €4.9 million based on the contractual values.

We refer to Note 19 for an analysis of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard Celyad’ ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an adequate structure to limit to costs of capital.

Note 5. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the end of the reporting period.

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in future periods.

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made judgments and has used estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

Advances received from the Walloon Region: recognition of a contingent liability

Change in accounting policy - RCA accounting

Following the IFRS IC interpretation rejection regarding IAS 20 ‘Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure for Government Assistance - Accounting for repayable cash receipt’ issued in May 2016, Celyad decided to change its accounting policy regarding its RCAs. The IFRS IC has concluded that contingently repayable cash received from a government to finance a research and development (R&D) project is a financial liability under IAS 39 ’Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. The liability should be initially recognised at fair value and any difference between, the cash received and the fair value of the liability should be considered as a government grant, accounted for under IAS 20, ‘Government Grants’.

Previously, Celyad accounted for RCAs as government grant under IAS 20 which resulted in all cash received to be recorded as operating income. A provision for cash repayable was recognised under IAS 37 when Celyad notified the Walloon Region of its decision to exploit the outcome of the research financed.

Given the clarification issued by IFRS IC, Celyad has decided to amend its accounting policy in respect of cash advance received from the Walloon Region which are now considered, at inception, as a financial liability that should be recognised in accordance with IAS 39. In that context, Celyad has also chosen the fair value option for subsequent measurement of RCAs on the basis that all RCAs financial liabilities are managed on a fair value basis.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Such change in accounting policy requires the restatement of comparative figures. In this regards, Celyad has performed the valuation of the financial liability at 31 December 2015 and at 31 December 2016 based on assumptions regarding the probability of success for respective projects that existed as at those dates without hindsight. The assumptions included the estimation of the timing and the probability of successful commercialisation of the R&D results. In accordance with the RCA agreements, the following two components were assessed when calculating estimated future cash flows:

 

    30% of the initial RCA is repayable when the company exploit the outcome of the research financed, and

 

    The remaining amount is repayable based on future sales milestones and the actual cash paid-out might range from 50% to 200% of the initial RCA, including interest depending on RCA agreement.

Estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using discount rates ranging from 1.5 % to 12.5 % that reflect relevant risks related to each cash flow at 31 December 2015 and at 31 December 2016.

The financial liability of the comparative period has been computed and found as not materially different from the previous provision recorded under IAS 37 for advances repayable as at 31 December 2015. Consequently, there is no restatement for comparative figures and a reclassification from provision to financial liability has been made.

As per this clarification paper, RCA’s should be recognised as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS9/IAS 39. The Company applied the recommended accounting treatment retrospectively as of 31 December 2015 and no material difference was observed compared to the previous accounting treatment applied by the Company. Therefore, no restatement of the consolidated financial position of the group is required as per IAS 8.

Advances received from the Walloon Region only become contingently reimbursable if the Company notifies the Region of its decision to exploit the outcome of the research program funded with the advances received. At the end of this research phase, the Group should, within a period of six months, decide whether or not to exploit the results of the research programs (‘decision phase’). In the event the Group decides to exploit the results under an RCA, the relevant RCA becomes contingently repayable to the Walloon Region and the Company determines its liability under IAS 39. When a contingent liability is recognised, estimates are required to determine the discount rate used to calculate the present value of those contingent liabilities as well as the determination of the estimated cash flows.

The reimbursements of the RCAs to the Walloon Region consist of two elements, i.e., sales-dependent reimbursements (a percentage of sales) and sales-independent reimbursements (an annual lump-sum).

Measurement of non-financial assets

Non current non financial assets are subject to impairment testing if the Group believes there are material facts of evidences that justify such measurement. Measuring the fair value of a non financial assets requires judgement and estimates by management. These estimates could change substantially over time as new facts emerge or new strategies are taken by the Group. Further details are contained in Note 7.

Business combinations

In respect of acquired businesses by the Group, significant judgement is made to determine whether these acquisitions are to be considered as an asset deal or as a business combination. Determining whether a particular set of assets and activities is a business should be based on whether the integrated set is capable of being conducted and managed as a business by a market participant. Moreover, management judgement is particularly involved in the recognition and fair value measurement of the acquired assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities and contingent consideration. In making this assessment management considers the underlying economic substance of the items concerned in addition to the contractual terms.

Contingent consideration provisions

The Group makes provision for the estimated fair value of contingent consideration arrangements arising from business combinations. The estimated amounts are the expected payments, determined by considering the possible scenarios of forecast sales and other performance criteria, the amount to be paid under each scenario, and the probability of each scenario, which is then discounted to a net present value. The estimates could change substantially over time as new facts emerge and each scenario develops.

Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets for unused tax losses are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Share-based payment transactions

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determining the most appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determining the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the share option, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions are disclosed in Note 16.

Note 6. Operating segment information

The chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”), who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group, has been identified as the Board of Directors that makes strategic decisions.

As per 31 December 2014 the Group was operating in one operating segment as the second segment (Immuno-oncology) resulted from the acquisition of Oncyte LLC in January 2015.

 

€‘000

   For the year at end of 2014  
     Cardiology      Corporate      Group Total  

Revenue

     146           146  

Cost of Sales

     (115         (115

Gross Profit

     31        —          31  

Research & Development expenses

     (15,865      —          (15,865

General & Administrative expenses

     —          (5,016      (5,016

Other operating Income & Charges

     4,413        —          4,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Profit (Loss)

     (11,421      (5,016      (16,437
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Financial Charges

        236        236  

Share of Loss of investments accounted for using the equity method

        (252      (252

Profit (Loss) before taxes

     (11,421      (5,032      (16,453

Income Taxes

           —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) for the year 2015

     (11,421      (5,032      (16,453
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2015, the management and the CODM have determined that as from 2015, there are two operating segments, respectively the cardiology segment, regrouping the Cardiopoiesis platform, the Corquest platform and C-Cathez, and the immuno-oncology segment regrouping all assets developed based on the platform acquired from Oncyte LLC.

Although the Group is currently active in Europe and in the US, no geographical financial information is currently available given the fact that the core operations are currently still in a study phase. No disaggregated information on product level or geographical level or any other level is currently existing and hence also not considered by the Board for assessing performance or allocating resources.

CODM is not reviewing assets by segments, hence no segment information per assets is disclosed. As per 31 December 2016, all of the Group non-current assets are located in Belgium, except (i) the Corquest intellectual property, valued at €1,5 million which is located in the US, (ii) the goodwill and IPRD of Oncyte also located in the US and (iii) the leasehold improvements made in the offices of Celyad Inc located in Boston, USA.

During 2015, marginal revenues were generated from external customers. All revenues generated relate to sales of C-Cathez to a limited number of customers located in the US.

 

€‘000

   For the year at end of 2015  
     Cardiology      Immuno-
oncology
     Corporate     Group Total  

Revenue

     3             3  

Cost of Sales

     (1           (1

Gross Profit

     2        —          —         2  

Research & Development expenses

     (20,634      (2,132        (22,766

General & Administrative expenses

     —          —          (7,230     (7,230

Other operating Income & Charges

     218        104          322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Profit (Loss)

     (20,414      (2,028      (7,230     (29,672
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Financial Charges

     —          —          306       306  

Share of Loss of investments accounted for using the equity method

     —          —          252       252  

Profit (Loss) before taxes

     (20,414      (2,028      (6,672     (29,114

Income Taxes

     —          —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) for the year 2015

     (20,414      (2,028      (6,672 ))      (29.114
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

In August 2016, the Group has received a non-refundable upfront payment as a result of the ONO agreement. This upfront payment has been fully recognised upon receipt as there are no performance obligations nor subsequent deliverables associated to the payment. The non-refundable upfront payment was rather received as a consideration for the sale of licence to ONO. In 2016, the total revenue generated through sales of C-Cathez was €0.1 million.

 

€‘000

   For the year at end of 2016  
     Cardiology      Immuno-
oncology
     Corporate      Group Total  

Revenue

     84        8,440         8,523  

Cost of Sales

     (53            (53

Gross Profit

     31        8,440        —          8,471  

Research & Development expenses

     (12,704      (14,971         (27,675

General & Administrative expenses

     —          —          (9,744      (9,744

Other operating Income & Charges

     1,540        1,800           3,340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Profit (Loss)

     (11,133      (4,731      (9,744      (25,609
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Financial Charges

     —          —          1,997        1,997  

Profit (Loss) before taxes

     (11,133      (4,731      (7,747      (23,612

Income Taxes

     —          —          6        6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) for the year 2015

     (11,133      (4,731      (7,742      (23,606
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 7: Intangible assets

The intangible assets are broken down as follows :

 

(€‘000)

   Goodwill      In-process
research and
development
     Development
costs
    Patents, licences,
trademarks
    Software     Total  

Cost:

              

At 1 January 2015

           1,057       13,337       110       14,504  

Additions

           27           27  

Acquisition of Oncyte LLC

     1,003        38,254              39,257  

Divestiture

               (3     (3

At 31 December 2015

     1,003        38,254        1,084       13,337       107       53,785  

Additions

               95       95  

Currency translation adjustments

     37        1,401              1,438  

Divestiture

              

At 31 December 2016

     1,040        39,655        1,084       13,337       203       55,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumated amortisation

     1,040        39,655        1,084       13,337       203       55,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 1 January 2015

           (146     (4,023     (69     (4,238

Amortisation charge

           (66     (675     (19     (760

At 31 December 2015

           (212     (4,698     (85     (4,995

Amortisation charge

           (66     (675     (15     (756

Divestiture

     —          —             

At 31 December 2016

     —          —          (279     (5,373     (100     (5,752
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

     —          —          (279     (5,373     (100     (5,752

Cost

     1,003        38,254        1,084       13,337       107       53,785  

Accumulated amortisation

     —          —          (213     (4,698     (85     (4,995
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2015

     1,003        38,254        871       8,639       22       48,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

     1,040        39,655        1,084       13,337       203       55,318  

Accumulated amortisation

           (279     (5,373     (100     (5,752
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2016

     1,040        39,655        805       7,964       103       49,566  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The capitalised development costs relate to the development of C-Cathez. Since May 2012 and the CE marking of C-Cathez, the development costs of C-Cathez are capitalized and depreciated over the estimate residual intellectual property protection as of the CE marking (14 and 15 years respectively in 2015 and 2014). No other development costs have been capitalised up till now. All C-Cure and CAR-T NKR-2 related development costs have been assessed as not being eligible for capitalisation and have therefore been recognised in the income statement as research and development expenses. Software are amortized over a period of 3 to 5 years.

Goodwill, In-process R&D, Patents, Licenses and Trademarks relate to the following items:

 

    Goodwill and In-process research and development resulted from the purchase price allocation exercise performed after the acquisition of Oncyte LLC . As of 31 December 2016, Goodwill and In-Process Research and Development are not amortized.

 

    A licence, granted in August 2007 by Mayo Clinic and related to C-Cure (for an amount of k€9,500) upon the Group’s inception and an extension to the licensed field of use, granted on 29 October 2010 for a total amount of k€2,344. The licence and its extension are amortised straight line over a period of 20 years.

 

    Patents acquired upon the acquisition of CorQuest LLC in November 2014. The fair value of these intellectual rights was estimated at k€1,492. These patents are amortised over 18 years, corresponding to the remaining intellectual property protection filed for the first patent application in 2012.

Management has not identified any impairment indicators in relation to the intangible assets as mentioned above. Therefore, no impairment exercise was performed and hence no impairment losses were recognized.

Oncyte LLC goodwill and IPRD impairment test

Goodwill and In-process research and development (IPRD) exclusively relate to the acquisition of Oncyte LLC which was acquired in 2015. The Group performed annual impairment test on goodwill and on ‘indefinite lived asset’ that are not amortized in accordance with the accounting policies stated in Notes 3 and 5. The impairment test has been performed at the level the CGU to which the goodwill and the IPRD belongs which represent the immuno-oncology segment. The recoverable amount has been calculated based on value-in-use calculations which require the use of assumptions. The calculations use cash flow projections based on 8-year period business plan based on probability of success of the CAR-T NKR-2 products as well as extrapolations of projected cash flows resulting from the future expected sales associated with CAR-T NKR-2. Recoverable values of the CGU exceeded its carrying amounts. Accordingly, no impairment loss was recognized on goodwill nor on the IPRD intangible assets for the year ended 31 December 2016.

Management’s key assumptions about projected cash flows when determining value in use are as follows:

 

•       Discount rate

   17,5% (industry standard for product candidate in Phase I)

•       Variance on Sales Price

   variance of 5 and 10% of the estimated product price

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. The following table presents the sensitivity analyses of the recoverable amount of the CGU associated to Oncyte LLC:

 

           Discount rate  

Variance on Sale Price

       17,5 %       20 %       2 2,5 %  
     90     82     56     39
     95     91     63     44
     100     100     70     50

Even at the lower sales price and higher discount rate, the recoverable value of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount as of 31 December 2016.

C-Cure impairment test

In June 2016, the clinical results of the CHART-1 European Phase III trial evaluating C-Cure ® cell therapy did not meet its primary endpoint. Consequently, in accordance with the Group’s policies described in Note 3, the Group performed an impairment test on the cash-generating unit (CGU) associated to the C-Cure products, including the Mayo license. The recoverable value of the CGU was determined based on a 15-year business plan based on probability of success of the C-Cure products as well as extrapolations of projected cash flows resulting from the future expected sales associated with the C-Cure products. The recoverable value of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount. Accordingly, no impairment loss was recognized on the CGU related to C-Cure products for the year ended 31 December 2016.

Management’s main assumptions about projected cash flows when determining value in use of the CGU associated to C-Cure products are as follows:

 

•       Estimated probability of success

   55% (industry standard for product candidate in Phase III)

•       Discount rate development stage of the asset)

   7% (management estimate based on clinical

Sensitivity analyses of the recoverable amount of the CGU associated to C-Cure products were calculated based on reasonably possible changes to each key assumption without considering simultaneous changes to these key assumptions. The following table presents the sensitivity analysis as follow:

 

           Discount rate  

Probability of success

       7 %       11 %       15 %  
     25 %       47     32     22
     40 %       73     50     35
     55 %       100     68     47

Even at the lower probability of success and higher discount rate, the recoverable value of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount as of 31 December 2016.

Note 8: Property, plant and equipment

 

(€‘000)

   Equipment      Furnitures      Leasehold      Total  

Cost:

           

At 1 January 2015

     1,901        167        590        2,658  

Additions

     486        0        325        811  

Disposals

     (12      (17      0        (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2015

     2,375        150        915        3,440  

Additions

     610        315        2,066        2,990  

Acquisition of BMS SA

     1,065              1,065  

Disposals

     (51         (34      (85
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2016

     3,999        465        2,947        7,410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

           

At 1 January 2015

     (1,346      (167      (547      (2,060

Depreciation charge

     (255         (18      (273

Disposals

     12        17           29  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2015

     (1,589      (150      (565      (2,304

Depreciation charge

     (380      (33      (347      (760

Acquisition of BMS SA

     (790      —          —          (790
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Disposals

     7        —          —          7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2016

     (2,752      (184      (912      (3,847
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value

           

Cost

     2,375        150        915        3,440  

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,589      (150      (565      (2,304
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2015

     786        0        350        1,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

     3,999        465        2,947        7,410  

Accumulated depreciation

     (2,752      (184      (912      (3,847
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2016

     1,246        281        2,035        3,563  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment is mainly composed of office furniture, leasehold improvements, and laboratory machinery and equipment.

The acquisition of BMS was accounted for as an asset deal. The fair value of the assets acquired is concentrated in one identifiable asset, i.e. the GMP laboratories. The difference between the purchase price and the net assets of BMS at the date of acquisition is then allocated entirely to the Property, Plant and Equipment.

Finance leases

Lease contracts considered as finance lease relate to some contracts with financial institutions and relate to laboratory and office equipment. All finance leases have a maturity of three years. A key common feature is that they include an option to purchase the leased asset at the end of the three-year-lease term. The carrying value of plant and equipment held under finance leases at 31 December 2016 was €727k (31 December 2015 was €670k). The carrying value corresponds to the net investment in finance lease at the end of period and includes the purchase option price.

Hereunder the summary of impacts in the P&L:

Depreciation and amortisation

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     760        273        187  

Amortisation of intangible assets

     756        760        677  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortisation

     1,516        1,033        864  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9: Non-current financial assets

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December  
     2016      2015  

Deposits

     311        180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     311        180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The non-current financial assets are composed of security deposits paid to the lessors of the building leased by the Group and to Social Security Contribution.

Note 10 : Inventories and Work in Progress

Not applicable

Note 11: Customer Accounts Receivable and other current assets

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December  
     2016      2015      2014  

Trade receivable

        

Trade receivable

     54        62        31  

Advance deposits

     663        288        701  

Other receivables

     643        199        98  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade and Other receivables

     1,359        549        830  

Grants and Recoverable Cash Advances

     —          104        1,009  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

     615        544        212  

VAT receivable

     393        273        388  

Other receivables

     413        437        191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other current assets

     1,420        1,254        792  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

As of 31 December 2016, other receivables mainly relate to credit notes to be received from suppliers and advance deposits made to the THINK trial clinical vendors.

Grants and Recoverable Cash Advances refer to amounts due by the Walloon Region and are related to Recoverable Cash Advances and grants agreements.

Impairment of receivables is assessed on an individual basis at the end of each accounting year.

As per 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2015, no receivable was overdue. There were no carrying amounts for trade and other receivables denominated in foreign currencies and no impairments were recorded.

Note 12: Short term investments

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December      As per 1
January
 
     2016      2015      2014  

Short term investments

     34,230        7,338        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     34,230        7,338        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recorded as short term investments in the current assets correspond to short term deposits with fixed interest rates. Short-term deposits are made for variable periods depending on the short term cash requirements of the Group. Interest is calculated at the respective short-term deposit rates.

Note 13: Cash and Cash equivalents

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December      As per 1
January
 
     2016      2015      2014  

Cash at bank and on hand

     48,357        100,175     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     48,357        100,175     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at banks earn interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.

The credit quality of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposit balances may be categorised between A-2 and A+ based on Standard and Poor’s rating at 31 December 2016.

Note 14: Investment in Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries fully consolidated

 

Name

   Country of
Incorporation and
Place of Business
   Nature of Business    Proportion of
ordinary
shares directly
held by parent (%)
    Proportion of
ordinary shares held
by the group (%)
    Proportion of
ordinary shares held
by non-controlling
interests (%)
 

Celyad Inc

   USA    Biopharma      100     100     0

Oncyte LLC

   USA    Biopharma      100     100     0

CorQuest Inc

   USA    Medical Device      100     100     0

Biological Manufacturing Services SA

   Belgium    GMP laboratories      100     100     0

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Biologicial Manufacturing Services SA (BMS) was acquired in May 2016. BMS owns GMP laboratories. BMS rent its laboratories to Celyad SA since 2009 and until 30 April 2016. BMS was considered as a related party to Celyad.

Cardio3 Inc was incorporated in 2011 to support clinical and regulatory activities of the Group in the US. Cardio3 Inc was renamed in Celyad Inc in 2015. The growth of the activities of celyad Inc is associated to the development of the US clinical and regulatory activities of the Group in the US. Celyad Inc shows a net loss for the year ended 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2015 of respectively $2,634K and $1,144K.

Corquest Inc was acquired on 5 November 2014. Corquest Inc. is developing Heart XS, a new access route to the left atrium. Oncyte LLC was acquired on 21 January 2015. Oncyte LLC is the company holding the CAR-T Cell portfolio of clinical-stage immuno-oncology assets.

Business Combinations

Corquest Medical, Inc.

On 5 November 2014 the Group acquired a 100% interest in CorQuest Medical, Inc. (‘CorQuest’), a US private company based in Miami (Florida), through a single cash payment of €1.5 million. With this acquisition, the Group intended to strengthen its Medical Device division. The CorQuest technology platform is fully complementary with Celyad’ C-Cathez ® and C-Cure ® programs.

Although no workforce was transferred, this transaction was considered as a business combination since the Group acquired inputs and processes in the form of intellectual property and will be able to progress this intellectual property further through the appropriate clinical and regulatory approval processes with the aim of obtaining CE mark approval in 2017 which would allow commercialisation in Europe. In order to guarantee the transfer of knowledge an exclusive consultancy agreement was concluded with one of the sellers.

The following table summarises the consideration paid for Corquest as well as the fair value of assets acquired at the acquisition date.

 

Consideration at 05 November 2014 (€‘000)

  

Cash

     1,500  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration transferred

     1,500  
  

 

 

 

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired (€‘000)

 

Licences & Patents

     1,493  

Trade and Other Receivables

     7  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     1,500  
  

 

 

 

This acquisition has been subject to a Purchase Price Allocation process which consists in booking, at “fair value”, all the assets and liabilities of a target company acquired in the consolidated balance sheet of the acquiring company. The acquired assets and liabilities have been valued at fair value by an independent firm.

The “Licences and Patents” of CorQuest can be considered as its only significant asset. It has been valued using a Risk-Adjusted Net Present Value (“rNPV”) method. Patents acquired are depreciated over 18 years, corresponding to the remaining intellectual property protection filed for the first patent application in 2012.

There were no revenues contributed by Corquest Medical, Inc in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. Since 5 November 2014 all expenses associated to the development of the assets acquired were incurred by Celyad SA.

Oncyte LLC

On 21 January 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Oncyte LLC from Celdara Medical LLC in exchange for a cash consideration of $11 million (of which $6 million paid upfront and $5 million when first cohort of CAR-T NKR-2 trial is completed) and 93,087 new shares of Celyad for a total value of $4 million, or (€3,451,680). The fair value of the 93,087 ordinary shares issued as part of the consideration paid for Oncyte LLC was based on a share price of €37.08, the share price at the acquisition.

Oncyte LLC is the company holding the CAR T-Cell portfolio of clinical-stage immuno-oncology assets. The portfolio includes three autologous CAR-T Cell cell therapy products and an allogeneic T-Cell platform, targeting a broad range of cancer indications. CAR-T Cell immuno-oncology represents one of the most promising cancer treatment areas today.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Although no workforce is transferred, this transaction is considered as a business combination since the Group will be able to produce outputs based on the inputs acquired and processes transferred in the form of intellectual property. The transfer of knowledge to the Group is guaranteed by the conclusion of a service agreement between the Group and the seller.

This acquisition has been subject to a Purchase Price Allocation, process which consists in booking, at “fair value”, all the assets and liabilities of a target company acquired in the consolidated balance sheet of the acquiring company. The acquired assets and liabilities have been valued at fair value by the Group with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm.

The following table summarises the consideration paid for Oncyte LLC, the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

 

Consideration (‘000)

   USD      EUR  

Cash upfront paid on 21 January 2015

     6,000        5,186  

Equity instruments (93,087 ordinary shares)

     4,000        3,452  

Deferred cash payment

     5,000        4,576  

Contingent considerations

     27,896        25,529  

CTA

     —          514  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration transferred

     42,896        39,257  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (‘000)

   USD      EUR  

Goodwill

     1,096        1,003  

In-Process Research and Development

     41,800        38,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     42,896        39,257  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The sales price also includes a contingent consideration payment, the potential remaining part of the purchase price, based on future outcome of the research and development and potential future sales that are estimated at year end 2016, through a risk-adjusted Net Present Value, at $29.7 million, considering the impact of the discount and the probability of success (€28.2 million). For the successful development of the most advanced product CAR-T NKR-2, the seller could receive up to $45 million in development and regulatory milestones until market approval. The seller will be eligible to additional payments on the other products upon achievement of development and regulatory milestones totalling up to $36.5 million per product. In addition, the seller will receive up to $80 million in sales milestones when net sales will exceed $1 billion and royalties ranging from 5 to 8%.

No deferred taxes have been taken up in the overview of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed since the company elected for IRS Section 338 which lead to creating a tax deductible depreciation in the US Tax books.

Except the contingent consideration resulting from the business combination mentioned above, the carrying amount of all other financial assets and financial liabilities is a reasonable approximation of the fair value. There were no changes in valuation techniques during the period.

The following table presents the group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2016:

 

(€‘000)

                    
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets

           
     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

     —          —          28,179        28,179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     —          —          28,179        28,179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

(€‘000)

   Contingent
consideration in
a business
combination
 

Opening balanace at 1st January 2015

     —    
  

 

 

 

Acquisition of OnCyte LLC

     25,529  
  

 

 

 

Closing balance at 31 December 2015

     25,529  
  

 

 

 

Year end 2016 Fair value adjsutment

     1,715  
  

 

 

 

CTA

     935  
  

 

 

 

Closing balance at 31 December 2016

     28,179  
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The 2016 fair value adjustment of the contingent liability resulted from the progresses made in the clinical development of CAR-NKR-2 and therefore the increase of likelihood of the payment of the next clinical development milestones.

Sensitivity analysis performed on the main assumptions driving the fair value of the contingent consideration:

 

     Discount rate  
     15,5%     16,5%     17,5%      18,5%     19,5%  

Cont. consideration (MUSD)

     31,42       29,59       27,90        26,32       24,86  

Impact (%)

     6     6     —          -6     -6
     Sales  
     80%     90%     100%      110%     120%  

Cont. consideration (MUSD)

     24,76       26,33       27,90        30,04       32,00  

Impact (%)

     -6     -6     —          8     7
     Probabilities  
     98%     99%     100%      101%     102%  

Cont. consideration (MUSD)

     26,05       26,96       27,90        28,86       29,85  

Impact (%)

     -3     -3     —          3     3

Note 15: Share Capital Issued

The number of shares issued is expressed in units.

 

     As of 31 December  
     2016      2015  

Number of ordinary shares

     9,313,603        9,313,603  

Share Capital (€‘000)

     32,571        32,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total number of issued and outstanding shares

     9,313,603        9,313,603  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share capita l (€‘000)

     32,571        32,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2016, the share capital amounts to €32,571k represented by 9,313,603 fully authorized and subscribed and paid-up shares with a nominal value of €3.50. This number does not include warrants issued by the Company and granted to certain directors, employees and non-employees of the Company.

History of the capital of the Company    

The Company has been incorporated on 24 July 2007 with a share capital of €62,500 by the issuance of 409,375 class A shares. On 31 August 2007, the Company has issued 261,732 class A shares to Mayo Clinic by way of a contribution in kind of the upfront fee that was due upon execution of the Mayo Licence for a total amount of €9,500,000.

Round B Investors have participated in a capital increase of the Company by way of a contribution in kind of a convertible loan (€2,387,049) and a contribution in cash (€4,849,624 of which €1,949,624 uncalled) on 23 December 2008; 204,652 class B shares have been issued at the occasion of that capital increase. Since then, the capital is divided in 875,759 shares, of which 671,107 are class A shares and 204,652 are class B shares.

On 29 October 2010, the Company closed its third financing round resulting in a capital increase totalling €12,100,809. The capital increase can be detailed as follows:

 

    capital increase in cash by certain existing investors for a total amount of €2,609,320.48 by the issuance of 73,793 class B shares at a price of €35.36 per share;

 

F-29


Table of Contents
    capital increase in cash by certain existing investors for a total amount of €471,240 by the issuance of 21,000 class B shares at a price of €22.44 per share;

 

    capital increase in cash by certain new investors for a total amount of €399,921.60 by the issuance of 9,048 class B shares at a price of €44.20 per share;

 

    exercise of 12,300 warrants (“Warrants A”) granted to the Round C investors with total proceeds of €276,012 and issuance of 12,300 class B shares. The exercise price was €22.44 per Warrant A;

 

    contribution in kind by means of conversion of the loan C for a total amount of €3,255,524.48 (accrued interest included) by the issuance of 92,068 class B shares at a conversion price of €35.36 per share;

 

    contribution in kind by means of conversion of the loan D for a total amount of €2,018,879.20 (accrued interest included) by the issuance of 57,095 class B shares at a conversion price of €35.36 per share. The loan D is a convertible loan granted by certain investors to the Company on 14 October 2010 for a nominal amount of €2,010,000.

 

    contribution in kind of a payable towards Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research for a total amount of €3,069,911 by the issuance of 69,455 class B shares at a price of €44.20 per share. The payable towards Mayo Clinic was related to (i) research undertaken by Mayo Clinic in the years 2009 and 2010, (ii) delivery of certain materials, (iii) expansion of the Mayo Clinical Technology Licence Contract by way the Second Amendment dated 18 October 2010.

On 5 May 2011, pursuant the decision of the Extraordinary General Meeting, the capital was reduced by an amount of €18,925,474 equivalent to the outstanding net loss as of 31 December 2010.

On 31 May 2013, the Company closed its fourth financing round, the ‘Round D financing’. The convertible loans E, F, G and H previously recorded as financial debt were converted in shares which led to an increase in equity for a total amount of €28,645k of which €5,026k is accounted for as capital and €6,988k as share premium. The remainder (€16,613k) is accounted for as other reserves. Furthermore, a contribution in cash by existing shareholders of the Company led to an increase in share capital and issue premium by an amount of €7,000k.

At the Extraordinary Shareholders Meeting of 11 June 2013 all existing classes of shares of the Company have been converted into ordinary shares. Preferred shares have been converted at a 1 for 1 ratio and subsequently.

On 5 July 2013, the Company completed its Initial Public Offering. The Company issued 1,381,500 new shares at €16.65 per shares, corresponding to a total of €23,002k.

On 15 July 2013, the over-allotment option was fully exercised for a total amount of €3,450k corresponding to 207,225 new shares. The total IPO proceeds amounted to €26,452k and the capital and the share premium of the Company increased accordingly. The costs relating to the capital increases performed in 2013 amounted to €2.8 million and are presented in deduction of share premium.

On 11 June 2013, the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting of Celyad SA authorized the Board of Directors to increase the share capital of the Company, in one or several times, and under certain conditions set forth in extenso in the articles of association. This authorization is valid for a period of five years starting on 26 July 2013 and until 26 July 2018. The Board of Directors may increase the share capital of the Company within the framework of the authorized capital for an amount of up to €21,413k.

Over the course of 2014, the capital of the Company was increased in June 2014 by way of a capital increase of €25,000k represented by 568,180 new shares fully subscribed by Medisun International Limited.

In 2014, the capital of the Company was also increased by way of exercise of Company warrants. Over four different exercise periods, 139,415 warrants were exercised resulting in the issuance of 139,415 new shares. The capital and the share premium of the Company were therefore increased respectively by €488k and €500k.

In January 2015, the shares of Oncyte LLC were contributed to the capital of the Company, resulting in a capital increase of €3,452k and the issuance of 93,087 new shares.

In 2015, the Company conducted two fund raising. A private placement was closed in March resulting in a capital increase of €31,745k represented by 713,380 new shares. The Company also completed an IPO on Nasdaq in June, resulting in a capital increase of €87,965k represented by 1,460,000 new shares.

Also in 2015, the capital of the Company was also increased by way of exercise of Company warrants. Over three different exercise periods, 6,749 warrants were exercised resulting in the issuance of 6,749 new shares. The capital and the share premium of the Company were therefore increased respectively by €23k and €196k.

There was no capital increase in 2016. As of 31 December 2016 all shares issued have been fully paid.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The following share issuances occurred since the incorporation of the Company:

 

Category

  Transaction date  

Description

  # of shares     Par value (in €)  
Class A shares   24 July 2007   Company incorporation     409,375       0.15  
Class A shares   31 August 2007   Contribution in kind (upfront fee Mayo Licence)     261,732       36.30  
Class B shares   23 December 2008   Capital increase (Round B)     137,150       35.36  
Class B shares   23 December 2008   Contribution in kind (Loan B)     67,502       35.36  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Contribution in cash     21,000       22.44  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Contribution in kind (Loan C)     92,068       35.36  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Contribution in kind (Loan D)     57,095       35.36  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Contribution in cash     73,793       35.36  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Exercise of warrants     12,300       22.44  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Contribution in kind (Mayo receivable)     69,455       44.20  
Class B shares   28 October 2010   Contribution in cash     9,048       44.20  
Class B shares   31 May 2013   Contribution in kind (Loan E)     118,365       38,39  
Class B shares   31 May 2013   Contribution in kind (Loan F)     56,936       38,39  
Class B shares   31 May 2013   Contribution in kind (Loan G)     654,301       4,52  
Class B shares   31 May 2013   Contribution in kind (Loan H)     75,755       30,71  
Class B shares   31 May 2013   Contribution in cash     219,016       31,96  
Class B shares   4 June 2013   Conversion of warrants     2,409,176       0,01  
Ordinary shares   11 June 2013   Conversion of Class A and Class B shares in ordinary shares     4,744,067       —    
Ordinary shares   5 July 2013   Initial Public Offering     1,381,500       16.65  
Ordinary shares   15 July 2013   Exercise of over-allotment option     207,225       16.65  
Ordinary shares   31 January 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in September 2008     5,966       22.44  
Ordinary shares   31 January 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in May 2010     333       22.44  
Ordinary shares   31 January 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in January 2013     120,000       4.52  
Ordinary shares   30 April 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in September 2008     2,366       22.44  
Ordinary shares   16 June 2014   Capital increase     284,090       44.00  
Ordinary shares   30 June 2014   Capital increase     284,090       44.00  
Ordinary shares   4 August 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in September 2008     5,000       22.44  
Ordinary shares   4 August 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in October 2010     750       35.36  
Ordinary shares   3 November 2014   Exercise of warrants issued in September 2008     5,000       22.44  
Ordinary shares   21 January 2015   Contribution in kind (Oncyte LLC)     93,087       37.08  
Ordinary shares   7 February 2015   Exercice of warrant issued in May 2010     333       22.44  
Ordinary shares   3 March 2015   Capital increase     713,380       44.50  
Ordinary shares   11 May 2015   Exercice of warrant issued in May 2010     500       22.44  
Ordinary shares   24 June 2015   Capital increase     1,460,000       60.25  
Ordinary shares   4 August 2015   Exercice of warrant issued in May 2010     666       22.44  
Ordinary shares   4 August 2015   Exercice of warrant issued in October 2010     5,250       35.36  

 

F-31


Table of Contents

(€000)

                                

Date

  

Nature of the transactions

   Share Capital      Share premium      Number of shares      Nominal value  
  

Balance as of January 1, 2015

     24,615        53,302        7,040,387        81,882  
  

Issue of shares related to exercise of warrants

     23        196        6,749        219  
  

Contribution in kind of shares of Oncyte LLC (after deduction of transaction costs)

     326        3,126        93,087        3,363  
  

Capital increase by issuance of ordinary common shares (after deduction of transaction costs)

     7,607        101,327        2,173.380        119,710  
  

Share based payments

     —          59        —          59  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     32,571        158,010        9,313,603        205,233  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Balance as of December 31, 2016

     32,571        158,010        9,313,603        205,233  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total number of shares issued and outstanding as of 31 December 2015 and 2016 totals 9,313,603 and are ordinary common shares.

Note 16: Share-based payments

The Company operates an equity-based compensation plan, whereby warrants are granted to directors, management and selected employees and non-employees. The warrants are accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment plans since the Company has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the warrants in cash.

Each warrant gives the beneficiaries the right to subscribe to one common share of the Company. The warrants are granted for free and have an exercise price equal to the fair market price of the underlying shares at the date of the grant, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Movements in the number of warrants outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 

            2016             2015  
     Weighted average
exercise price (in €)
     Number of warrants      Weighted average
exercise price (in €)
     Number of warrants  

Outstanding as of 1 January

     11.61        319,330        9.57        296,930  

Granted

     33.10        343,550        35.68        45,400  

Forfeited

     34.20        91,436        32.87        16,251  

Exercised

     —          —          32.49        6,749  

Expired

     —          —          —          —    

At 31 December

     20.92        571,444        11.61        319,330  

There was no warrant exercised in 2016.

Warrants outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise price:

 

Grant date

 

Vesting date

 

Expiry date

  Number of warrants
outstanding as of 31

December, 2016
    Number of warrants
outstanding as of 31

December, 2015
    Exercise price per
share
 

05 May 2010 (warrants B)

  05 May 2010   31 Dec 2016     5,000       5,000       35.36  

05 May 2010 (warrants C)

  05 May 2013   31 Dec 2016     799       799       22.44  

29 Oct 2010

  29 Oct 2013   31 Dec 2020     1,632       1,632       35.36  

06 May 2013

  06 May 2016   31 Dec 2023     232,100       232,100       2.64  

05 May 2014

  05 May 2017   31 Dec 2024     62,864       79,799       36.66  

05 November 2015

  05 November 2018   31 Dec 2025     269,049       —         32.86  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        571,444       319,330    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warrants issued on 5 November 2015

At the Extraordinary Shareholders Meeting of 5 November 2015, a plan of 466,000 warrants was approved. Warrants were offered to Company’s new comers (employees, non-employees and directors) in five different tranches. Out of the warrants offered, 343,550 warrants were accepted by the beneficiaries and 269,049 warrants are outstanding on the date hereof.

These warrants will be vested in equal tranches over a period of three years. The warrants become 100% vested after the third anniversary the issuance. The warrants that are vested can only be exercised at the

 

F-32


Table of Contents

end of the third calendar year following the issuance date, thus starting on 1 January 2019. The exercise price of the different tranches ranges from €15.90 to €34.65. Warrants not exercised within 10 years after issue become null and void.

On 12 December 2016, the Board of Directors issued a new plan of 100,000 warrants. An equivalent number of warrants were cancelled from the remaining pool of warrants of the plan of 5 November 2015.

The fair value of the warrants has been determined at grant date based on the Black-Scholes formula. The variables, used in this model, are:

 

     Warrants issued on  
     05 May 2010
(warrants B)
    05 May 2010
(warrants C)
    29 October
2010
    31 January 2013     6 May 2013  

Number of warrants issued

     5,000       30,000       79,500       140,000       266,241  

Number of warrants granted

     5,000       21,700       61,050       120,000       253,150  

Number of warrants not fully vested as of 31 December 2016

     —         —         —         —         —    

Value of shares

     22.44       22.44       35.36       4.52       14.99  

Exercise price (in €)

     35.36       22.44       35.36       4.52       2.64  

Expected share value volatility

     35.60     35.60     35.60     35.60     39.55

Risk-free interest rate

     3.31     3.31     3.21     2.30     2.06

Fair value (in €)

     5.72       9.05       9.00       2.22       12.44  

Weighted average remaining contractual life

     0.42       0.42       4.78       7.09       7.35  

 

     Warrants issued on  
     5 May 2014     5 November 2015 [1]  

Number of warrants issued

     100,000       466,000  

Number of warrants granted

     94,400       343,550  

Number of warrants not fully vested as of 31 December 2016

     62,864       269,049  

Value of shares

     35.79       32.86  

Exercise price (in €)

     35.79       32.86 [4]  

Expected share value volatility

     67.73     57.06 % [2]  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.09     0.26

Fair value (in €)

     26.16       21.02 [3]  

Weighted average remaining contractual life

     8.35       9.62  

 

(1) Warrants issued on 5 November 2015 were offered in several tranches, in January 2016, April 2016, September 2016, November 2016 and January 2017. Assumptions on each tranche are disclosed in the following notes
(2) The volatility has been determined based on the stock price evolution post IPO: 57.06% in January 2016, 57.83% in April 2016, 63.34% in September 2016, 62.27% in November 2016 and 61.66% in January 2017.
(3) The fair value of the five tranches are €22.10 in January 2016, €20.65 in April 2016, €16.77 in September 2016, €14.20 in November 2016 and €10.73 in January 2017.
(4) The value of shares and exercise price of the five tranches are €34.65 in January 2016, €32.60 in April 2016, €24.39 in September 2016, €20.90 in November 2016 and €15.90 in January 2017.

The total net expense recognized in the income statement for the outstanding warrants totals €2,847k for 2016 (2015: €796k).

Note 17: Post Employment benefits

 

(€000)    As of 31 December  
     2016      2015  

Pension obligations

     204        121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     204        121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group operates a pension plan which requires contributions to be made by the Group to an insurance company. The pension plan is a defined contribution plan. However, because of the Belgian legislation applicable to 2nd pillar pension plans (so-called “Law Vandenbroucke”), all Belgian defined contribution plans have to be accounted for under IFRS as defined benefit plans because of the minimum guaranteed returns on these plans.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Prior to 2014, the Group did not apply the defined benefit accounting for these plans because higher discount rates were applicable and the return on plan assets provided by the insurance company was sufficient to cover the minimum guaranteed return. Since 2014 and as a result of continuous low interest rates offered by the European financial markets, Celyad is at year end measuring and accounting for the potential impact of defined benefit accounting for these pension plans with a minimum fixed guaranteed return because of the higher financial risk related to these plans than in the past. The prior year financial statements were not revised due to such effect not being material.

The contributions to the plan are determined as a percentage of the yearly salary. There are no employee contributions. The benefit also includes a death in service benefit.

The amounts recognized in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

 

     As of 31 December  
(€‘000)    2016      2015  

Present value of funded obligations

     1,509        1,212  

Fair value of plan assets

     (1,305      (1,091
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deficit of funded plans

     204        121  

Total deficit of defined benefit pension plans

     204        121  

Liability in the balance sheet

     204        121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the defined benefit liability over the year is as follows:

 

(€‘000)

  Present value of
obligation
    Fair value of plan
assets
    Total  

As of 1 January 2015

    1,073       891       182  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current service cost

    159         159  

Interest expense/(income)

    24       20       4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,256       911       345  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remeasurements

     

- return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest expense/(income)

    —         (2     (2

- (Gain)/loss from change in financial assumptions

    (57     —         (57

- Experience (gains)/losses

    44       —         44  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (13     (2     (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employer contributions:

    —         209       (209

Benefits Paid

    (31     (31     —    

At 31 December 2015

    1,212       1,089       121  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of 1 January 2016

    1,212       1,089       121  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current service cost

    192         192  

Interest expense/(income)

    33       29       4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,437       1,118       319  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remeasurements

     

- return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest expense/(income)

      1       1  

- (Gain)/loss from change in financial assumptions

    77         77  

- Experience (gains)/losses

    29         29  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    106       1       107  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employer contributions:

      221       (221

Benefits Paid

    (33     (33     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2016

    1,509       1,306       203  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income statement charge included in operating profit for post-employment benefits amount to:

 

(€‘000)

   2016      2015  

Current service cost

     192        159  

Interest expense on DBO

     33        24  

Interest (income) on plan assets

     (28      (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total defined benefit costs at 31 December 2016

     197        163  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The re-measurements included in other comprehensive loss amount to:

 

(€‘000)

   2016      2015  

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

     77        (57

Effect of experience adjustments

     28        43  

Return on plan assets

     1        (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2016

     106        (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan assets relate all to qualifying insurance policies. The significant actuarial assumptions as per 31 December 2016 were as follows:

Demographic assumptions:

 

    Mortality tables: mortality rates-5 year for the men and 5 year for the women

 

    Withdrawal rate: 5% each year

Economic assumptions:

 

    Yearly inflation rate: 1,75%

 

    Yearly salary raise: 1,5% (above inflation)

 

    Yearly discount rate: 1.90%

If the discount rate would decrease/increase with 0,5%, the defined benefit obligation would increase resp. decrease with 5% and 6%.

The above sensitivity analysis is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognized within the statement of financial position.

Through its defined benefit pension plan, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

 

    Changes in discount rate: a decrease in discount rate will increase plan liabilities;

 

    Inflation risk: the pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. The majority of the plan’s assets are either unaffected by or loosely correlated with inflation, meaning that an increase in inflation will also increase the deficit.

The investment positions are managed by the insurance company within an asset-liability matching framework that has been developed to achieve long-term investments that are in line with the obligations under the pension schemes.

Expected contributions to pension benefit plans for the year ending 31 December 2016 are k€228.

Note 18: Other reserves

 

(€‘000 )

   Share based
payment
reserve
     Convertible
loan
     Translation      Total  

Balance as of 1st January 2013

     1,006        —          —          1,006  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contribution in kind convertible loans

     —          16,631           16,631  

Vested share-based payments

     274              274  

Restatement share-based payments

     984              984  

Balance as of 1st January 2014

     2,264        16,631        0        18,984  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested share-based payments

     1,098           (10      1,088  

Balance as of 31 December 2014

     3,362        16,631        (10      19,983  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested share-based payments

     736              736  

Currency Translation differences subsidiaries

           485        485  

Balance as of 31 December 2015

     4,098        16,631        475        21,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested share-based payments

     2,847              2,847  

Currency Translation differences subsidiaries

           277        277  

Balance as of 31 December 2016

     6,946        16,631        752        24,329  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 19: Financial Liabilities

 

(€‘000)

   2016      2015  

Total Non-Current portion as of 1 st January

     10,484        10,778  

Total Non-Current portion at 31 December

     7,330        10,484  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current portion as of 1 st January

     898        777  

Total Current potion at 31 December

     1,108        898  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group receives government support in the form of recoverable cash advances from the Walloon Region in order to compensate the research and development costs incurred by the Group. These advances are recognized in the income statement as other operating income over the period in which the Group recognizes the expenses for which the advances are intended to compensate.

In May 2016, the IFRS Interpretation Committee issued clarification on the accounting treatment of the Recoverable Cash Advances (RCA’s). As per this clarification paper, RCA’s should be recognized as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS9/IAS 39. The Group is applying this new accounting treatment as from January 1 st 2016. There was no restatement of the 2015 consolidated financial position of the Group as no material difference was observed when applying retrospectively the new recommended accounting treatment to the liability as of December 31 2015.

The total estimated amount to be reimbursed as per 31 December 2016 includes the sales-independent reimbursements as well as the sales-dependent reimbursements and interests (if applicable) if the reimbursement of these amounts is probable. The contingent liability is discounted using a discount rate made up of two components: a risk free rate reflecting the maturity of the advances repayable and the spread reflecting the Company credit risk.

The amounts recorded under ‘Current Advances Repayable’ correspond to the sales-independent amounts estimated to be repaid to the Region in the next 12 months period. Non-current Advances repayable are the sum of the estimated sales-independent and sales-dependent reimbursements discounted using a discount rate of respectively 5% and 12.5%.

In 2016, the Company notified the Region of its decision to exploit the outcome of contract 7027 related to the clinical use of C-Cathez in the USA.

The decrease in the non-current part of the advances repayable is explained by the change in estimates (time to commercialization) in the fair value of the recoverable cash advances associated to the contracts related to C-Cure and C-Cath ez , as a result of the outcome of the CHART-trial. Fair value of these instruments is estimated by using the discounted cash flows method.

As per 31 December 2016, the Company has received a total of €21,239k in recoverable cash advances out of a total contractual amount of €23,200k. The residual amount to receive out of the existing contracts amounts to €1,051k and should be received over 2017 and beyond depending on the progress of the different programs partially funded by the Region.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Reference is made to the table below which shows (i) the year for which amounts under those agreements have been received and initially recognised in the income statement as other operating income and (ii) a description of the specific characteristics of those recoverable cash advances including repayment schedule and information on other outstanding advances.

 

(in €‘000)

                 Amounts received for the years ended 31 December      Amounts yet to
receive
 

Contract

number

   Project      Contractual
amount
     Previous years      2015      2016      Total      2017 and
beyond
 

5160

     C-Cure        2,920        2,920        —             2,920        —    

5731

     C-Cure        3,400        3,400        —             3,400        —    

5914

     C-Cure        700        687        —             687        —    

5915

     C-Cath ez        910        910        —             910        —    

5951

     Industrialization        1,470        866        —             866        604  

6003

     C-Cure        1,729        1,715        —             1,715        —    

6230

     C-Cure        1,084        1,084        —             1,084        —    

6363

     C-Cure        1,140        1,126        —             1,126        —    

6548

     Industrialization        660        541        —             541        —    

6633

     C-Cath ez        1,020        1,020        —             1,020        —    

6646

     Proteins        1,200        450        —             450        —    

7027

     C-Cath ez        2,500        2,232        —          268        2,500        —    

7246

    
Preclinical
C-Cure
 
 
     2,467        —          1,480        740        2,220        247  

7502

     CAR-T Cell        2,000        —          —          1,800        1,800        200  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        23,200        16,951        1,480        2,808        21,239        1,051  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in €‘000)

   As of 31 December 2016  

Contract number

   Contractual
amount
     Total received      To receive in
2017 and beyond
     Status      Amount
reimbursed
(cumulative)
 

5160

     2,920        2,920        —          Exploitation        —    

5731

     3,400        3,400        —          Exploitation        —    

5914

     700        687        —          Abandoned        180  

5915

     910        910        —          Exploitation        320  

5951

     1,470        866        604        Research        —    

6003

     1,729        1,715        —          Exploitation        —    

6230

     1,084        1,083        —          Exploitation        —    

6363

     1,140        1,126        —          Exploitation        1,024  

6548

     660        541        —          Abandoned        —    

6633

     1,020        1,020        —          Exploitation        102  

6646

     1,200        450        —          Abandoned        —    

7027

     2,500        2,500        —          Exploitation        —    

7246

     2,467        2,220        247        Research        —    

7502

     2,000        1,800        200        Research        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     23,200        21,239        1,051           1,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

The contracts 5160, 5731, 5914, 5915 and 5951 have the following specific characteristics:

 

    funding by the Region covers 70% of the budgeted project costs;

 

    certain activities have to be performed within the Region;

 

    in case of an outlicensing agreement or a sale to a third party, Celyad will have to pay 10% of the price received (excl. of VAT) to the Region;

 

    sales-independent reimbursements, sales-dependent reimbursements, and amounts due in case of an outlicensing agreement or a sale to a third party, are, in the aggregate, capped at 100% of the principal amount paid out by the Region;

 

    sales-dependent reimbursements payable in any given year can be set-off against sales-independent reimbursements already paid out during that year;

 

    the amount of sales-independent reimbursement and sales-dependant reimbursement may possibly be adapted in case of an outlicensing agreement, a sale to a third party or industrial use of a prototype or pilot installation, when obtaining the consent of the Walloon Region to proceed thereto.

The other contracts have the following specific characteristics:

 

    funding by the Region covers 60% of the budgeted project costs;

 

    certain activities have to be performed within the European Union;

 

    sales-independent reimbursements represent in the aggregate 30% of the principal amount;

 

F-37


Table of Contents
    sales-dependent reimbursements range between 50% and 200% (including accrued interest) of the principal amount of the RCA depending on the actual outcome of the project compared to the outcome projected at the time of grant of the RCA (below or above projections);

 

    interests (at Euribor 1 year (as applicable on the first day of the month in which the decision to grant the relevant RCA was made + 100 basis points) accrue as of the 1st day of the exploitation phase;

 

    the amount of sales-independent reimbursement and sales-dependant reimbursement may possibly be adapted in case of an outlicensing agreement, a sale to a third party or industrial use of a prototype or pilot installation, when obtaining the consent of the Region to proceed thereto.

 

    sales-independent reimbursements and sales-dependent reimbursements are, in the aggregate (including the accrued interests), capped at 200% of the principal amount paid out by the Region;

 

    in case of bankruptcy, the research results obtained by the Company under those contracts are expressed to be assumed by the Region by operation of law.

The table below summarizes, in addition to the specific characteristics described above, certain terms and conditions for the recoverable cash advances:

 

Contract

number

   Research phase      Percentage
of total
project
costs
    Turnover-
dependent
reimbursement
   

Turnover-independent

reimbursement

   Interest
rate
accrual
   Amounts due in case
of licensing (per
year) resp. Sale

(€‘000)

5160

     01/05/05-30/04/08        70     0.18   Consolidated with 6363    N/A    N/A

5731

     01/05/08-31/10/09        70     0.18   Consolidated with 6363    N/A    N/A

5914

     01/09/08-30/06/11        70     5.00   30 in 2012 and 70 each year after    N/A    10% with a minimum
of 100/Y

5915

     01/08/08-30/04/11        70     5.00   40 in 2012 and 70 each year after    N/A    10% with a minimum
of 100/Y

5951

     01/09/08-31/12/14        70     5.00   100 in 2014 and 150 each year after    N/A    10% with a minimum
of 200/Y

6003

     01/01/09-30/09/11        60     0.18   Consolidated with 6363    N/A    N/A

6230

     01/01/10-31/03/12        60     0.18   Consolidated with 6363    N/A    N/A

6363

     01/03/10-30/06/12        60     0.18   From 103 to 514 starting in 2013 until 30% of advance is reached    Starting
on
01/01/13
   N/A

6548

     01/01/11-31/03/13        60     0.01   From 15 to 29 starting in 2014 until 30% of advance is reached    Starting
on
01/10/13
   N/A

6633

     01/05/11-30/11/12        60     0.27   From 10 to 51 starting in 2013 until 30% of advance is reached    Starting
on
01/06/13
   N/A

6646

     01/05/11-30/06/15        60     0.01   From 12 to 60 starting in 2015 until 30% of advance is reached    Starting
on
01/01/16
   N/A

7027

     01/11/12-31/10/14        50     0.33   From 25 to 125 starting in 2015 until 30% of advance is reached    Starting
on
01/01/15
   N/A

7246

     01/01/14-31/12/16        50     0,05   From 30 to 148 K€ starting in 2017 until 30% of advance is reached.    Starting
in 2017
   N/A

7502

     01/12/15-30/11/18        45     0.19   From 20 to 50K€ starting in 2019 until 30% is reached.    Starting
2019
   N/A

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Note 20: Due dates of the Financial Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

 

(€‘000)

   Total      Less than
one year
     One to three
years
     Three to
five years
     More than
five years
 

As of December 31, 2014

              

Finance leases

     413        134        245        34        —    

Operating leases

     1,683        751        679        88        165  

Pension obligations

     182        —          —          —          182  

Advances repayable (current and non-current)

     11,555        777        1,570        1,846        7,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13,833        1,662        2,494        1,968        7,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(€‘000)

   Total      Less than
one year
     One to three
years
     Three to
five years
     More than
five years
 

As of December 31, 2015

              

Finance leases

     675        248        427        

Operating leases

     1.759        817        692        126        124  

Pension obligations

     121                 121  

Advances repayable (current and non-current)

     11.382        898        3.043        1.814        5.627  

Total

     13.937        1.962        4.163        1.940        5.872  

The following table discloses aggregate information about material contractual obligations and periods in which payments were due as of December 31, 2016. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

(€‘000)

   Total      Less than
one year
     One to three
years
     Tree to
five years
     More than
five years
 

As of December 31, 2016

              

Finance leases

     735        354        315        66     

Bank loan

     743        207        417        118        —    

Operating leases

     3,377        456        945        733        1,244  

Pension obligations

     204                 204  

Advances repayable (current and non-current)

     8,438        1,108        1,812        1,598        3,920  

Total

     13,497        2,125        3,489        2,494        5,389  

Current liabilities

Financial liabilities as of 31 December 2015:

 

(€‘000)

   Total      Less than one year      One to five years      More than five years  

As of 31 December, 2015

           

Financial leases

     675        248        427        —    

Trade payables and other current liabilities

     10,344        10,344        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     11,019        10,592        427        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Financial liabilities posted as of 31 December 2016:

 

(€‘000)

   Total      Less than one year      One to five years      More than five
years
 

As of 31 December, 2016

           

Bank loan

     743        207        536        —    

Financial leases

     735        354        360        21  

Trade payables and other current liabilities

     9,606        9,606        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     11,084        10,167        917        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of current liabilities

Trade payables and other current liabilities

 

(€‘000)

          As of 31 December  
     2016      2015  

Total trade payables

     8,098        8,576  

Other current liabilities

     

Social security

     294        301  

Payroll accruals and taxes

     1,206        1,300  

Other current liabilities

     8        167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

     1,508        1,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables (composed of supplier’s invoices and accruals for supplier’s invoices not yet received at closing) are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on a 45-day terms.

Other current liabilities are non-interest bearing and have an average term of six months. Fair value equals approximately the carrying amount of the trade payables and other current liabilities.

The Other current liabilities include the short term debts to employees and social welfare and tax agencies.

No discounting was performed to the extent that the amounts do not present payments terms longer than one year at the end of each fiscal year presented.

Note 21: Financial instruments on balance sheet

 

     As of 31 December 2015  

(€‘000)

   Loans and receivables      Total  

Assets as per balance sheet

     

Deposits

     180        180  

Trade and other receivables

     549        549  

Other current assets

     1,358        1,358  

Short term investment

     7,338        7,338  

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,175        100,175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     109,600        109,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the financial assets as mentioned above, the carrying amount as per 31 December 2015 is a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

 

     As of 31 December 2015  

(€‘000)

   Financial liabilities at
amortised cost
     Total  

Liabilities as per balance sheet

     

Finance leases

     675        675  

Trade payables and other current liabilities

     10,344        10,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,019        11,019  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

For the financial liabilities as mentioned above the carrying amount as per 31 December 2015 is a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

 

     As of 31 December 2016  

(€‘000)

   Loans and receivables      Total  

Assets as per balance sheet

     

Deposits

     311        311  

Trade and other receivables

     1,359        1,359  

Other current assets

     1,420        1,420  

Short term investment

     34,230        34,230  

Cash and cash equivalents

     48,357        48,357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     85,677        85,677  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the financial assets as mentioned above, the carrying amount as per 31 December 2016 is a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

 

     As of 31 December 2016  

(€‘000)

   Financial liabilities at
amortized cost
     Total  

Liabilities as per balance sheet

     

Bank loans

     742        742  

Finance leases

     735        735  

Trade payables and other current liabilities

     9,606        9,606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,083        11,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the financial liabilities as mentioned above the carrying amount as per 31 December 2016 is a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

The following table presents the group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2016:

 

(€‘000)

   Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets

           
     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

     —          —          28,179        28,179  

RCA’s

           8,438        8,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     —          —          36,617        36,617  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

(€‘000)

   Contingent
consideration
 

Opening balanace at 1st January 2015

     —    

Acquisition of OnCyte LLC

     25,529  
  

 

 

 

Closing balance at 31 December 2015

     25,529  
  

 

 

 

Year end 2016 Fair value adjustment

     1,633  
  

 

 

 

CTA

     1,017  
  

 

 

 

Closing balance at 31 December 2016

     28,179  
  

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

(€‘000)

   Contingent
consideration
 

Opening balance at 1st January 2015

     11,555  
  

 

 

 

Liability recognition

     1,392  

Repayments

     (529

RCA fair value adjustment

     (1,036
  

 

 

 

Closing balance at 31 December 2015

     11,382  
  

 

 

 

Repayments

     (842

RCA fair value adjustment

     (2,102
  

 

 

 

Closing balance at 31 December 2016

     8,438  
  

 

 

 

A sensitivity analysis was performed on the main assumptions driving the fair value of the contingent consideration. The principal elements driving the fair value of the contingent liability are the discount rate, the net sales and the probabilities of success.

 

     Discount rate  
     15,.5%     16.5%     17.5%      18.5%     19.5%  

Cont. consideration (MUSD)

     32.69       31.14       29.70        28.36       27.11  

Impact (%)

     5     5     —          -5     -4
     Sales  
     80%     90%     100%      110%     120%  

Cont. consideration (MUSD)

     26.86       28.21       29.70        31.47       33.32  

Impact (%)

     -5     -5     —          8     7
     Probabilities  
     98%     99%     100%      101%     102%  

Cont. consideration (MUSD)

     29.11       29.41       29.70        30.00       30.30  

Impact (%)

     -3     -3     —          3     3

A sensitivity analysis was performed on the main assumption driving the fair value of the RCA’s is presented below. The principal element driving the fair value of the RCA’s is the discount rate.

 

     Discount rate  
     -2%      -1%      5% - 12.5%      +1%      +2%  

RCA (MEUR)

     9.20        8.83        8.44        8.17        7.87  

Note 22: Revenues and Other operating income and expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Recognition of non-refundable upfront payment

     8,440        —          —    

C-Cath ez sales

     83        3        146  

Other

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     8,523        3        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues increased by €8.5 million over 2016. In August 2016, the Group has received a non-refundable upfront payment as a result of the ONO agreement. This upfront payment has been fully recognized upon receipt as there are no performance obligations nor subsequent deliverables associated to the payment. The non-refundable upfront payment was rather received as a consideration for the sale of license to ONO.

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Recoverable cash advances (RCAs)

     2,704        578        3,031  

Subsidies

     124        412        636  

Reversal accrual RCA

        —          299  

Change of fair value RCA

     2,154        1,036        2,502  

Realized gain on contribution IP into joint venture

     —          (312      312  

Other

     —          —          167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Operating Income

     4,982        1,714        6,947  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

New accrual RCA

     —          (1,392      (2,534

Change of fair value Contingent Liabilities

     (1,634      —          —    

Other

     (8      —          —    

Total Other operating expenses

     (1,642      (1,392      (2,534
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Operating Income and Expenses

     3,340        322        4,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 23: Operating Expenses

The operating expenses are made of the next two components:

 

    Research  & development expenses

 

    General and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Salaries

     8,160        5,785        4,235  

Travel and living

     577        168        249  

Mayo research project

     —          —          751  

Preclinical studies

     4,650        2,398        274  

Clinical studies

     4,468        6,723        4,924  

Delivery systems

     964        173        1  

Consulting fees

     791        1,842        781  

IP filing and maintenance fees

     799        763        351  

Scale-up and automation

     4,164        642        70  

Rent and utilities

     939        1,045        582  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,345        1,033        864  

Other costs

     817        2,196        2,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Research and development expenses

     27,675        22,767        15,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Employee expenses

     2,486        2,761        1,408  

Share-based payment

     2,847        796        1,528  

Rent

     791        617        315  

Communication & Marketing

     728        891        394  

Consulting fees

     2,029        1,511        741  

Travel & Living

     450        509        399  

Post employment benefits

     (24      (45      28  

Depreciation

     173        —          —    

Other

     265        190        203  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total General and administration

     9,744        7,230        5,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Note 24: Employee Benefit Expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Salaries, wages and bonuses

     5,994        5,181        3,113  

Executive Management team compensation

     2,900        1,843        1,448  

Share based payments

     2,847        796        1,527  

Social security

     1,362        1,280        889  

Post employment benefits

     215        202        188  

Hospitalisation insurance

     151        40        30  

Other benefit expenses

     —          0        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Employee expenses

     13,469        9,342        7,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 25: Financial Revenues and Expenses

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Interest on RCA’s

     53        —          —    

Interest finance leases

     19        10        6  

Interest on overdrafts and other finance costs

     37        90        16  

Exchange Differences

     98        135        19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance expenses

     207        236        41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income bank account

     1,413        352        277  

Exchange Differences

     791        190        —    

Finance income

     2,204        542        277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 26: Income Tax expense

Not applicable

Note 27: Deferred taxes

The following table shows the reconciliation between the effective and theoretical tax expense at the theoretical standard Belgian tax rate of 33.99% (excluding additional contributions):

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December  
     2016     2015  

Loss before taxes

     (23,606     (29,114

Theoretical group tax rate

     33.99     33.99

Theoretical tax gain

     8,024       9,896  

Increase/decrease in tax expense arising from:

    

Permanent differences (1)

     —         3,663  

Share-based compensation

     (968     (498

CELYAD Asia

     —         (21

Capitalization of R&D costs

     83       (6,112

Amortization of Mayo license

     (201     (75

Amortization of patent

     (28     —    

Recoverable cash advances

     1,323       (371

Depreciation of tangibles

     (58     —    

Revaluation of contingent liability

     (555  

Amortization of IPRD & goodwill

     (5,179  

Other temporary differences

     11       15  

Non recognition of deferred tax assets related to statutory tax losses

     (2,526     (6,576

Non taxable statutory losses

     75       79  

Effective tax gain / (expense)

     —         —    

Effective tax rate

     —       —  

 

(1) The significant balance of permanent differences is mainly affected by transaction costs on capital increases occurred in 2015 and 2014. These transaction costs are booked in equity and are subject to a tax deduction

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Unrecognized deferred tax assets:

 

(€‘000)    For the year ended 31 December  
     2016      2015  

Net loss carried forward

     (83,794      (63,863

Opening temporary differences

     (51,717      (32,485

Amortization of intangibles

     14,806        19  

Depreciation of tangibles

     (171      —    

Recoverable cash advances

     3,891        (1,093

Revaluation of contingent liability

     1,633        —    

Capitalization of development costs

     —          (18,220

Post employment benefits

     (24      62  

Total temporary differences of the period

     20,135        (19,232

Accumulated temporary differences

     (31,582      (51,717

Total IFRS tax losses carried forward and

     

Deductible temporary difference (net)

     (115,376      (115,580

Unrecognized deferred tax assets

     39,370        39,286  

The Group has unused tax losses carried forward that are available indefinitely for offset against future taxable profits of the Group. In addition to the net loss carried forward, the Group can benefit from additional tax benefits (notional interest deduction) which can be carry-forward until the fiscal year 2019.

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Notional interest

     (1,861      (1,861      (1,861

The Group has a history of losses and significant uncertainty exists surrounding the Group’s ability to realise taxable profits in the near future. Therefore, the Group did not recognise any deferred tax assets in respect of these losses, unless sufficient taxable temporary differences were available by which these deferred tax assets can be offset.

The table below present the accumulated deferred tax assets and liabilities as per end of the periods.

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets

     50,773        43,549        30,074  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (11,403      (4,263      (3,905

Unrecognized deferred tax assets

     39,370        39,286        26,169  

The statutory tax rate is 33.99%. It should be noted that the Group has obtained on 14 October 2009 a tax ruling issued by the Belgian tax authorities by whom the Group is allowed to exempt 80% of all future revenues originated from patents and licences registered in the books of the Group. The tax ruling has no expiration date and will be applicable until the patents will fall in the public domain.

Note 28: Commitments

Obligations under the terms of ordinary rental agreements

The company has signed a few agreements concerning financial leases with ING and ES Finance concerning technical equipments. The breakdown per year is available in Note 20.

The company has signed a few operational leases for building, technical labs and cars with BMS, Rentys, KBC. The breakdown per maturity is available in Note 20.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Obligations under the Terms of Other Agreements

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research

Based on the terms of the second amendment of the licence agreement dated 18 October 2010, the Company is committed to the following payments:

Undirected research grants

The Company will fund research in the Field at Mayo Clinic of $1,000,000 per year for four years beginning in or after 2015, as soon as the Company has had both a first commercial sale of a Licensed Product and a positive cash flow from operations in the previous financial year. The Company will have an exclusive right of first negotiation to acquire an exclusive license to inventions that are the direct result of work carried out under these grants. In case the Company exercises its option to negotiate, but no agreement is reached within a certain period, then Mayo Clinic during the following nine-month period cannot enter into a licence with a third party.

Royalties

The Company will pay a 2% royalty (on net commercial sales by itself or its sub-licensees) to Mayo Clinic, for all of the products that absent the Mayo Licence would infringe a valid claim of a Licensed Patent (each, a “Licensed Product”), during a royalty period (on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis) beginning on the date of first commercial sale of such Licensed Product and ending on the earlier of: (i) 15 years from first commercial sale; (ii) the date on which such Licensed Product is no longer covered by a valid claim of a Licensed Patent in the territories in which it is sold; (iii) or termination of the Mayo License.

Currently no liability has been accounted for by the Group for these variable payments to Mayo Foundation.

Corquest Inc

Based on the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement dated 5 November 2014, former shareholders of Corquest Inc will be entitled to an earn-out payment based on the net revenues generated by the Company, which revenues should be generated from the selling or divesting, in all or in part, of Proprietary Intellectual Property Rights of the Company to a third party.

As from the 5 November 2014 date until the tenth anniversary of the Agreement, former shareholders of Corquest Inc are entitled to:

 

    an Earn-Out royalty of 2% if Net Revenue are bellow or equal to 10 million euro

 

    or an Earn-Out royalty of 4% if Net Revenue are higher than 10 million euro

OnCyte LLC-Celdara Milestones

Based on the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement dated 21 January 2015, Celdara Medical LLC, former owner of OnCyte LLC, will be entitled to development and regulatory milestones, sales milestones and royalties based on the net sales generated by the Company.

On the lead program CAR-T NKR-2, Celdara Medical will be entitled to the following development and regulatory milestones;

 

    $5 million when the first patient of the second cohort of the Phase I trial is enrolled 1

 

    $6 million when dosing the first patient of a Phase II trial

 

    $9 million when dosing the first patient of a Phase III trial

 

    $11 million when filing of the first regulatory approval of CAR-T NKR-2

 

    $14 million when CAR-T NKR-2 is approved for commercialization in the US

On the other preclinical products

 

    $1.5 million when a filing of an IND to the FDA

 

    $4 million when dosing the first patient of a Phase II trial

 

    $6 million when dosing the first patient of a Phase III trial

 

    $10 million when filing of the first regulatory approval of CAR-T NKR-2

 

    $15 million when CAR-T NKR-2 is approved for commercialization in the US

Sales milestones will also be due to Celdara Medical and are dependent of cumulative net sales of products developed out of the OnCyte platform:

 

    $15 million when first time cumulative worldwide net sales equal to or exceed $250 million

 

    $25 million when first time cumulative worldwide net sales equal to or exceed $500 million

 

    $40 million when first time cumulative worldwide net sales equal to or exceed $1 billion

Company will make annual royalty payments to Celdara Medical on net sales of each product sold by the Company, its affiliates and sublicensees at the applicable rate set forth below:

 

    5% of the net sales if cumulative worldwide annual net sales are less or equal to $250 million

 

    6% of the net sales if cumulative worldwide annual net sales are greater than $250 million and less or equal to $500 million

 

    7% of the net sales if cumulative worldwide annual net sales are greater than $500 million and less or equal to $1 billion

 

    8% of the net sales if cumulative worldwide annual net sales are greater than $1 billion

 

 

1   Paid as of 31 December 2016

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 29: Relationships with Third-Parties

Remuneration of key management

Key management consists of the members of the Executive Management Team and the entities controlled by any of them.

 

     As of 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Number of EMT members

     8        6        6  

 

(€‘000)

   For the years ended 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Short term employee benefits [1]

     816        309        270  

Post employee benefits

     35        6        3  

Share-based compensation

     1,790        561        976  

Other employment costs [2]

     22        4        2  

Management fees

     2,055        1,299        1,239  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total benefits

     4,718        2,179        2,490  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

[ 1] Include salaries, social security, bonuses, lunch vouchers
[2] Such as Company cars

 

     As of 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Number of warrants granted

     180,000        5,000        17,500  

Number of warrants lapsed

     40,000        10,000        —    

Cumulative outstanding warrants

     310,725        187,225        192,225  

Exercised warrants

     —          —          120,000  

Outstanding payables (in ‘000€)

     687        537        363  

Transactions with non-executive directors

 

     For the year ended 31 December         

(€‘000)

   2016      2015      2014  

Share-based compensation

     697        51        46  

Management fees

     363        89        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total benefits

     1,060        140        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Number of warrants granted

     50,000        —          5,000  

Number of warrants lapsed

     —          —          —    

Number of exercised warrants

     —          5,000        10,000  

Cumulative outstanding warrants

     57,904        7,904        12,904  

Outstanding payables (in ‘000€)

     148        80        —    

Shares owned

     2,869,685        3,443,065        3,639,710  

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Transactions with shareholders

 

     For the years ended 31 December         

(€‘000)

   2016      2015      2014  

Rent (1)

     99        299        299  

Patent costs (2)

     —          93        592  

Scientific collaboration (3)

     —          —          754  

Other

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     99        392        1,645  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

[1] Relate to lease paid to Biological Manufacturing Services, company controlled by Tolefi SA until April 30, 2016
[2] Relate to Mayo License depreciation
[3] Relate to directed research grant paid to Mayo Clinic under License Agreement

 

     As of 31 December         

(€‘000)

   2016      2015      2014  

Outstanding payables

     —          39        76  

Note 30: Loss per share

The loss per share is calculated by dividing loss for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. As the Group is incurring net losses, outstanding warrants have an anti-dilutive effect. As such, there is no difference between the basic and the diluted earnings per share. In case the warrants would be included in the calculation of the loss per share, this would decrease the loss per share.

 

(€‘000)    As of 31 December         
     2016      2015      2014  

Loss of the year attributable to Equity Holders

     (23,606      (29,114      (16,453

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

     9,313,603        8,481,583        6,750,383  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share (non-fully diluted)

     (2.53      (3.43      (2.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 31: Events after the close of the fiscal Year

New warrant plan

In February 2017, consultants accepted in total 20,000 warrants offered in December 2016. These warrants are part of the 100,000 warrants issued by the Board of Directors held on 12 December 2016. These warrants will be vested over 2017, 2018 and 2019 and may become exercisable as early as January 2020.

Exercise of warrants issued in May 2013

Over the month of January 2017, a total of 207,250 warrants issued in May 2013 were exercised by some employees and members of the management team. As a result, 207,250 new shares were issued and the capital of the Company was increased by an amount of k€547, bringing the capital of Celyad SA to k€33,118 on February 1 st 2017.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

    Celyad S.A.
4 April 2017    

/s/ Christian Homsy

     

By:

Title:

 

Christian Homsy

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

          Incorporated by Reference  

Exhibit

  

Description

  

Schedule/

Form

    

File

Number

    

Exhibit

    

File

Date

 

  1.1#

   Articles of Association (English translation)            

  2.1

   Form of Deposit Agreement      F-1/A        333-204251        4.1        6-15-2015  

  2.2

   Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.1)      F-1/A        333-204251        4.2        6-15-2015  

  4.1

   Non-Commercial Lease Agreement, dated October 31, 2007, between Immobilière Belin 12 SA and the registrant, as amended (English translation)      F-1        333-204251        10.1        5-18-2015  

  4.2†

   Services Agreement, dated January 7, 2008, between the registrant and Patrick Jeanmart SPRL (English translation)      F-1        333-204251        10.3        5-18-2015  

  4.3†

   Open-Ended Employment Contract, dated April 2, 2014, between the registrant and George Rawadi (English translation)      F-1        333-204251        10.4        5-18-2015  

  4.4#†

   Employment Contract, effective September 12, 2016 between the registrant and David Gilham            

  4.5#†

   Open Ended Employment Contract, effective December 1, 2014 between the registrant and Dieter Hauwaerts (English Translation)            

  4.6†

   Management Services Agreement, dated February 22, 2008, between the registrant and Christian Homsy      F-1        333-204251        10.6        5-18-2015  

  4.7#†

   Services Agreement, effective September 1, 2016 between the registrant and NandaDevi SPRL, represented by Philippe Dechamps            

  4.8#†

   Services Agreement, dated December 7, 2015 between the registrant and KNLC SPRL, represented by Jean-Pierre Latere Dwan’Isa            


Table of Contents

  4.9#†

   Services Agreement, dated August 4, 2015 between the registrant and ImXense SPRL, represented by Frederic Lehmann            

  4.10

   Exclusive License Agreement, dated April 30, 2010, between the Trustees of Dartmouth College and Celdara Medical, LLC, as amended      F-1        333-204251        10.9        5-18-2015  

  4.11

   Exclusive License Agreement, dated June 27, 2014, between the Trustees of Dartmouth College and Celdara Medical, LLC, as amended      F-1        333-204251        10.10        5-18-2015  

  4.12

   Technology License Contract, dated June 4, 2007, between the registrant and Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, as amended      F-1        333-204251        10.11        5-18-2015  

  4.13**

   Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among the registrant and Celdara Medical, LLC, dated as of January 5, 2015      F-1/A        333-204251        10.12        5-29-2015  

  4.14**

   Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among OnCyte, LLC, Celdara Medical, LLC and the registrant, dated January 21, 2015      F-1/A        333-204251        10.13        5-29-2015  

  4.15**

   Share Purchase Agreement, by and between the registrant and Didier de Canniere and Serge Elkiner, dated as of October 31, 2014      F-1        333-204251        10.14        5-18-2015  

  4.16

   Agreement for the Provision of Services for Production of Cardiac Cells between Biological Manufacturing Services and the registrant, dated April 11, 2011 (English translation)      F-1        333-204251        10.15        5-18-2015  

  4.17#

   License and Collaboration Agreement between the registrant and ONO Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., dated July 11, 2016.            

  4.18†

   Warrant Plans (English translation)      F-1        333-204251        10.16        5-18-2015  

  4.19†#

   Warrant Plan 2016 (English translation)            


Table of Contents

  8.1#

   List of Subsidiaries of the registrant            

12.1#

   Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002            

12.2#

   Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002            

13.1*

   Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002            

13.2*

   Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002            

 

# Filed herewith
* Furnished herewith
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement
** Certain exhibits and schedules to these agreements have been omitted from the registration statement pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish copies of any of the exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Exhibit 1.1

COORDINATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of the public limited company making or having made a public offering of securities, Cardio3 BioSciences, with head office at 2 rue Edouard Belin, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, company number 0891.118.115 after modification of the articles of association dated 1 February 2017.

INCORPORATION DEED

Company established by virtue of a deed passed by the notary Gérard Indekeu, residing in Brussels, on the twenty-fourth of July, two thousand and seven, and published in summary form in the Annexes of the following issue of the Belgian Official Gazette ( Moniteur Belge ) under the number 20070806-0117087.

MODIFICATION TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The articles of association of which were amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Gérard Indekeu on the thirty-first of August, two thousand and seven and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20071003/0143533.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the notary partner Pierre Paulus de Châtelet, formerly residing in Rixensart, on 26 September 2008, Belgian Official Gazette, under the number 2008-10-13/0162065.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary partner Pierre Paulus de Châtelet on 23 December 2008, published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20090120/09010290.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary, on 5 May 2010, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2010-06-03 / 0079698.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary, on 29 October 2010, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20101201- 0174259.

Articles of association rectified by a document drawn up by the notary Françoise Montfort in Rixensart, on 7 January 2011, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20110131-0016668.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 5 May 2011, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20110606-84155.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 6 May 2013, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2013-06-05 / 0084810.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 31 May 2013, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2013-06-20 /0093935.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 4 June 2013, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2013-06-24 / 0095581.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 9 July 2013, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2013-07-26 / 0117431.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 17 July 2013, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2013-08-16/0128300.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 26 September 2013, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2013-10-14-0155339.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 31 January 2014, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20140319-0063903.

 

1


Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 5 May 2014, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2014-06-05 / 0112591.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 16 June 2014, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20140709/0132868.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 30 June 2014, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20140722/0141424.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 4 August 2014, and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20140825-0159432.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 3 November 2014 and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20141128-0214987.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 21 January, 2015 and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2015-02-13/0024685.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 7 February, 2015 and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 2015-02-26/0031768.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 3 March, 2015 and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20150325-0044740.

Articles of association amended and modification of the company name into “Celyad” by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 5 May, 2015 in the process of being published.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 11 May, 2015 and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20150602-077515.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 24 June, 2015 and published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 20150715-0102184.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Françoise Montfort, on 4 August, 2015 and published on 4 September 2015 in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 15126625.

Articles of association amended by a document drawn up by the aforementioned notary Peter Van Melkebeke, on 1 February, 2017 and in the process of being published.

Change of company Head office address.

The head office has been transferred to the existing address by resolution of the Board of Directors dated 16 March 2016, published on 9 June 2016 in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 16079203.

COORDINATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION (1 February 2017)

ARTICLE 1 – TYPE AND NAME

The company is a public limited company making or having made a public offering of securities.

It bears the name “Celyad.” This name shall always be preceded or followed by the words ‘société anonyme’ ( public limited company ) or the abbreviation “SA” ( plc .).

ARTICLE 2 – HEAD OFFICE

(The head office has been transferred to the existing address by resolution of the Board of Directors dated 16 March 2016, published on 9 June 2016 in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette under the number 16079203)

The head office is located at 12, rue Edouard Belin, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert.

The company’s Board may, without amending the articles of association, transfer the head office to any other place in Belgium, providing it complies with the applicable legislation on the use of languages. The Board shall ensure that all transfers of the head office are published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette.

The Board shall also be authorized to establish administrative offices, operational offices, branches and subsidiaries both in Belgium and abroad.

ARTICLE 3 - PURPOSE

The company’s purpose, both in Belgium and abroad, on its own behalf or on behalf of third parties, for itself or for others, is to develop new medical technologies, and in particular, but not exclusively, to research and develop, manufacture and sell parts and systems, including the procedures, formula, development and

 

2


manufacturing methods, the instruments and equipment, the materials and products, the prototypes, the software and technical and research programs, the design, the patents and trademarks, all related directly or indirectly to biotechnologies and, in particular but not exclusively, to cell therapies and the various directly or indirectly related scientific, operational, legal and financial fields. The company may, if necessary, file and register all or part of its research (patents, inventions, trademarks) and partake in any operation relating directly or indirectly to its corporate purpose if these operations are necessary in order to enable it to pursue its activities.

The company may partake, both in Belgium and abroad, in all industrial, commercial, financial, movable property and real estate transactions that are likely to help expand or promote its business directly or indirectly.

It may acquire any moveable and real property, even if it has no direct or indirect link to the company’s purpose.

It can provide any form of security in order to guarantee the undertakings of an affiliated or associated company to which it is linked through a shareholding, or of any third party in general.

It can, through any means, acquire an interest in, cooperate or merge with any associations, ventures, businesses, or companies that have an identical, similar or related corporate purpose, or that are likely to promote the company or facilitate the sale of its products or services. It may acquire a financial interest in the form of new capital, a transfer, a merger, subscription or stake, or in any other manner, in companies, businesses, or operations that have a similar or related corporate purpose, or which are likely to help it achieve its corporate purpose.

ARTICLE 4 – PERIOD OF INCORPORATION

The company was incorporated for an unlimited period.

ARTICLE 5 - CAPITAL

The company’s capital is set at thirty-three million, hundred and seventeen thousand, nine hundred and seventy-six euros and sixty-three euro cents (33,117,976.63 EUR), represented by nine million, five hundred and twenty thousand, eight hundred and fifty-three (9,520,853) no-par value shares, each of which represents one /nine million, five hundred and twenty thousand, eight hundred and fifty-three share in the capital.

ARTICLE 6 - MODIFICATION OF THE SHARE CAPITAL

The share capital may be increased or reduced by decision of the general meeting of shareholders made according to the provisions governing the amendment of the articles of association.

 

3


On the occasion of each capital increase, the new shares to be subscribed for in cash shall be offered preemptively to the shareholders in proportion to the share of the capital represented by their shares for a period of at least fifteen days as of the first day of the subscription period. The general meeting of shareholders shall determine the subscription price and the period during which the preemptive right shall be exercised. However, this preemptive subscription right can be limited or abolished by decision of the general meeting of shareholders made in the interests of the company and according to the provisions governing the amendment of the articles of association. In the event of a capital increase accompanied by a share issue premium, the amount of this premium shall be fully paid up at the time of subscription. The premium must be recorded in a non-distributable account named “Issue premiums,” which can only be decreased or closed by decision of the general meeting of shareholders made in accordance with the provisions of the Company Code governing the amendment of articles of association. The issue premium shall, in the same manner as the share capital, serve as a joint pledge to third parties.

ARTICLE 7 – AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

7.1 The Board shall be authorized to increase the share capital in one or more installments, up to an amount of twenty one million four hundred and twelve thousand seven hundred and twenty euros and forty-three euro cents (21,412,720.43 EUR) on the dates and according to the procedures decided by the Board for a period of five years as of publication of this authorization in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette.

This authorization may be renewed in accordance with the legal provisions.

The Board shall be authorized to increase the share capital, as described above, either through cash contributions or, subject to compliance with the law, through contributions in kind, or by using available or unavailable reserves or reserves from the ‘issue premiums’ account. In the latter cases, the increase can be made with or without issuing new shares.

A capital increase within the scope of the authorized capital can also be performed by issuing convertible bonds or subscription rights – linked or not to other securities – giving rise to the creation of shares in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

The Board shall be authorized, in the event of a capital increase or the issuance of convertible bonds or subscription rights, to limit or abolish, in the interest of the company, the preemptive rights foreseen under the law, including those in favor of one or more specific individuals, whether they are members of staff of the company or its subsidiaries or not.

 

4


7.2 When the capital increase decided by the Board includes an issue premium, the amount of the latter, less any deduction for expenses, shall be assigned to an non-distributable account, which shall constitute a capital guarantee for third parties and which can only be decreased or closed by decision of the general meeting of shareholders made in accordance with the applicable quorum and majority requirements for capital reduction decisions, without prejudice to the right of the Board to incorporate said account into the share capital, pursuant to 7.1. above.

7.3 By virtue of a decision of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on 11 June 2013, the Board may also avail itself of the aforementioned authorizations, subsequent to receipt by the company of notification from the Financial Services and Markets Authority that it has received a public takeover bid for the Company, through cash contributions and by limiting or abolishing the preemptive right of shareholders (including those in favor of one or more specific individuals who are not employees of the company or of its subsidiaries) or through contributions in kind through the issuance of shares, warrants or convertible bonds, pursuant to the applicable legal provisions. The Board may only exercise these powers if the aforementioned notification from the Financial Services and Markets Authority was received prior to 11 June 2016.

7.4 The Board shall be authorized, with power of substitution, to amend the articles of association on the occasion of each capital increase within the framework of the authorized capital in order to reflect the company’s new share capital and share situation.

The Board made use of the authorized capital mentioned in article 7 in the amount of two million three hundred and thirty-eight thousand six hundred and thirty euros (2,338,630 EUR).

ARTICLE 8 – BUYBACK, PLEDGING AND DISPOSAL OF OWN SHARES

The company may buy back or pledge its own shares in accordance with the legal provisions. The Board shall be authorized to dispose of the shares acquired by the company on or outside the stock market, subject to the conditions set by the Board, without the prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders, and in accordance with the law.

The aforementioned authorizations shall extend to any acquisitions and disposals of the company’s shares performed by its direct subsidiaries,

 

5


pursuant to the definition of such subsidiaries under the legal provisions relating to the purchase of parent company shares by subsidiary companies, and may be extended under the conditions laid down in the law.

ARTICLE 9 CALL FOR FUNDS

The Board shall determine, at its sole discretion, the date and manner in which the calls for funds are made on shares that were not fully paid up.

If a shareholder fails to meet the request to pay up its shares within the deadline set by the Board, the exercise of the voting rights linked to said shares shall be suspended, as of right, until the payments are paid. Moreover, the shareholder shall be required, as of right, to pay the company a default interest rate equal to the legal rate plus two percent.

If the shareholder continues to default after receiving formal notice to pay sent by registered mail subsequent to expiry of the deadline set by the Board, the latter shall be entitled to have the relevant shares sold on the stock market, through an investment company or a credit institution, without prejudice to the company’s entitlement to claim the balance due, as well as any damages, from the shareholder.

The shareholder may not pay up its shares in advance without the prior approval of the Board.

ARTICLE 10 – TYPE OF SHARES AND REGISTER OF REGISTERED SHARES

The shares are registered or dematerialized.

The register of registered shares is an electronic register. The Board may decide to delegate the maintenance and management of the electronic register to a third party. All the entries in this register, including assignments and conversions, can be validly made based on documents or instructions that the assigner, the assignee or the holder of securities may send electronically or via any other medium. The company shall have the discretion to accept and enter in the registry any assignment that may have been surmised from correspondence or other documents proving the existence of an agreement between the assigner and the assignee.

ARTICLE 11 - EXERCISE OF RIGHTS PERTAINING TO SECURITIES

With regard to the company, the shares and all other securities issued by the company are indivisible. If one of these securities is owned by several persons, or if the rights pertaining to one of these securities are

 

6


divided among several persons, the related rights shall be suspended as of right, until a single person has been designated as the owner of the security with regard to the company. The rights relating to the shares that are encumbered with usufruct or a pledge shall be exercised respectively by the usufructuary and by the pledger, unless otherwise stipulated in a written agreement signed by all those concerned and notified to the company.

ARTICLE 12 - COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD

For the purposes of this article, the terms below shall hold the following meanings:

‘Main Shareholders’ means PMV and Sofïpôle.

‘Bid’ means the initial public offering for the company’s shares made on 9 July 2013.

‘PMV’ means PMV-TINA Comm.VA, with head office at 63 Oude Graanmarkt, 1000 Brussels and Crossroads Bank for Enterprises (CBE) business registration number 0835.081.809 (Brussels Registry of Legal Entities).

‘Sofipôle’ means Sofïpôle SA, with head office at 13 Avenue Maurice Destenay, 4000 Liège and Crossroads Bank for Enterprises (CBE) business registration number 0877.938.090 (Liège Registry of Legal Entities).

‘S.R.I.W.’ means S.R.I.W. SA, with head office at 13 Avenue Maurice Destenay, 4000 Liège and Crossroads Bank for Enterprises (CBE) business registration number 0219.919.487 (Liège Registry of Legal Entities).

The company is administered by a Board validly composed of at least three members, who may or may not be shareholders, and can be natural or legal persons.

Each Main Shareholder shall have the right, separately, to put forward candidates for a directorship of the Board providing that this Main Shareholder, or one of its affiliated companies, owns at least 75% of the total number of shares jointly held by this Main Shareholder and its affiliated companies at the time of the Bid, i.e., 661,172 shares jointly owned by Sofïpôle and S.R.I.W. (an affiliated company of Sofïpôle) and 570,571 shares held by PMV. The directors put forward by the Main Shareholders shall not be remunerated.

Each Main Shareholder must notify the Board of the identity of the candidates at least six weeks before the date of the general meeting of shareholders at which the directors will be appointed.

Each Main Shareholder shall be entitled to have the director it proposed replaced by a person chosen from a list of at least two candidates submitted to the Board by the same Main Shareholder (or by a member of its group, as designated by the Main Shareholder), and shall be subject to the same notification conditions with regard to the Board,

 

7


i.e. the names of the candidates shall be submitted at least six weeks prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders at which the new director will be appointed. If a Main Shareholder who has the right to put forward candidates for a directorship of the Board does not submit a list of candidates, the general meeting of shareholders can either, at its sole discretion, appoint a director to fill the position for which no short list of candidates was submitted, who shall retain his position up until such time as the relevant Main Shareholder presents a list of candidates for this director’s position, or choose not to appoint a director.

If a legal person is appointed as a director of the Board, it shall designate, pursuant to the rules laid down in the Company Code, a standing representative, who is authorized to represent it in its relations with the company. The director may only revoke the mandate of its representative if it simultaneously designates a replacement.

The duration of the mandate of a Board director may not exceed six years. Board directors whose mandates have expired shall remain in their posts until the general meeting of shareholders appoints their successors, whatever the reason for the delay.

Outgoing Board directors may be reappointed.

The Board directors may have their mandates revoked at any time by the general meeting of shareholders.

ARTICLE 13 – VACANCY ARISING PRIOR TO THE END OF A MANDATE

In the event that a place on the Board becomes vacant, the remaining directors shall be entitled to provisionally appoint a replacement. The director thus appointed shall complete the mandate of the director he is replacing.

Final appointment of the new director shall be placed on the agenda of the following meeting of the general meeting of shareholders.

ARTICLE 14 - CHAIRMANSHIP

The Board shall elect a chairman from among its members by a simple majority of votes. In the event of a tied vote, the chairman shall have the deciding vote.

ARTICLE 15 BOARD MEETINGS

The Board shall be convened by its chairman (or by any person entrusted to do so by the chairman), or by two directors, whenever it is in the interest of the company to do so. Notice of a meeting may be validly made by letter, fax, email or telephone.

The notice shall mention the place, date, time and agenda of the meeting. The notice shall be sent at least two working days prior to the meeting by letter, fax, email or by any other written medium. In duly substantiated urgent cases, the period may be less than two working days. If there is no chairman or the latter is absent, a director chosen by the other directors shall chair the meeting.

 

8


If all the directors are present or validly represented, the lawfulness of the meeting notice cannot be contested. Unless the Board decides otherwise, any person responsible for the day-to-day management of the Company may attend and participate in the Board meetings, but without voting rights; in order to dispel any misunderstanding, it is specified that the foregoing shall only apply in the event that the CEO is not a member of the Board.

ARTICLE 16 PROCEEDINGS

At least a majority of the directors must be present (in person, or by telephone or videoconference), or represented, for a quorum to be reached. If the majority of directors are not present at a Board meeting, any of the directors shall be entitled to convene a second meeting of the Board with the same agenda. Said meeting shall be held within a reasonable period of time (which shall be not less than 15 days, unless the urgent nature of the decisions to be made requires otherwise, in which case at least 3 days’ notice shall be required) as of the date of written notification sent to all the directors, in which reference shall be made to this article. Without prejudice to the fifth paragraph of this article, this second Board meeting shall be entitled to make decisions and adopt the agenda, irrespective of the number of directors present or represented.

The Board may only validly make decisions on items that are not on the agenda if all the directors are present in person and they unanimously decide to address these items.

Any director may give a proxy to his colleagues, by letter, fax, email or any other written medium, in order to represent him at a Board meeting. A director may not represent more than two of his colleagues.

Except in the case stipulated in the next paragraph, the decisions of the Board shall be made by a majority of votes cast. Blank or irregular votes shall not be counted as votes cast. In the event of a tied vote, the director chairing the meeting shall have the deciding vote, save in cases where the Board comprises two members.

If a director has a direct or indirect conflicting financial interest in a decision or an operation to be decided by the Board, the rules and procedures laid down in the Company Code shall hold. If, during a meeting of the Board where the majority required to validly make decisions is present, one or more directors present or represented refrain from voting due to such a conflicting interest, the relevant decision or decisions shall be made by a majority of the votes cast by the other directors, either present or represented.

In the event of an urgency, the Board’s decisions may be made, to the extent permitted by the law, by unanimous written consent of the directors. However, this procedure shall not be used to adopt the annual accounts and to make decisions relating to the use of the authorized capital.

Unless otherwise stated, the decisions made by unanimous written consent shall be deemed to have been made at the head office and shall take effect as of the date of the last written consent signed by a director. Directors may attend a meeting via conference call, videoconference, or by any other means of communication that enables the directors to communicate with each other.

In such cases, they shall be deemed to have attended that meeting.

Unless otherwise stipulated, the decisions shall be deemed to have been made at the head office and shall take effect as of the date of the meeting.

ARTICLE 17 - MINUTES

The decisions of the Board shall be recorded in the minutes, which are signed by the directors present or by their representatives. The proxies shall be appended to the minutes.

 

9


Copies or extracts to be produced in court or elsewhere shall be signed by at least two directors or by one Chief Executive Officer. This power can be delegated to a representative.

ARTICLE 18 - POWERS OF THE BOARD

The Board shall be vested with the widest powers with a view to performing all acts that can help, or are required, to achieve the company’s purpose.

It shall have the power to perform all acts not expressly reserved for the general meeting of shareholders by law or by the articles of association.

The Board can, under its responsibility, delegate part of its powers for particular and specific purposes to a third party of its choosing. The Board shall form, from amongst its own members, an audit committee pursuant to provisions of the Company Code. The audit committee shall be mandated to ensure continuous monitoring of the tasks performed by the auditor and to perform any additional task entrusted to it by the Board. If it is not compulsory to form an audit committee from among the members of the Board, the Board can decide that the tasks assigned to the audit committee shall be performed by the Board as a whole.

The Board may form other committees and determine their powers.

ARTICLE 19 - REMUNERATION

Directorships shall not be remunerated, unless otherwise decided by the general meeting of shareholders.

The company may derogate from the provisions of article 520b, paragraphs 1 and 2 of the Company Code with regard to any person covered by the scope of these provisions.

ARTICLE 20 - REPRESENTATION

The company shall be validly represented with regard to all acts, including in court proceedings, by two directors acting jointly or by one Chief Executive Officer acting alone, who shall not have to justify to third parties a decision made previously by the Board.

The company shall also be validly represented by a representative acting within the scope of its power-of-attorney.

ARTICLE 21- DAY-TO-DAY MANAGEMENT

The Board may delegate the day-to-day management of the company to one or more natural or legal persons. If the person in charge of day-to-day management is also a director, he shall hold the title of Chief Executive Officer, or CEO. Otherwise, he shall hold the title of managing director.

The post of CEO or managing director in charge of day-to-day management shall not be remunerated, unless otherwise decided by the Board.

The Board has the power to determine the conditions and limits attached to this power-of-attorney and to terminate it.

When several persons are responsible for day-to-day management, the company shall be validly represented with regard to all acts of day-to-day management, including in court proceedings, by one person in charge of day-to-day management, who shall not have to justify to third parties a decision made previously by the Board.

Any person responsible for day-to-day management may, under its responsibility, delegate to a third party of its choosing part of its powers for particular and specific purposes.

 

10


ARTICLE 22 - AUDITING

Auditing of the company shall be entrusted to one or more auditors, who shall be appointed for a three-year renewable period.

The auditors shall be appointed from among the members, either natural or legal persons, of the Institute of Company Auditors.

The general meeting of shareholders shall determine the number of auditors and set their remuneration.

ARTICLE 23 AUDITORS’ TASKS

The auditors shall, collectively and individually, have an unlimited right to monitor and scrutinize the financial situation, the annual accounts and the regularity, with regard to the applicable legal provisions and the articles of association, of the transactions entered in the annual accounts.

They may, without removing them, examine the ledgers, correspondence, minutes and, more generally, all records of the company.

Each quarter, the Board shall submit to them a summary of the company’s assets and liabilities.

The auditors shall, with a view to the general meeting of shareholders, draft a detailed written report containing in particular the statutory information. The auditors may, in the course of their duties and at their own expense, receive assistance from staff or other persons, for whom they shall be liable.

ARTICLE 24 - COMPOSITION AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

The duly constituted general meeting shall represent all shareholders The decisions made by the general meeting of shareholders shall be binding on all the shareholders, even if they were absent or dissenting. It shall be vested with the widest powers with a view to performing or ratifying acts relevant to the company.

ARTICLE 25 - MEETINGS

The ordinary general meeting shall meet, as of right, on the fifth of May at nine o’clock. If this day falls on a Saturday, a Sunday or on an official public holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next working day.

An extraordinary general meeting may be convened whenever it is in the interests of the company to do so and must be convened whenever a group of shareholders constituting one fifth of the share capital so requests.

The general meetings shall be held at the head office or at any other venue indicated in the meeting notices.

ARTICLE 26 MEETING NOTICE

The general meeting shall be convened by the Board or by the auditors.

The meeting notices shall contain the place, date, time and agenda for the general meeting, stating the items to be discussed and the resolutions for decisions, and shall be sent in the manner and within the timeframes stipulated in the Company Code.

Each year, at least one ordinary general meeting shall be held, the agenda for which shall mention at least the following: (i) where applicable, discussion of the management report and the auditors’ report, (ii) discussion and adoption of the annual accounts and appropriation of the surplus, (iii) discharge for the directors and, (iv) where applicable, for the auditors and, where applicable, (v) appointment of directors and auditors.

 

11


ARTICLE 27 RULES OF ADMISSION

The right to attend the general meeting and to exercise one’s voting rights shall be subject to the accounting registration of the shares in the name of the shareholder by the fourteenth day preceding the general meeting at twenty four hundred hours (Belgian time), either through their entry in the register of the company’s registered shares, or through their entry into the accounts with an authorized account holder or clearing institution, regardless of the number of shares owned by the shareholder on the day of the general meeting.

The shareholder shall indicate to the company, or to the person designated by the company for that role, that he intends to attend the general meeting at the latest by the sixth day prior to the date of the meeting.

The holders of dematerialized securities shall notify their intention to make use of their rights at the meeting to one of the financial institutions listed in the meeting notice or to any other institution specified in the meeting notice in accordance with the conditions laid down in that notice, at the latest by the sixth day prior to the date of the meeting. The holders of bonds, subscription rights or certificates issued with the cooperation of the company may attend the general meeting, but in a non-voting capacity only and subject to meeting the conditions of admission applicable to the shareholders.

ARTICLE 28 - REPRESENTATION

Any shareholder may give his proxy to a third party of his choosing by letter, fax, email or by any other written medium, in order to represent him at a general meeting of shareholders.

The Board may, in the meeting notices, stipulate the form the proxies are to take. The proxies must reach the company at the latest by the sixth day prior to the general meeting.

ARTICLE 29 - BUREAU

All general meetings shall be chaired by the chairman of the Board, or if the Board has no chairman or the latter is unable to attend, by a person designated for that purpose by the general meeting.

The chairman of the meeting may designate a secretary, who does not necessarily have to be a shareholder or a member of the Board.

If the number of shareholders present or represented so allows, the general meeting may choose two tellers. The directors present complete the bureau.

ARTICLE 30 ADJOURNMENT

The Board shall be entitled to adjourn, at once, any ordinary general meeting or other meeting by up to three weeks.

This adjournment shall not annul the other decisions made, unless the general assembly decides otherwise,

The conditions for admission to the first meeting, including the submission of any proxies, shall remain valid for the second meeting.

An adjournment may only take place once. The second general meeting shall be entitled to adopt definitively the annual accounts.

ARTICLE 31 –NUMBER OF VOTES - EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS

Each share shall confer the right to one vote.

 

12


ARTICLE 32 PROCEEDINGS

Before starting the meeting, an attendance list indicating the names of the shareholders and the number of shares they hold shall be signed by each one of them or by their representative. The same shall apply to the holders of the other securities issued by the company or with its cooperation.

The general meeting may only make decisions on items that are not on the agenda if all the shareholders are present or represented at the general meeting and they unanimously decide to address these items.

The directors shall answer any questions from the shareholders on items on the agenda. Where applicable, the auditors shall answer any questions from the shareholders on their report.

Unless otherwise stipulated by a legal or statutory provision, all decisions of the general meeting shall be made by a simple majority of votes, irrespective of the number of shareholders present or represented. Blank or irregular votes shall not be counted as votes cast.

If, in a decision relating to an appointment, none of the candidates obtains an absolute majority of votes, a second vote shall be held between the two candidates that obtained the highest number of votes. If the second vote is tied, the eldest candidate shall be elected.

Voting shall be by show of hands or by roll call, unless the general meeting decides otherwise by a simple majority of votes cast.

The shareholders may, by unanimous consent, make all decisions falling within the remit of the general meeting in writing, with the exception of those that have to be legally certified. Unless otherwise stipulated, the decisions made in writing shall be deemed to have been taken at the head office and shall take effect as of the date of the last signature by a shareholder.

ARTICLE 33 - MINUTES

The minutes of the general meeting shall be signed by the members of the Bureau and by any shareholders who so request.

Unless otherwise stipulated by the law, the copies or extracts to be produced in court or elsewhere shall be signed by two Board directors (or by one Chief Executive Officer). This power may be delegated to a representative.

ARTICLE 34 ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

The accounting period shall begin on the first of January and end on the thirty-first of December of each year.

At the end of each accounting year, the Board shall produce an inventory, as well as the company’s annual accounts. To the extent required by the law, the Board shall also produce a management report. This report shall include a comment on the annual accounts, which is intended to faithfully represent the business performance and situation of the company, as well as all other information required by the Company Code.

ARTICLE 35 ADOPTION OF THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

The ordinary general meeting shall, where applicable, hear a presentation of the management report and the auditors’ report and rule on adoption of the annual accounts.

After adoption of the annual accounts, the general meeting shall take a special vote on discharge of the Board directors and, where applicable, the auditors. This discharge can only be validly granted if the annual accounts contain no omissions or false information concealing the actual situation of the company and, with regard to acts performed in breach of the articles of association, if the latter have been specifically mentioned in the meeting notice.

 

13


Within thirty days of adoption by the general meeting, the annual accounts and, where applicable, the management report, as well as any other document stipulated in the Company Code, shall be filed by the Board with the Bank of Belgium ( Banque Nationale de Belgique ).

ARTICLE 36 - DISTRIBUTION

Each year, five per cent (5%) of the net profit stipulated in the annual accounts shall be deducted to build the legal reserve. This deduction shall cease to be compulsory once the reserve is equal to one tenth of the share capital.

Based on a proposal from the Board, the balance shall be made available each year to the general meeting, which alone shall decide on its appropriation by a simple majority of votes cast, within the limits stipulated in the Company Code.

ARTICLE 37 – PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS – INTERIM PAYMENTS

The dividends shall be paid at the times and places decided by the Board.

The Board may, within the limits stipulated in the Company Code, pay out one or more interim dividends, which shall be paid out based on the results of the current accounting year.

ARTICLE 38 EARLY DISSOLUTION

Should the net assets amount to less than half of the company’s share capital as a result of losses, the Board shall submit the question of the dissolution of the company and, where necessary, propose other measures to the general meeting, which shall make a decision in accordance with the rules laid down in the Company Code.

The general meeting shall take place within a period of no more than two months from the time when the loss was ascertained or should have been ascertained in accordance with legal or statutory provisions.

Should the net assets amount to less than a quarter of the company’s share capital as a result of losses, dissolution may be decided by a quarter of the votes cast at the general meeting.

Should the net assets amount to less than the minimum legal share capital requirement, any party may request the dissolution of the company by the courts. The courts may, at their discretion, grant the company a stay of execution in order for it to rectify the situation.

ARTICLE 39 - LIQUIDATION

In the event of dissolution of the company, for whatever reason and at whatever time, liquidation shall be handled by liquidators appointed by the general meeting or, failing this, by the Board acting as a committee of liquidators. Unless otherwise decided, the liquidators shall act collectively. To this end, the liquidators shall be vested with the widest powers in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company Code, subject to any restrictions imposed by the general meeting.

The liquidators shall not be remunerated unless otherwise decided by the general meeting.

ARTICLE 40 - DISTRIBUTION

After settlement of all debts, charges and liquidation fees, the net assets shall be used first for the repayment, in cash or in kind, of the shares that have been fully paid up and not yet repaid.

Any remaining surplus shall be shared out equally among all the shares.

If the net proceeds do not allow for the repayment of all the shares, the liquidators shall first repay the shares that have been paid up to a greater extent until they reach the same level as the shares paid up to a lesser extent or by making a call for additional funds from the owners of the latter shares.

 

14


ARTICLE 41- ADDRESS FOR SERVICE

Any Board director, managing director or liquidator that is domiciled or has its head office abroad shall elect to have his address for service, for the duration of his mandate, at the head office, to which all services and notifications relating to the affairs of the company and his management responsibilities can be validly sent in his name, with the exception of the meeting notices served in accordance with these articles of association.

The holders of registered shares or other registered securities issued by the company or with the cooperation of the company shall notify the company of any change of address or head office. Failing this, they shall be deemed to have chosen as their address for service their previous domicile or head office.

ARTICLE 42 – APPLICABLE LAW

All matters not stipulated in these articles of association shall be governed by the Company Code.

Consequently, the provisions of these laws, from which no explicit derogations have been established, shall be deemed to have been incorporated into these articles of association and any clauses that are in contradiction with the imperative stipulations of these laws shall be deemed not to have been written.

Coordination certified true.

Aurélie VAN RUYSEVELT, as special proxy holder notarial associate ‘Berquin Notaires »

D. 217-0015 / R. …………………../ PVM 01.01.02.2017 / YD / AVR / VV

 

15

Exhibit 4.4

LOGO

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

The undersigned

Celyad SA, with registered offices located at Rue Edouard Belin 12, B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert and represented by Christian Homsy, Chief Executive Officer, hereinafter referred to as the “Employer”, and

Mr David Gilham, residing at Tara Cottage, Brookbottom, New Mills, Derbyshire, SK22 3AY, United Kingdom, hereinafter referred to as the “Employee”,

have agreed as follows:

Article 1: Date and position

This contract is entered into for an indefinite period and comes into force on [8 September 2016 - To be confirmed]. 12th September 2016

The Employee is hired as Senior Vice President R & D, reporting on an interim basis to Christian Homsy, CEO. Celyad is currently looking to hire a Global Head of Development that will lead all R&D and Clinical operations of the Group. Once the Global Head of Development will be on board, the Employee will report to him.

The Employer reserves the right to change the Employee’s position if this is in accord with the Employee’s capacities and knowledge. This article will be enforced with due consideration for the Employer’s economic interests and the Employee’s personal interests. Any change in the position will not constitute a unilateral change in the Employee’s working conditions.

Article 2: Basic remuneration

The remuneration comprises a fixed part and a variable part. The fixed part comprises a gross monthly salary of €12,000.

The variable part is related to the Incentive Plan put in place by the Company, and may correspond to up to 20% of the gross annual salary. The variable part will be determined at the end of each calendar year on the basis of the Employee’s

 

LOGO


performance (determined based on objectives established at the beginning of each year with the Employee’s manager), on the one hand, and the Company’s operational and financial performance, on the other hand.

The number of monthly salaries as well as the “supplementary” salaries, such as the thirteenth month and holiday pay, Is established In accordance with the conditions of Joint Committee 207.

Article 3: Review

The Employee’s performances will be reviewed annually, for the first time no later than 1 January following the entry into force of the employment contract.

Article 4: Other advantages

Meal vouchers will be granted to the Employee within the limits and in accordance with the relevant legal stipulations. The “gross” value of the meal vouchers, before deduction of the legal amounts imposed by law, is €8 per voucher per day worked.

The Employee will have the use of a company vehicle as defined in the Company’s car policy. The vehicle is provided to the Employee, Inclusive of fuel card, servicing, Insurance and related taxes. The vehicle must have a diesel engine. The Employer will deduct the taxes as stipulated by law relating to this type of fringe benefit from the salary. Furthermore, the Employer reserves the right to withdraw the grant of a company vehicle should the Employee Is unable to show that the vehicle is used for essentially work-related matters and that it Is looked after with due care.

As the Employee is residing outside of Belgium, and commits to be in the offices of the Company a minimum of 4 days per week (when not travelling abroad for professional duties), the Company will lease an apartment or a house for a monthly budget of up to €1,500 per month (all charges included). Also, the Company will pay all personal travels expenses of the Employee from and to Manchester.

Article 5: Insurance plan

From the first day of employment the Employee benefits from insurance covering hospital, ambulant and dental care taken out with DKV. Furthermore, from the first day of employment the Employee will be signed up to the Company’s supplementary Group Insurance plan (life insurance, sickness and invalidity insurance, pension saving).

Article 6: Stock option plan

When warrants are issued by the Company, the Employee will be able to benefit from warrants as defined by the distribution plan approved by the Company’s

 

LOGO


Compensation Committee. However, the award of warrants to the Employee is not guaranteed and any decision to do so is at the exclusive discretion of the Compensation Committee.

Within 30 days following the first working day of the Employee (expected to be [1 st of September 2016]), the Company will grant 10,000 warrants to the Employee.

Article 7: Place of work

The regular place of work is: Rue Edouard Belin 12, Axisparc, B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert.

The Employer reserves the right to change the place of work for valid operational reasons.

The Employee agrees to travel to several regions and countries if this proves necessary for the Company’s business and to fulfil his duties.

Article 8: Annual holidays

The Employee will benefit from the number of days holiday as set down in the relevant Belgian laws and as established by Joint Committee 207, with due consideration for the number of working hours as set down In Article 8bis, which is 32 days in total at the end of the first fully worked year (40 hours per week split over 5 days worked).

As far as possible, and insofar as the number of days is sufficient, the Employee is requested to take at least 10 days between 1 July and 31 August. The dates of the annual holidays will be decided by mutual agreement between the Employer and the Employee. The Employee will also be entitled to the legal public holidays in Belgium. The days off will be set at least 2 weeks in advance with the agreement of the managing director or any other authorised person in this person’s absence.

Article 8 bis: Working hours

The Employee works 40 hours per week. The Employee is expected to begin the working day between 8.30 am and 9.00 am and to end the working day between 5.30 pm and 6.00 pm, depending on the schedule established with his manager.

Article 9: Exclusivity

The Employee acknowledges and accepts that the nature of the Company’s activities, his duties and responsibilities as well as the remuneration granted to him presuppose that he devotes all of his working time and all his capacities to the Company’s business.

 

LOGO


The Employee must obtain the Company’s approval in advance before undertaking any other working activity outside of the Company. The Company may refuse to give this approval without justification or grant it subject to certain conditions.

The Company’s authorisation is required for any working activity, remunerated or otherwise:

 

  1. performed directly by the Employee as a self-employed person or as an employee, authorised representative or agent of another company; or

 

  2. performed by another company under the control of the Employee.

Article 10: Confidential information

During the performance of this contract, the Employee must:

 

    not disclose any Confidential Information to any person;

 

    not use any Confidential Information to his advantage (with or without the prospect of financial gain) or the advantage of any other person (with or without the prospect of financial gain).

After the end of this contract, the Employee must:

 

    not disclose any Confidential information to any person;

 

    not use any Confidential Information to his advantage (with or without the prospect of financial gain) or the advantage of any other person (with or without the prospect of financial gain).

 

    spontaneously or on the Company’s first request, return to the Company any Confidential Information, whichever way this Confidential Information is kept or stored;

 

    notify his new Employer or new clients of his obligations under this article.

If this stipulation is breached by the Employee the Company or the Group may claim damages and interest from the Employee, set at the fixed sum of EUR 25,000 per breach, without affecting the Company’s right to compensation based on its actual losses.

The Employee’s attention is also drawn to the fact that the criminal penalty for disclosing industrial secrets is imprisonment of between three months and three years under Article 309 of the Penal Code.

Bearing in mind the nature of its activities and the critical character of the Confidential Information circulating there, the Company will do its utmost to assert its rights and prosecute the Employee if he breaches this Article 10.

Article 11: Intellectual property

§1. All intellectual property rights and other rights, such as the rights to knowhow (hereinafter referred to jointly as “Intellectual Property Rights”), to all research

 

LOGO


and development results, documentation, databases, reports, analyses, technologies, industrial secrets, methods, procedures, discoveries, improvements and any other work created, designed, developed or produced in whole or in part by the Employee, alone or working with others, using or not using the Company’s systems, equipment or machinery, during or in performance of the employment contract or on the Company’s instructions, or that relate or can in any way be connected to any of the matters that constitute or can become a Company activity or that are the subject or can be the subject of any Company research (hereinafter generally referred to as “Works”), remain the Company’s exclusive property from their creation and from the date on which this contract is signed insofar as it concerns rights that are created before the signing of this contract and are subject to this article.

§2. The media that contain the Work as well as all documents that have been shared between the Company and the Employee are also the Company’s exclusive property.

§3. The Employee undertakes to fully inform the Company on its first request of any Work that he has created, produced or developed alone or working with others. The Employee undertakes to immediately share all information and knowhow in relation to the Works after their creation. The Employee also undertakes to share and provide any documentation in relation to the Works.

§4. The Employee undertakes to refrain from any act that breaches the Company’s rights. The Employee undertakes not to apply for or claim, directly or through a third party, a patent or any other intellectual property right in relation to the Works without the Company’s written permission.

§5. The Employee agrees, from the signing of this contract, to the Company acting as his exclusive representative with regard to the exercise of moral rights to the Works, such as the right of disclosure or authorship with regard to the Works. The Employee acknowledges that the Company (and/or its partners and clients) has the exclusive right to determine whether, when and how the Works are used, with due consideration for the fact that the Works not used also remain the Company’s exclusive property. The Employee renounces its moral right to demand that the Company (and/or its partners and clients) respect the integrity of the Works and does not object to any change or modification to the Works insofar as this does not undermine his honour or reputation. The Employee authorises the Company (and/or its partners and clients) to use the Works without stating the name of the Employee and to affix it with any distinctive sign of its choosing.

Article 12: Non-competition clause

When leaving the Company, the Employee will refrain from performing similar activities, either in an undertaking of his own or at a competitor of the Company, by which he could harm the Company that he has left by using the specific knowledge of the company that he has acquired there for his own ends or for the benefit of a competitor.

 

LOGO


This ban is imposed for 12 months following the day in which employment relations are ended. This ban applies in all countries in which Celyad’s brands, being C-Cure and C-Cath or any other propriety brand of the Company on the date of departure of the Employee, are registered. This ban applies whenever the contract is ended, except when gross misconduct is cited by the Employer.

The Company may renounce the application of this clause within fifteen days of the breaking of the Employee’s employment contract. If the Company does not renounce the application of this clause, it will pay the Employee compensation equal to fifty per cent (50%) of the Employee’s gross remuneration for the effective period during which the ban applies.

If the Employee fails to comply with this clause, he will reimburse the Company this sum and he will also be liable to pay fixed compensation in the same amount, without affecting the Company’s right to claim higher damages and interest if it can prove the extent of these damages.

Article 13: Commission and gifts

The Employee is not authorised to accept, directly or indirectly, any commission, gift, in cash or in kind, from any person that has or could have a business relationship with the Company or any other company of the Group without the Company’s prior permission.

Article 14: Gross misconduct

The Company is authorised to end this contract with immediate effect, without prior notice or compensation, if the Employee is found guilty of gross misconduct, that is to say any conduct that immediately and definitively makes the continued working relationship between the parties impossible.

The following are examples of gross misconduct that could lead to the immediate breaking of the employment contract at the Company’s discretion:

 

  1. Any non-fulfilment by the Employee of its general obligations, as set down in this contract;

 

  2. Any breach of the confidentiality obligation, as set down in Article 10 of this contract;

 

  3. Any breach of the obligation not to accept gifts or tips, as set down in this contract;

 

  4. Any fraud or falsification of documents;

 

  5. Any abuse of the Company’s credit card or the Company’s funds;

 

  6. Any infraction subject to a criminal penalty liable to definitively break the band of trust between the parties or harm the Company’s reputation or public image;

 

  7. Any unjustified absence of three consecutive days;

 

  8. Any public announcement liable to harm the reputation or public image of the Company or any Group company;

 

LOGO


  9. Any breach by the Employee of the intellectual property rights of third parties;

 

  10. Any violent conduct, psychological abuse or sexual harassment.

This list is not exhaustive.

Article 15: Employee’s obligations when the contract is broken off

When this contract ends, for whatever reason, the Employee must immediately:

 

    Return to the Company all unused business cards he has received from the Company or any other group company;

 

    Return to the Company, without keeping copies, all documents in his possession regarding the Company or any other Group company, the keys to the Company’s premises, the Company’s vehicle and all property, material or equipment in his possession that belong to the Company or any other Group company.

Any arrangement or agreement between the parties relating to the breaking off of this contract must be deemed to contain Confidential Information to which the stipulations of this contract regarding the confidentiality obligation apply.

Article 16: Unfair competition

Without affecting its obligations set down in Article 10 of this contract, the Employee acknowledges that he cannot undertake to participate in an act of unfair competition against the Company. The following are examples of unfair competition (without this list being exhaustive):

 

  (1) The use of Confidential Information in his own interest or in the interest of any other business;

 

  (2) The use of the Company’s name or logo or the name or logo of any other Group company in his own interest or in the interest of any other business;

 

  (3) Any act that creates confusion among the Company’s clients or partners regarding the Company or the business the Employee works on;

 

  (4) Any attempt to encourage an employee of the Company or of another Group company to leave the Company or leave a Group company.

If the Employee is guilty of acts of unfair competition the Company may claim damages and interests to compensate all losses or damages that it suffers or could suffer.

Article 17: Employee handbook

The Employee undertakes to read and comply with the employee handbook from his first day of employment at the Company.

 

LOGO


Article 18: Applicable law

This employment contract will be governed and will enter into force in compliance with Belgian law. Any dispute arising from this document that cannot be settled amicably will be exclusively submitted to the Courts of Belgium.

Article 19: Other stipulations

This contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employee and the Company and replaces any earlier contract and any previous correspondence on the same subject.

Done in duplicate at Mont-Saint-Guibert on 6 June 2016.

Each of the parties acknowledges receipt of one original.

 

LOGO       LOGO
The Employer   Celyad SA     The Employee
Celyad SA   Patrick Jeanmart*     DAVID GILHAM
Christian Homsy   Chief Financial Officer     6/6/2016
Chief Executive Officer   *Representative or PAJE sprl    

Exhibit 4.5

OPEN-ENDED EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

Between the undersigned

Cardio3 BioSciences SA

Whose head office is located at Axisparc Business Center, 12 Rue Edouard Belin, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, represented by Patrick JEANMART, Chief Financial Officer, hereinafter “the Employer” and

Dieter Hauwaerts, residing at Beigemsesteenweg 277, 1850 Grimbergen, hereinafter “the Employee”,

The following has been agreed:

Article 1:  Date of Employment and Responsibilities

This contract has been concluded for an open-ended period and shall enter into force on December 1, 2014 [DATE TO BE CONFIRMED].

The Employee has been recruited as Manufacturing Director, and shall report to the Chief Operating Officer, Gaetane Metz.

The Employer reserves the right to modify the Employee’s responsibilities, providing this is in line with his skills and expertise. Application of this article shall take into account the economic interests of the Employer and the personal interests of the Employee. Any change to the Employee’s responsibilities shall not constitute a unilateral modification of his working conditions.

Article 2:  Basic Salary

The Employee’s salary shall comprise a fixed component and a variable component. The fixed component shall comprise a monthly gross salary of 7,700€.


The variable component relates to the Incentive Plan established by the company, which accounts for up to 20% of the annual gross salary. The variable component shall be determined at the end of each calendar year and based on the Employee’s achievement of the targets defined jointly in advance with his manager, as well as the operational and economic performance of the company.

The number of monthly salaries disbursed and the “supplementary” salaries, such as the thirteenth month salary and the holiday bonus, shall be determined in accordance with the conditions laid down by Joint Commission 207.

Article 3:  Review

The Employee’s performance shall be reviewed each year, with the first review taking place at the earliest on January 1 of the year following the year in which the Employee was recruited.

Article 4:  Meal Vouchers and Other Perks

The Employee shall receive meal vouchers within the limits of and in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions. The “gross” value of the meal vouchers, prior to deduction of the statutory amounts, is 7€ per voucher per day worked.

The Employee shall also be entitled to monthly hospitality expenses amounting to 200€.

The Employee shall receive a company car in accordance with the Company’s Car Policy. The vehicle shall be supplied by the Employer, along with a fuel card, maintenance, insurance and any related taxes. The car must have a diesel engine. The Employer shall deduct from the Employee’s salary the statutory taxes and levies applicable to this type of perk. The Employer also reserves the right to withdraw entitlement to a company car in the event that the Employee is unable to demonstrate that the vehicle is mainly used for work purposes and that he has shown conscientiousness in keeping the vehicle in a good state of repair.

Article 5:  Insurance Plan

As of the date on which the Employee commences his duties, he shall be covered for hospital and outpatient care with the company DKV. The Employee shall also be covered, as of the date on which he commences his duties, by a non-statutory “Group Insurance Policy” (life insurance, sickness/invalidity insurance, pension fund) held by the company.

 

Page 2 of 9


Article 6:  Stock Option Plan

When the Company issues stock options, the Employee may receive stock options in accordance with the distribution plan adopted by the Company’s Compensation Committee. The Employee shall not, however, be guaranteed any stock options, which shall be distributed at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

Article 7:  Place of Work

The usual place of work shall be: Axisparc Business Center, 12 Rue Edouard Belin, Mont-Saint-Guibert (1435).

The Employer reserves the right to change its usual place of work for legitimate operational reasons.

The Employee agrees to travel to various regions and countries if this proves necessary for the purpose of the Company’s business or performance of his duties.

Article 8:  Annual Vacation

The Employee shall be entitled to the number of statutory days of vacation established under the relevant Belgian law and as laid down by Joint Committee 207, based on the number of working hours, as defined in article 8a, i.e., 32 days in total at the end of the first full year of work.

Insofar as possible and providing the remaining vacation entitlement so allows, the Employee shall be required to take at least 10 days’ vacation between July 1 and August 31. The dates of the Employee’s annual vacation shall be decided by mutual agreement with the Employer. The Employee shall also be entitled to the statutory public holidays in Belgium. The vacation time shall be decided at least two weeks in advance and shall be subject to the agreement of the Managing Director or any other authorized representative in the event of the latter’s absence.

Article 8a:  Working Time

The Employee’s working time shall be 40 hours per week. It is expected that the Employee shall start work between 8:30 and 9:00 a.m. and finish between 5:30 and 6:00 p.m., depending on the company’s work schedule.

 

Page 3 of 9


Article 9:  Exclusivity

The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the Company’s activities, his duties and responsibilities, as well as his salary, imply that he shall devote all of his working time and abilities to the Company’s business.

The Employee shall require the prior consent of the Company before undertaking any other professional activity. The Company may refuse to give its consent without any justification. It may also attach certain conditions to its consent.

The Company’s consent shall be required for any professional activity, remunerated or otherwise:

 

  1. which the Employee performs directly as a self-employed worker or as an employee, agent or representative of another company; or

 

  2. which is performed by another company under the direction of the Employee.

Article 10:  Confidential Information

During the performance of this contract, the Employee must refrain from:

 

    disclosing any Confidential Information to any person;

 

    using any Confidential Information for his own benefit (with or without the prospect of financial gain) or for the benefit of any other person (with or without the prospect of financial gain).

Subsequent to the end of this contract, the Employee shall:

 

    refrain from disclosing Confidential Information to any person;

 

    refrain from using Confidential Information for his own benefit (with or without the prospect of financial gain) or for the benefit of any other person (with or without the prospect of financial gain);

 

    of his own volition, or at the latest when first requested by the Company, return to the Company all Confidential Information, whatever the medium used to retain or store this Confidential Information;

 

    notify his new employer or his new clients of his obligations under this article.

Should the Employee infringe any of these provisions, the Company or the Group may claim damages from the Employee. These damages shall be set at a fixed sum of 25,000 EUR per infringement, without prejudice to the Company obtaining compensation for the damage actually incurred.

 

Page 4 of 9


The Employee’s attention is also drawn to the fact that the infringement of trade secrets is punishable by a prison sentence of between three months and three years pursuant to article 309 of the Penal Code.

In the light of the nature of its activities and the crucial nature of the Confidential Information disseminated within the Company, the latter shall make every effort to ensure enforcement of its rights and ensure that the Employee is penalized if he were found to be in breach of this article 10 .

Article 11:  Intellectual Property

§1. All intellectual property rights and other rights, such as rights over know-how (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Intellectual Property Rights”), all the results of research and development, documentation, databases, reports, analyses, technologies, trade secrets, methods, processes, discoveries, improvements and any other work, created, designed, developed or produced in whole or in part by the Employee, either alone or in conjunction with others, whether or not the Company’s installations, equipment or appliances were used, during the term, or during execution of the employment contract, or upon instructions from the Company, or which relate to or may, in any way, relate to areas of activity that constitute or could become an activity of the Company, or which are or could be the focus of any research conducted by the Company (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Work”), shall remain the exclusive property of the Company as soon they come into being or upon signature of this contract in the case of rights accruing prior to signature of this contract and which are covered by this article.

§2. The medium or media on which Work is contained, as well as all the documents that have been exchanged by the Company and the Employee, shall also be the exclusive property of the Company.

§3. The Employee agrees to disclose in full to the Company, at its earliest request, the existence of any Work that he has, either alone or in conjunction with others, created, produced or developed. The Employee agrees to disclose immediately and in full, subsequent to its creation, performance or production, all information and know-how relating to the Work. The Employee also agrees to communicate and provide all documentation relating to the Work.

§4. The Employee agrees to refrain from any act that would constitute an infringement of the Company’s rights. The Employee agrees not to request or claim (himself or through a third party) the granting of a patent or any other intellectual property right relating to the Work, unless he has first received the express written consent of the Company.

 

Page 5 of 9


§5. The Employee agrees that, upon signature of the employment contract, the Company shall act as the sole representative of the Employee with regard to the exercise of his moral rights over the Work, such as the right of disclosure or authorship rights in relation to the Work. The Employee acknowledges that the Company (and/or its partners and clients) shall alone determine whether, when and how the Work will be exploited, it being understood that the non-exploited Work shall also remain the exclusive property of the Company. The Employee waives the right, with regard to the Company (and/or its partners and clients), to exercise his moral rights with regard to the integrity of the Works and shall thus not oppose any adaptation or modification of the Work providing this does not undermine his honor or reputation. The Employee shall authorize the Company (and/or its partners and clients) to exploit the Work without mentioning the name of the Employee and to affix to it a distinctive label of its choosing.

Article 12:  Non-competition Clause

After leaving the company, the Employee shall refrain from performing similar activities, either through his own company, or by working for a competitor, as this could damage his former company if he uses, for his own benefit or for the benefit of a competitor, the knowledge specific to the company and which he acquired while working there.

This non-competition clause shall apply for 12 months as of the day on which the employment relationship was terminated. This clause shall apply in all countries where the trademarks of Cardio3 BioSciences, i.e., C-Cure and C-Cath or any other trademark owned by the Company on the date on which the Employee left the company, have been registered. This clause shall apply upon termination of all contracts, except in cases where the contract was terminated due to serious misconduct on the part of the Employer.

The Company may waive its right to apply this clause within fourteen days of termination of the Employee’s employment contract. If the Company does not waive this right, it shall pay the Employee compensation equal to fifty per cent (50%) of the worker’s gross salary for the duration of effective application of this clause.

If the Employee fails to comply with this clause, he shall repay the Company the aforementioned fixed rate of compensation and shall also pay the same amount again in compensation, without prejudice to the Company claiming greater damages, subject to its proving the extent of those damages.

 

Page 6 of 9


Article 13:  Commissions and Gifts

The Employee shall not accept, directly or indirectly, any commission, gifts, reduction or gratuity, in cash or in kind, from any person that is or could be in a business relationship with the Company or any of the Group’s other companies, without the prior express consent of the Company.

Article 14:  Serious Misconduct

The Company may terminate this contract with immediate effect, without notice and without severance pay if the Employee is found guilty of serious misconduct, i.e. of any behavior that makes it immediately and permanently impossible for the parties to pursue their professional relationship.

The following shall constitute examples of serious misconduct, which could give rise to the immediate termination of the employment contract should the Company so choose:

 

  1. any breach by the Employee of his general obligations, as established in this contract;

 

  2. any breach of the confidentiality obligation established in article 13 of this contract;

 

  3. any breach of the obligation not to accept gifts or gratuities, as established in this contract;

 

  4. any act of fraud or falsification of documents;

 

  5. any misuse of the Company’s credit card or the Company’s funds;

 

  6. any criminal infractions that could permanently undermine the trust between the parties or that could damage the Company’s reputation or public image;

 

  7. any unjustified absence of three consecutive days;

 

  8. any public announcement that could damage the reputation or public image of the Company or any of the Group’s companies;

 

  9. any infringement of third party intellectual property rights by the Employee;

 

  10. any violent behaviour, psychological or sexual harassment at the workplace.

This list is not exhaustive.

Article 15:  Contract Termination Clause

When this contract ends, for whatever reason, the Employee shall immediately:

 

    return to the Company all the business cards given to him by the Company or by any of the Group’s other companies;

 

    return to the Company, without retaining a copy thereof, all the documents in his possession relating to the Company or any other of the Group’s companies, the keys to the Company’s premises, the company car and any property, materials and equipment in his possession which belong to the Company or to any of the Group’s other companies.

 

Page 7 of 9


Any arrangement or agreement between the parties relating to the termination of this contract shall be regarded as Confidential Information and shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this contract.

Article 16:  Unfair Competition

Without prejudice to his obligations under article 10 of this contract, the Employee acknowledges that he may not partake in, or be a party to, any act of unfair competition against the Company. The following are instances of unfair competition (non-exhaustive list):

 

  (1) using Confidential Information for his own interests or the interests of any other business;

 

  (2) using the Company’s name or logo or the name or logo of any other of the Group’s companies for his own interests or the interests of any other business;

 

  (3) any act that would create confusion in the minds of clients or partners of the Company with regard to the Company or the business activities in which the Employee is involved;

 

  (4) any attempt to encourage an employee of the Company or of another of the Group’s companies to leave the Company or to leave another of the Group’s companies.

Should the Employee engage in unfair competition, the Company may claim damages as compensation for the loss or damage that it has incurred or could incur.

Article 17:  Work Regulations

The Employee agrees to read and comply with the work regulations as soon as he commences his duties within the company.

 

Page 8 of 9


Article 18:  Applicable Legislation

This employment contract shall be governed by, and shall enter into force in accordance with Belgian legislation. Any dispute arising from this contract that cannot be settled out of court shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Belgium.

Article 19:  Miscellaneous

This contract shall constitute the full agreement between the Employee and the Company and shall supersede any previous contract or earlier correspondence having the same purpose.

Done in duplicate in Mont-Saint-Guibert on 23 September 2014.

Each of the parties acknowledges that it has received an original copy of the contract.

 

The Employer

 

The Employee

Cardio3 BioSciences SA

Patrick Jeanmart

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 4.7

 

LOGO

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN:    1. Celyad S.A., a company established under the laws of Belgium, with registered office at B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Rue Edouard Belin 12 (Belgium) and registered with the company register of Nivelles under number 0891.118.115,
   represented by Christian Homsy, CEO
   hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”;
AND:    2 . NandaDevi S.P.R.L. a company under incorporation under the laws of Belgium, with future registered office at B-1331 Rosières, rue de Tombeek 2 boîte 20 (Belgium),
   represented by Philippe Dechamps, Managing Director
   hereinafter referred to as the “ Services Provider ”;

The Company and the Services Provider are collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”.

WHEREAS :

The Company’s business is to develop regenerative therapies for the treatment of unmet medical needs, currently developing product candidates for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases and cancers.

The Services Provider’s business is to provide legal and compliance services for companies and executives.

The Company wishes to retain the Services Provider to perform certain services as outlined below.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

Article 1 - Definitions

In the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (unless the context requires otherwise):

Agreement: this services agreement;

Board: the board of directors of the Company;

Capacity: as agent, manager, director, employee, owner, partner, shareholder or in any other capacity;

Competing Business: a business which is similar to or in any way competes with the business of the Company;

Confidential Information: information (whether or not recorded in documentary form, or stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory) relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company for the time being confidential to the Company and trade secrets including, without limitation, technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company or any of its business contacts;

Effective Date: the 1 of September 2016;

Termination Date: the date of termination of the Agreement howsoever arising.

Article 2 – Appointment and Services to be provided by the Services Provider

 

2.1. The Company appoints the Services Provider as General Counsel and Company Secretary as of the Effective Date.

 

2.2. The Services Provider will provide services to the Company as defined in Exhibit A (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Services”).

 

2.3. The Services Provider will perform the Services full time as member of the Executive Management Team subject to the provisions of the Article 3 below.

 

2.4. The Services Provider shall comply with all reasonable standards of safety and comply with the Company’s health and safety procedures in force at the premises where the Services are provided.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

 

 

2.5. The Parties hereby agree that the Services will be rendered and performed by the Services Provider. In case of death of the Services Provider, or if the Services Provider is unable to perform the Services described in the article 2.2. for more than 3 consecutive months for any reason whatsoever (such as incapacity) other than death, the Company may terminate the Agreement pursuant to the article 10.2 hereinafter.

 

2.6. The Company shall put at the disposal of the Services Provider, at the registered office of the Company, all financial and technical means and the human resources necessary for the performance of the Services, such as (this list not being exhaustive) furnished premises, administrative and scientific staff or telecommunication means, within a budget approved beforehand by the Board.

 

2.7. The Company shall give the Services Provider access to all Company’s records and information needed for the proper performance of the Services. All Company’s records or information, on whatever media, which shall be made available to the Services Provider, shall remain the ownership of the Company. On Termination Date, the Services Provider shall comply with the provisions of Article 11 hereafter.

Article 3 – Non-exclusivity

Nothing in the Agreement shall prevent the Services Provider from being involved or having any financial interest in any Capacity in any other business, trade, profession or occupation during the Agreement provided that such activity:

 

  (a) does not cause a breach of any of the Services Provider’s obligations under the Agreement;

 

  (b) is not detrimental to the proper performance of the Agreement; and

 

  (c) is not related to a Competing Business, it being understood that this prohibition shall also extend to a period of six months after Termination Date.

Article 4 – Fees, bonus, expenses, invoicing and payment terms

 

4.1. In consideration of the provision of the Services, the Company shall pay to the Services Provider twelve instalments of 22.917,00 € exclusive VAT per year (corresponding to an annual fee of 275.000 € as reviewed annually in accordance with the article 4.5) (hereinafter the “ Fee ”). This monthly fee is payable by bank transfer to the account designated by the Services Provider no later than 10 opening days after transmission to the Company’s accounting department.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

 

4.2. The Company shall reimburse (or procure the reimbursement of) all reasonable expenses, properly and necessarily incurred by the Services Provider in the course of the performance of the Agreement and evidenced by receipts or settled invoices or evidence otherwise approved by the Company as appropriate.

 

4.3. The Services Provider will be entitled to an annual target bonus as reviewed annually in accordance with the article 4.5 (the “Bonus”). This Bonus corresponds to 30% of the Fee and will be determined based on the individual performance of the Services Provider and the Company’s performance. Both performances will be assessed by the CEO and validated by the Board no later than in the month of February of the year following the performance of the Services. The Bonus will be paid to the Services Provider at the latest on the 20 th day of the month following the decision of the Board.

 

4.4. The Services Provider will be entitled to a long-term incentive plan awards (the “LTI Awards”) decided each year at the discretion of the Board. The LTI Awards should be delivered in the form of Company warrants (or equivalent) the month following the issuance of the warrant plan. On or about the Effective Date, the Services Provider or the Managing Director will receive 20.000 Company warrants.

 

4.5. The Fee, together with the Bonus, and the related KPI’s, will be reviewed and potentially adjusted upwards annually.

 

4.6. The Services Provider is eligible to participate, at his own costs, in the Health Insurance plan of the Company, in accordance with the generally applicable terms and conditions of such plans, as may be amended from time to time.

Article 5 – Confidential Information

 

5.1. The Services Provider shall not (except in the proper course of its duties) either during the Agreement or at any time after the Termination Date for a period of 5 years, use or disclose Confidential Information to any third party and shall use its best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any Confidential Information. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  (a) any information that was known to the services provider prior to the disclosure thereof by the Company; or

 

  (b) any use or disclosure authorised by the Company or required by law or by court order; or

 

  (c) any information which is already in, or comes into, the public domain otherwise than through the Services Provider’s unauthorized disclosure.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

 

5.2. A Party shall not at any time either during the Agreement or at any time after the Termination Date for a period of 5 years, disclose the subject and content of the Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless disclosure is required by law or by court order and in such case the other Party shall be informed in advance of the content and timing of such disclosure.

Article 6 - Non-solicitation of customers and employees

The Services Provider agrees that during the Agreement and for a period of twelve months immediately after Termination Date, the Services Provider will not, directly or indirectly, for itself or on behalf of any other person, partnership, company or corporation:

 

  (a) divert or attempt to divert any customers, suppliers or accounts from the Company to a Competing Business; or

 

  (b) call upon any customer or customers of the Company for the purpose of soliciting and/or selling to any such customers, any product or service competing with products or services sold or provided by the Company; or

 

  (c) induce or attempt to induce any employees of the Company to terminate their employment for the purpose of employment with a Competing Business.

Article 7 – Intellectual Property

 

7.1. All intellectual and industrial property (including, without limitation, patentable inventions and copyrights) conceived or generated by the Service Provider in performance of its Services and which relate specifically to the Company or its business (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to legal or non-legal publications or opinions of the Services Provider outside of the provision of Services to the Company) shall be assigned to and will be fully owned by the Company and may be used by the Company in connection with its activities and for any other purpose, including commercial exploitation in any manner.

 

7.2. In the event that, according to the applicable law, the Service Provider has made a patentable contribution to any invention made during the performance of its Services, then he shall be named as co-author in any patent application or publication thereon.

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

 

7.3. The Service Provider agrees that it will take all necessary steps to ascertain that any copyright or other right to any ideas, information and know-how, drawings, instruction sheets, slides, charts or any other creative works developed by it in the framework of the performance of the Services and which relate specifically to the Company or its business, be vested in or transferred to the Company or any other person or company indicated by the Company.

Article 8 – Assignability

Neither the Agreement, nor any rights or benefits hereunder, may be assigned, transferred or contributed without the written consent of both Parties hereto, and any such assignment, transfer or contribution without the consent of the other Party shall be null and void.

Article 9 - Administrative formalities and liability of the Services Provider

 

9.1. The Services Provider will comply at all times with all applicable legal provisions and more in particular with social security and tax obligations. The Services Provider shall be fully liable for its own income tax, social security contributions and any other levies or charges arising from the performance of the Services and the payment of the Fee and the Bonus.

 

9.2. The Company agrees to indemnify, and hold harmless the Services Provider and its Managing Director from and against any loss, damage, cost and expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the provision of the Services, including but not limited to, all claims by third parties for injuries to person or persons and all related expenses that result directly from serious adverse reactions to services, products or therapies provided by the Company.

 

9.3. The Company shall hold the Service Provider harmless for any wrongful performance of the Services Provider’s obligations under the Agreement, except for gross negligence or fraud, and shall indemnify it for any damages suffered as a result of an action brought against the Company and/or itself by a third party resulting from a wrongful performance of its obligations, including attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

9.4. The Company shall, at its own expense, carry and maintain during the performance of the Agreement a professional liability insurance against loss or damages incurred under the article 9.2 and 9.3 above. The Company shall, at the Services Provider’s request, provide the Services Provider with certificates of insurance.

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Article 10 – Duration of the Agreement and termination

 

10.1. The Agreement is deemed to come into force on the Effective Date and shall be for an unlimited duration, unless terminated at an earlier time in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

 

10.2. The Agreement shall terminate with immediate effect and without payment of any indemnity in accordance with the provisions of Article 2.5.

 

10.3. If the Agreement is terminated by the Company for another reason than for a breach of this Agreement, the indemnity will correspond up to 3 months of Services if the Agreement is terminated within the first year. The indemnity will increase by 1 month starting the second year (one month per year of services rendered to the Company) until the end of the fourth year after which the indemnity is capped at 6 months.

If the Agreement is terminated by the Company for a breach of this Agreement, there will be no indemnity due to the Services Provider.

The Services Provider will be entitled to (i) all amounts owed or due by the Company at the Termination Date, and (ii) to the Bonus pro-rated ad target in the year of termination unless the Agreement is terminated by the Company for a breach of this Agreement, in which case there will be no Bonus due to the Services Provider.

 

10.4. The Services Provider may terminate this Agreement at any time and without the payment of an indemnity by the Services Provider. The Termination Date shall be deemed to be the date upon which its resignation shall take effect. In such case, the notice period, to the extent the Company wishes to have a notice period, will correspond to maximum 3 months of Services.

If the Services Provider terminates the Agreement due to a breach of the Agreement by the Company, there will be no notice period without prejudice to any amounts owed or due to the Services provider at Termination Date including the ad-target, pro-rated Bonus.

 

10.5. Notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement, the obligations under Article 3 c, Article 5 and Article 6 shall remain in force for the duration provided for in said clauses.

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Article 11 – Obligations upon termination

On Termination Date, the Services Provider shall:

 

  (a) immediately deliver to the Company all documents, books, materials, records, correspondence, papers and information (on whatever media and wherever located) relating to the business or affairs of the Company or its business contacts, any keys, and any other property of the Company, which is in its possession or under its control;

 

  (b) irretrievably delete any information relating to the business of the Company stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived from such sources which is in its possession or under its control outside the premises of the Company; and

 

  (c) provide a signed statement that it has complied fully with its obligations under this Article 11.

Article 12 - Notices and computation of delays

 

12.1. All notices or other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered personally, (ii) addressed by registered letter:

 

    To the Company: to the CEO, at the registered office of the Company;

 

    To the Services Provider: to the Managing Director, at the registered office of the Services Provider.

 

12.2. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received:

 

  (a) if delivered personally at the date of delivery as indicated on the receipt of delivery;

 

  (b) in the case of registered post, 3 calendar days after the date of posting.

 

12.3. All notice periods and delays described in the Agreement are calculated in calendar days or months.

Article 13 - Headers

The descriptive headings of the Agreement are for the sake of convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning, construction or interpretation of any provision of the Agreement.

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Article 14 – Invalidity of a provision

If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of the Agreement shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect, and Parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision with a provision that corresponds as closely as possible to the intentions of the Parties as expressed in such illegal, void or unenforceable provision.

Article 15 – Entire agreement and previous contracts

Each Party acknowledges and agrees with the other Party that this Agreement together with any documents referred to in it constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Services Provider and the Company and supersedes any previous agreement between them relating to the Agreement (which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent).

Article 16 – Variation

No variation of the Agreement or of any of the documents referred to in it shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

Article 17 – Governing law and jurisdiction

 

17.1. This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

17.2. Any dispute arising out or in connection with the Agreement shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Nivelles, Belgium.

Executed in two originals in Mont-Saint-Guibert, on May 20, 2016.

 

The Company:     The Services Provider:
LOGO    

LOGO

 

Mr Christian Homsy     Mr Philippe Dechamps
Chief Executive Officer     Managing Director

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Exhibit A – Services

Legal & Compliance

 

  Leading the Legal & Compliance strategy and services of the Company;

 

  Serving as a trusted corporate secretary to the Board and assuring the compliance of the Company with applicable legal and corporate governance requirements and best practices;

 

  Advising the Company on all major business transactions including but not limited to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, licensing, clinical research, intellectual property;

 

  Advising the Company on civil, criminal and administrative litigation risks of possible business decisions within a global framework; counselling on the appropriate strategy to defend, settle or resolve litigation, government investigations, and other claims;

 

  Actively drafting, reviewing and rolling-out policies that will ensure that the Company is in compliance with all local laws, rules and regulations that may apply to the Company’s activities globally;

 

  Drafting and reviewing, together with in-house lawyer(s) and in close collaboration with the other department’s head of the Company, all legal and compliance documentation.

 

  Supervising in-house lawyer(s);

 

  Budgeting legal services, hiring of professional legal staff in order to meet the needs of the Company;

 

  Choosing and managing outside counsel.

Management

 

  Serving as Member of the Executive Management Team of the Company.

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit 4.8

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN:    1. Celyad S.A., a company established under the laws of Belgium, with registered office at B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Rue Edouard Belin 12 (Belgium) and registered with the legal entity Register of Nivelles under number 0891.118.115,
   represented by Christian Homsy, CEO
   hereinafter referred to as the Company ”;
AND:    2. KNCL SPRL a company established under the laws of Belgium, with registered office at Venelle Grand Bon Dieu du Tour 20, 1300 Wavre,
  
  

 

represented by Jean-Pierre Latere Dwan’Isa, managing director

  

 

hereinafter referred to as the “ Services Provider ;

The Company and the Services Provider are collectively referred to as the Parties and individually as a Party ”.

WHEREAS :

The Company’s business is to develop regenerative therapies for the treatment of unmet medical needs, currently developing product candidates for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases and cancers.

The Services Provider has a dedicated expertise in the medical devices field and is willing to provide management services to the Company by leading the Medical Devices franchise of the Company.

The Services Provider was appointed as Vice-President Medical Devices on January 4 2016 by a decision of the Chief Executive Officer, entrusted with the Company’s daily management.

By this agreement (the Agreement ) , the Parties wish to determine their rights and the obligations with regards to the performance of the Services, as defined hereinafter under Article 2.1.

IT HAS BEEN AGREED THEREFORE WHAT FOLLOWS :

Article 1 - Definitions

In the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (unless the context requires otherwise):

Board: the board of directors of the Company;


Capacity: as agent, manager, director, employee, owner, partner, shareholder or in any other capacity;

Competing Business: a business which is similar to or in any way competes with the business of the Company;

Confidential Information: information (whether or not recorded in documentary form, or stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory) relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company for the time being confidential to the Company and trade secrets including, without limitation, technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company or any of its business contacts;

Termination Date: the date of termination of the Agreement howsoever arising.

Article 2 – Services to be provided by the Services Provider

 

2.1. The Services Provider will provide services to the Company as defined in Exhibit A (hereinafter collectively referred to as the Services ”):

 

2.2. The Services Provider will perform the Services full time as member of the Executive Management Team.

 

2.3. The Services Provider shall comply with all reasonable standards of safety and comply with the Company’s health and safety procedures in force at the premises where the Services are provided.

 

2.4. The Parties hereby agree that the Services will be rendered and performed by the Services Provider. In case of death of the Services Provider, the Agreement shall automatically terminate pursuant to the provisions of Article 10.2. hereafter. If the Services Provider is unable to perform the Services described in point 2.1. for more than 3 consecutive months for any reason whatsoever (such as incapacity) other than death (hereinafter the Default ”) , the Company may also automatically terminate pursuant to the provision of Article 10.2. hereafter.

 

2.5. The Company shall put at the disposal of the Services Provider, at the registered office of the Company, all financial and technical means and the human resources necessary for the performance of the Services, such as (this list not being exhaustive) furnished premises, administrative and scientific staff or telecommunication means, within a budget approved beforehand by the Board.

 

2.6. The Company shall give the Services Provider access to all information needed for the proper performance of the Services. It is however agreed by the Parties that all material, records or information, on whatever media, which shall be at the disposal of the Services Provider, shall remain the ownership of the Company. On Termination Date, the Services Provider shall comply with the provisions of Article 11 hereafter.

 

- 2 -


Article 3 – Non-exclusivity

Nothing in the Agreement shall prevent the Services Provider from being involved or having any financial interest in any Capacity in any other business, trade, profession or occupation during the Agreement provided that such activity:

 

  (a) does not cause a breach of any of the Services Provider’s obligations under the Agreement;

 

  (b) is not detrimental to the proper performance of the Agreement; and

 

  (c) is not related to a Competing Business, it being understood that this prohibition shall also extend to a period of six months after Termination Date if Termination is resulting from Company’s own decision or default.

Article 4 – Fees, bonus, expenses, invoicing and payment terms

 

4.1. In consideration of the provision of the Services, the Company shall pay to the Services Provider twelve instalments of 18.300€ exclusive VAT per year (corresponding to an annual fee of 219.600€). This monthly fee is payable by bank transfer to the account designated by the Services Provider (hereinafter the Fee ) no later than 20 days after transmission to the Company’s accounting department.

 

4.2. The Company shall reimburse (or procure the reimbursement of) all reasonable expenses, properly and necessarily incurred by the Services Provider in the course of the performance of the Agreement and evidenced by receipts or settled invoices or evidence otherwise approved by the Company as appropriate.

 

4.3. The Target Bonus, if any, will be capped at 30% of the annual compensation. It will be considered as due to the Services Provider 30 days following the approval of its amount by the Board but not later than at the end of the month of February following the concerned civil year, and will be paid to the Services Provider at the latest within 20 days after the month end following the moment the relevant Bonus is considered to be due. If the Agreement is terminated before the end of the civil year, and conditioned to the performance of the Service Provider, the Target Bonus and the objectives to be achieved will be calculated prorata temporis.

 

4.4. The Service Provider will also receive 20.000 warrants of the next warrant plan issued by the Company whenever the Board of Directors of the Company decides to issue a such new plan of warrants (expected to be in November 2015). Warrants are part of the compensation of the Service Provider.

 

4.5. The fees together with the bonus scheme and KPI’s will be reviewed and potentially adjusted upwards annually.

 

- 3 -


4.6. When both parties will have executed the Service Agreement, the Service Provider will be entitled to a sign-on bonus of twenty five thousand euros (25,000) (the “Sign-on Bonus”), to be paid not later than 30 days after the date of the first service performed.

The Sign-on Bonus will be reimbursed to the Company if the Service Provider resign from his capacity of Vice President Medical Devices within the first year starting on the Effective Date of this Service Agreement. If the Service Provider resigns from his capacity of Vice President Medical Devices between the first and the second anniversary of this Service Agreement, 50% of the Sign-on Bonus will be reimbursed to the Company. No reimbursement shall be due if the Service Agreement is terminated by the Company or due to the Company’s default.

 

4.7 If the Medical Devices franchise of the Company or part of this division is subject to a liquidity event during the Agreement or at any time after its Termination Date during an additional period of 6 months, the Service Provider will be entitled to an extraordinary discretionary bonus to be determined by the Board on due time.

Are assimilated to a liquidity event: the sale of the branch to another company not part of the Celyad group, the sale of subsidiary in which the branch was contributed, the merger of a subsidiary in which the branch was contributed.

The Parties agree to better define the calculation mode of the extraordinary bonus when all or part of the Medical Devices franchise will be carved out from the Company.

Article 5 – Confidential Information

 

5.1. The Services Provider shall not (except in the proper course of its duties) either during the Agreement or at any time after the Termination Date for a period of 5 years, use or disclose Confidential Information to any third party and shall use its best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any Confidential Information. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  (a) any use or disclosure authorised by the Company or required by law or by court order; or

 

  (b) any information which is already in, or comes into, the public domain otherwise than through the Services Provider’s unauthorized disclosure.

 

5.2. A Party shall not at any time either during the Agreement or at any time after the Termination Date for a period of 5 years, disclose the subject and contents of the Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless disclosure is required by law or by court order and in such case the other Party shall be informed in advance of the contents and timing of such disclosure.

 

- 4 -


Article 6 - Non-solicitation of customers and employees

The Services Provider agrees that during the Agreement and for a period of twelve months immediately after Termination Date, the Services Provider will not, directly or indirectly, for itself or on behalf of any other person, partnership, company or corporation:

 

  (a) divert or attempt to divert any customers, suppliers or accounts from the Company to a Competing Business; or

 

  (b) call upon any customer or customers of the Company for the purpose of soliciting and/or selling to any such customers, any product or service competing with products or services sold or provided by the Company; or

 

  (c) induce or attempt to induce any employees of the Company to terminate their employment for the purpose of employment with a Competing Business.

Article 7 – Intellectual Property

 

7.1. All intellectual and industrial property (including, without limitation, patentable inventions and copyrights) conceived or generated by the Service Provider in performance of its Services shall be assigned to and will be fully owned by the Company and may be used by the Company in connection with its activities and for any other purpose, including commercial exploitation in any manner.

 

7.2. In the event that, according to the applicable law, the Service Provider has made a patentable contribution to any invention made during the performance of his Services, then he shall be named as co-author in any patent application or publication thereon.

 

7.3. The Service Provider agrees that he will take all necessary steps to ascertain that any copyright or other right to any ideas, information and know-how, drawings, instruction sheets, slides, charts or any other creative works developed by him in the framework of the performance of the Services and which relate specifically to the Company or its business, be vested in or transferred to the Company or any other person or company indicated by the Company, at Company’s costs.

Article 8 – Assignability

Neither the Agreement, nor any rights or benefits hereunder, may be assigned, transferred or contributed without the written consent of both Parties hereto, and any such assignment, transfer or contribution without the consent of the other Party shall be null and void.

 

- 5 -


Article 9 - Administrative formalities and liability of the Services Provider

 

9.1. The Services Provider will comply at all times with all applicable legal provisions and more in particular with social security and tax obligations. The Services Provider shall be fully liable for its own income tax, social security contributions and any other levies or charges arising from the performance of the Services and the payment of the Fee and the Bonus.

 

9.2. The Company shall hold the Service Provider harmless for any wrongful performance of her obligations under the Agreement, except for gross negligence or fraud and shall indemnify him for any damages suffered as a result of an action brought against the Company and/or himself by a third party resulting from a wrongful performance of his obligations, excluding any liability resulting from the Service Provider’s own gross negligence or fraud.

 

9.3. In case any liability would fall under the Services Provider pursuant to the provision of article 9.2., the Company accepts it would be financially capped to maximum 1 year fees.

Article 10 – Duration of the Agreement and termination

 

10.1. The Agreement is deemed to come into force on [DATE OF EXECUTION] and shall be for an unlimited duration, unless terminated at an earlier time in accordance with the provisions of Articles 2.4, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.

 

10.2. The Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect and without payment of any indemnity in accordance with the provisions of Article 2.4.

 

10.3. Each party may terminate the Agreement in writing. The Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect upon dismissal of the Services Provider as Vice President Medical Device of the Company. The Termination Date shall be deemed to be the date of the decision of the Board dismissing the Services Provider. If the Agreement is terminated by the Company for another reason than for a breach of contract, the notice period will correspond up to 3 months of services if the Agreement is terminated within the first year. The notice period will increase by 1 month starting the second year (one month per year of services rendered to the Company) until the end of the fourth year after which the notice period is capped at 6 months.

If the Agreement is terminated by the Company for a breach of contract, there will no indemnity due to the Consultant.

 

10.4. The Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect upon resignation of the Services Provider from its position as Vice President Medical Device of the Company, for whatever reason. The Termination Date shall be deemed to be the date upon which its resignation shall take effect.

In such case, the notice period, to the extent the Company wish to have a notice period, will correspond to 3 months of services.

 

10.5. Notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement, the obligations under Article 3 c, Article 5 and Article 6 shall remain in force for the duration provided for in said clauses.

 

- 6 -


Article 11 – Obligations upon termination

On Termination Date, the Services Provider shall:

 

  (a) immediately deliver to the Company all documents, books, materials, records, correspondence, papers and information (on whatever media and wherever located) relating to the business or affairs of the Company or its business contacts, any keys, and any other property of the Company, which is in its possession or under its control;

 

  (b) irretrievably delete any information relating to the business of the Company stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived from such sources which is in its possession or under its control outside the premises of the Company; and

 

  (c) provide a signed statement that it has complied fully with its obligations under this Article 11.

Article 12 - Notices and computation of delays

 

12.1. All notices or other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered personally, (ii) addressed by registered letter.

 

12.2. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received:

 

  (a) if delivered personally at the date of delivery as indicated on the receipt of delivery;

 

  (b) in the case of registered post, 3 calendar days after the date of posting.

 

12.3. All notice periods and delays described in the Agreement are calculated in calendar months.

 

- 7 -


Article 13 - Headers

The descriptive headings of the Agreement are for the sake of convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning, construction or interpretation of any provision of the Agreement.

Article 14 – Invalidity of a provision

If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of the Agreement shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect, and Parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision with a provision that corresponds as closely as possible to the intentions of the Parties as expressed in such illegal, void or unenforceable provision.

Article 15 – Entire agreement and previous contracts

Each Party acknowledges and agrees with the other Party that this Agreement together with any documents referred to in it constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Services Provider and the Company and supersedes any previous agreement between them relating to the Agreement (which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent).

Article 16 – Variation

No variation of the Agreement or of any of the documents referred to in it shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

Article 17 – Governing law and jurisdiction

 

17.1. This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

17.2. Any dispute arising out or in connection with the Agreement shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Brussels, Belgium.

Executed in two originals in Mont-Saint-Guibert, on December 7, 2015.

 

The Company:     The Services Provider:

LOGO

 

   

LOGO

 

Mr Christian Homsy     Mr Jean-Pierre Latere Dwan’Isa
Chief Executive Officer     Managing Director

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 4.9

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN:    1. Celyad S.A., a company established under the laws of Belgium, with registered office at B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Rue Edouard Belin 12 (Belgium) and registered with the legal entity Register of Nivelles under number 0891.118.115,
   represented by Christian Homsy, CEO
   hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”;
AND:    2. ImXense SPRL a company established under the laws of Belgium, with registered office at La Verte Voie 7, 1320 Nodebais,
   represented by Frederic Lehmann, managing director
   hereinafter referred to as the “ Services Provider ”;

The Company and the Services Provider are collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”.

WHEREAS :

The Company’s business is to develop regenerative therapies for the treatment of unmet medical needs, currently developing product candidates for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases and cancers.

The Services Provider provides management services for biotech companies in the field of Research & Development activities.

The Services Provider was appointed as Vice-President Immuno-Oncology on 14 September 2015 by a decision of the Chief Executive Officer, entrusted with the Company’s daily management.

By this agreement (the “ Agreement ”), the Parties wish to determine their rights and the obligations with regards to the performance of the Services, as defined hereinafter under Article 2.1.

IT HAS BEEN AGREED THEREFORE WHAT FOLLOWS :

Article 1 - Definitions

In the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (unless the context requires otherwise):

Board: the board of directors of the Company;


Capacity: as agent, manager, director, employee, owner, partner, shareholder or in any other capacity;

Competing Business: a business which is similar to or in any way competes with the business of the Company;

Confidential Information: information (whether or not recorded in documentary form, or stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory) relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company for the time being confidential to the Company and trade secrets including, without limitation, technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company or any of its business contacts;

Termination Date: the date of termination of the Agreement howsoever arising.

Article 2 – Services to be provided by the Services Provider

 

2.1. The Services Provider will provide services to the Company as defined in Exhibit A (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Services ”):

 

2.2. The Services Provider will perform the Services full time as member of the Executive Management Team.

 

2.3. The Services Provider shall comply with all reasonable standards of safety and comply with the Company’s health and safety procedures in force at the premises where the Services are provided.

 

2.4. The Parties hereby agree that the Services will be rendered and performed by the Services Provider. In case of death of the Services Provider, the Agreement shall automatically terminate pursuant to the provisions of Article 10.2. hereafter. If the Services Provider is unable to perform the Services described in point 2.1. for more than 3 consecutive months for any reason whatsoever (such as incapacity) other than death (hereinafter the “ Default ”), the Company may also automatically terminate pursuant to the provision of Article 10.2. hereafter.

 

2.5. The Company shall put at the disposal of the Services Provider, at the registered office of the Company, all financial and technical means and the human resources necessary for the performance of the Services, such as (this list not being exhaustive) furnished premises, administrative and scientific staff or telecommunication means, within a budget approved beforehand by the Board.

 

2.6. The Company shall give the Services Provider access to all information needed for the proper performance of the Services. It is however agreed by the Parties that all material, records or information, on whatever media, which shall be at the disposal of the Services Provider, shall remain the ownership of the Company. On Termination Date, the Services Provider shall comply with the provisions of Article 11 hereafter.

 

- 2 -


Article 3 – Non-exclusivity

Nothing in the Agreement shall prevent the Services Provider from being involved or having any financial interest in any Capacity in any other business, trade, profession or occupation during the Agreement provided that such activity:

 

  (a) does not cause a breach of any of the Services Provider’s obligations under the Agreement;

 

  (b) is not detrimental to the proper performance of the Agreement; and

 

  (c) is not related to a Competing Business, it being understood that this prohibition shall also extend to a period of six months after Termination Date.

Article 4 – Fees, bonus, expenses, invoicing and payment terms

 

4.1. In consideration of the provision of the Services, the Company shall pay to the Services Provider twelve instalments of 22.600€ exclusive VAT per year (corresponding to an annual fee of 271.200€). This monthly fee is payable by bank transfer to the account designated by the Services Provider (hereinafter the “ Fee ”) no later than 20 days after transmission to the Company’s accounting department.

 

4.2. The Company shall reimburse (or procure the reimbursement of) all reasonable expenses, properly and necessarily incurred by the Services Provider in the course of the performance of the Agreement and evidenced by receipts or settled invoices or evidence otherwise approved by the Company as appropriate.

 

4.3. The Bonus, if any, will be capped at 20% of the annual compensation. It will be considered as due to the Services Provider 30 days following the approval of its amount by the Board and will be paid to the Services Provider at the latest within 20 days after the month end following the moment the relevant Bonus is considered to be due.

 

4.4. The Service Provider will also receive 10.000 warrants of the next warrant plan issued by the Company whenever the Board of Directors of the Company decides to issue a such new plan of warrants (expected to be in Q4 2015). Warrants are part of the compensation of the Service Provider.

 

4.5. The fees together with the bonus scheme and KPI’s will be reviewed and potentially adjusted upwards annually.

 

- 3 -


Article 5 – Confidential Information

 

5.1. The Services Provider shall not (except in the proper course of its duties) either during the Agreement or at any time after the Termination Date for a period of 5 years, use or disclose Confidential Information to any third party and shall use its best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any Confidential Information. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  (a) any use or disclosure authorised by the Company or required by law or by court order; or

 

  (b) any information which is already in, or comes into, the public domain otherwise than through the Services Provider’s unauthorized disclosure.

 

5.2. A Party shall not at any time either during the Agreement or at any time after the Termination Date for a period of 5 years, disclose the subject and contents of the Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless disclosure is required by law or by court order and in such case the other Party shall be informed in advance of the contents and timing of such disclosure.

Article 6 - Non-solicitation of customers and employees

The Services Provider agrees that during the Agreement and for a period of twelve months immediately after Termination Date, the Services Provider will not, directly or indirectly, for itself or on behalf of any other person, partnership, company or corporation:

 

  (a) divert or attempt to divert any customers, suppliers or accounts from the Company to a Competing Business; or

 

  (b) call upon any customer or customers of the Company for the purpose of soliciting and/or selling to any such customers, any product or service competing with products or services sold or provided by the Company; or

 

  (c) induce or attempt to induce any employees of the Company to terminate their employment for the purpose of employment with a Competing Business.

Article 7 – Intellectual Property

 

7.1. All intellectual and industrial property (including, without limitation, patentable inventions and copyrights) conceived or generated by the Service Provider in performance of its Services shall be assigned to and will be fully owned by the Company and may be used by the Company in connection with its activities and for any other purpose, including commercial exploitation in any manner.

 

7.2. In the event that, according to the applicable law, the Service Provider has made a patentable contribution to any invention made during the performance of his Services, then he shall be named as co-author in any patent application or publication thereon.

 

7.3. The Service Provider agrees that he will take all necessary steps to ascertain that any copyright or other right to any ideas, information and know-how, drawings, instruction sheets, slides, charts or any other creative works developed by him in the framework of the performance of the Services and which relate specifically to the Company or its business, be vested in or transferred to the Company or any other person or company indicated by the Company.

 

- 4 -


Article 8 – Assignability

Neither the Agreement, nor any rights or benefits hereunder, may be assigned, transferred or contributed without the written consent of both Parties hereto, and any such assignment, transfer or contribution without the consent of the other Party shall be null and void.

Article 9 - Administrative formalities and liability of the Services Provider

 

9.1. The Services Provider will comply at all times with all applicable legal provisions and more in particular with social security and tax obligations. The Services Provider shall be fully liable for its own income tax, social security contributions and any other levies or charges arising from the performance of the Services and the payment of the Fee and the Bonus.

 

9.2. The Company shall hold the Service Provider harmless for any wrongful performance of her obligations under the Agreement, except for gross negligence or fraud and shall indemnify him for any damages suffered as a result of an action brought against the Company and/or himself by a third party resulting from a wrongful performance of his obligations, excluding any liability resulting from the Service Provider’s own gross negligence or fraud.

 

9.3. In case any liability would fall under the Services Provider pursuant to the provision of article 9.2., the Company accepts it would be financially capped to maximum 1 year fees.

Article 10 – Duration of the Agreement and termination

 

10.1. The Agreement is deemed to come into force on [DATE OF EXECUTION] and shall be for an unlimited duration, unless terminated at an earlier time in accordance with the provisions of Articles 2.4, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.

 

10.2. The Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect and without payment of any indemnity in accordance with the provisions of Article 2.4.

 

10.3. The Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect upon dismissal of the Services Provider as Vice President Immuno-Oncology of the Company. The Termination Date shall be deemed to be the date of the decision of the Board dismissing the Services Provider.

 

- 5 -


If the Agreement is terminated by the Company for another reason than for a breach of contract, the notice period will correspond up to 3 months of services if the Agreement is terminated within the first year. The notice period will increase by 1 month starting the second year (one month per year of services rendered to the Company) until the end of the fourth year after which the notice period is capped at 6 months.

If the Agreement is terminated by the Company for a breach of contract, there will no indemnity due to the Consultant.

 

10.4. The Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect upon resignation of the Services Provider from its position as Vice President Immuno-Oncology of the Company, for whatever reason. The Termination Date shall be deemed to be the date upon which its resignation shall take effect.

In such case, the notice period, to the extent the Company wish to have a notice period, will correspond to 3 months of services.

 

10.5. Notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement, the obligations under Article 3 c, Article 5 and Article 6 shall remain in force for the duration provided for in said clauses.

Article 11 – Obligations upon termination

On Termination Date, the Services Provider shall:

 

  (a) immediately deliver to the Company all documents, books, materials, records, correspondence, papers and information (on whatever media and wherever located) relating to the business or affairs of the Company or its business contacts, any keys, and any other property of the Company, which is in its possession or under its control;

 

  (b) irretrievably delete any information relating to the business of the Company stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived from such sources which is in its possession or under its control outside the premises of the Company; and

 

  (c) provide a signed statement that it has complied fully with its obligations under this Article 11.

Article 12 - Notices and computation of delays

 

12.1. All notices or other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered personally, (ii) addressed by registered letter.

 

- 6 -


12.2. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received:

 

  (a) if delivered personally at the date of delivery as indicated on the receipt of delivery;

 

  (b) in the case of registered post, 3 calendar days after the date of posting.

 

12.3. All notice periods and delays described in the Agreement are calculated in calendar months.

Article 13 - Headers

The descriptive headings of the Agreement are for the sake of convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning, construction or interpretation of any provision of the Agreement.

Article 14 – Invalidity of a provision

If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of the Agreement shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect, and Parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision with a provision that corresponds as closely as possible to the intentions of the Parties as expressed in such illegal, void or unenforceable provision.

Article 15 – Entire agreement and previous contracts

Each Party acknowledges and agrees with the other Party that this Agreement together with any documents referred to in it constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Services Provider and the Company and supersedes any previous agreement between them relating to the Agreement (which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent).

Article 16 – Variation

No variation of the Agreement or of any of the documents referred to in it shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

Article 17 – Governing law and jurisdiction

 

17.1. This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

17.2. Any dispute arising out or in connection with the Agreement shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Brussels, Belgium.

 

- 7 -


Executed in two originals in Mont-Saint-Guibert, on August 4 2015.

 

The Company:      The Services Provider:
LOGO      LOGO

 

    

 

Mr Christian Homsy      Mr Frederic Lehmann
Chief Executive Officer      Managing Director

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 4.17

LICENSE AND COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

11 JULY 2016

BETWEEN

CELYAD S.A.

AND

ONO PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.

 

1


This license and collaboration agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of 11 July 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”),

BETWEEN :

 

(1) CELYAD S.A. , a company incorporated in Belgium, company number 0891.118.115, whose registered office is at Rue Edouard Belin 2, 1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert, Belgium (“ CELYAD ”); and

 

(2) ONO PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. , a company incorporated in Japan, whose principal place of business is at 8-2, Kyutaro-machi 1-chome, Chuo-ku, Osaka, Osaka 541-8564, Japan (“ ONO ”),

hereinafter referred to collectively as the Parties and individually as a Party.

WHEREAS:

 

(A) CELYAD is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company that develops, owns or otherwise controls certain intellectual property and know-how regarding the engineering of primary cells (i.e. T-cells) for therapeutic applications;

 

(B) CELYAD is currently developing the Product (as defined below);

 

(C) ONO possesses research, development, and commercialization expertise for research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products in the field of oncology;

 

(D) ONO is interested in obtaining an exclusive license from CELYAD to Develop, Manufacture, have Manufactured, Use and Commercialize the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory (as all such terms are defined below), and CELYAD is willing to grant ONO such exclusive license of certain intellectual property and know-how as mentioned above;

 

(E) This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions (i) under which CELYAD is prepared to grant such license and (ii) of the collaboration between the Parties.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement:

Action Party has the meaning given in respectively Articles 15.3(b) and 15.3(c);

Affected Party has the meaning given in Article 28.1;

Affiliate means any person, corporation or entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling or under common control with a Party. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by”, “controlling” and “under common control with”) means (a) direct or indirect beneficial ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting share capital of a person, corporation or entity or (b) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the

 

2


management and policies of a person, corporation or entity whether through ownership of the voting share capital, by contract relating to voting rights or through corporate governance, or otherwise;

Allogeneic Product means any product containing Allogeneic T-Cell expressing chimeric NKG2D receptor Developed by CELYAD, and that is covered by CELYAD Patents, CELYAD Third Party Patents (subject to Article 2.8), CELYAD Know-How and/or CELYAD Third Party Know-How (subject to Article 2.8). [CONFIDENTIAL]

Allogeneic T-Cell means any T-Cell that is devoid of, or has an inhibited T-Cell Receptor function, and that is covered by CELYAD Patents, CELYAD Third Party Patents (subject to Article 2.8), CELYAD Know-How and/or CELYAD Third Party Know-How (subject to Article 2.8);

Annual Net Sales means the total Net Sales of the Product sold by ONO, its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees in the ONO Territory in a particular ONO Fiscal Year;

Applicable Law means all applicable laws, enactments, rules and regulations, regulatory policies, regulatory guidelines, industry codes, regulatory permits and regulatory licences, in each case which are in force from time to time in any jurisdiction where a Party conducts its activities under this Agreement;

Audit Period has the meaning given in Article 12.4;

Autologous Product means any product containing autologous T-Cell expressing chimeric NKG2D receptor Developed by CELYAD, and that is covered by CELYAD Patents, CELYAD Third Party Patents (subject to Article 2.8), CELYAD Know-How and/or CELYAD Third Party Know-How (subject to Article 2.8);

ASEAN Countries means [CONFIDENTIAL]

Business Day means any day on which commercial banks in both Mont-Saint-Guibert, (Belgium) and Osaka (Japan) are generally open for business, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day within CELYAD’s company-wide corporate holidays (for CELYAD’s obligations) or ONO’s company- wide corporate holidays (for ONO’s obligations);

Calendar Quarter means the period of three (3) consecutive calendar months ending either on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, except that the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the day immediately prior to the first date to occur of January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 after the Effective Date and the last Calendar Quarter shall end on the last day of the Term;

 

3


Cancer Indication means a separate and distinct disease [CONFIDENTIAL]

CELYAD Development Plan means the Development Plan established by CELYAD and to be performed by CELYAD in the Field in the CELYAD Territory;

CELYAD Existing Patent Rights has the meaning given in Article 17.2(d);

CELYAD Indemnities has the meaning given in Article 20.1;

CELYAD Know-How means the CELYAD Owned Know-How and CELYAD Licensee Know- How; provided that such term excludes Joint Know-How;

CELYAD Licensee means a Third Party to which CELYAD grants a license to Develop, Manufacture, and/or Commercialize the Product as such or as incorporated into other products in the Field outside the ONO Territory;

CELYAD Licensee Know-How means any and all Know-How that is Controlled by CELYAD Licensees as of the Effective Date or during the Term, that is necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product; such CELYAD Licensee Know-How is subject to Article 2.7;

CELYAD Licensee Patents means any and all Patents that are Controlled by CELYAD Licensees as of the Effective Date or during the Term, that are necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product; such CELYAD Licensee Patents are subject to Article 2.7;

CELYAD Licensee Promotional Materials has the meaning given in Article 9.4(c);

CELYAD Owned Know-How means any and all Know-How that is Controlled by or on behalf of CELYAD or its Affiliates (under the conditions of Article 2.6) as of the Effective Date or during the Term, that is necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product;

CELYAD Owned Patents means any and all Patents that are Controlled by or on behalf of CELYAD or its Affiliates (under the conditions of Article 2.6) as of the Effective Date, as listed in Annex 1, or during the Term, that are necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product;

CELYAD Patents means the CELYAD Owned Patents and CELYAD Licensee Patents; provided that such term excludes Joint Patent;

CELYAD Product Trademarks has the meaning given in Article 16.2;

CELYAD Promotional Materials has the meaning given in Article 9.4(a);

 

4


CELYAD Territory means the world, other than the ONO Territory;

CELYAD Third Party Know-How means any and all Know-How that is Controlled by or on behalf of a Third Party (other than a CELYAD Licensee) and which CELYAD or its Affiliates license in as of the Effective Date or during the Term, that is necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product; such CELYAD Third Party Know-How is subject to Article 2.8;

CELYAD Third Party Patents means any and all Patents that are Controlled by or on behalf of a Third Party (other than a CELYAD Licensee) and which CELYAD or its Affiliates license in as of the Effective Date or during the Term, that are necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product; such CELYAD Third Party Patents are subject to Article 2.8;

Clinical Supply Agreement has the meaning given in Article 10.1;

Clinical Trial means a human clinical trial as described in 21 C.F.R. §312.21 in the United State, or an equivalent clinical trial in a country or jurisdiction other than the United States;

Combination Trials has the meaning given in Article 8.3;

Commercialization (including any variations such as “Commercialize” and “Commercializing”) means any and all activities of marketing, promoting, distributing, importing, exporting (within the ONO Territory for ONO and the CELYAD Territory for CELYAD), offering for sale, having sold and/or selling product, including without limitation defining pricing and reimbursement strategy, Marketing Authorization and pre-launch marketing strategy;

Commercialization Date means, with respect to a Product in the ONO Territory, the date of the first sale of such Product to a Third Party (other than the ONO Affiliates or the ONO Sublicensees) in a country after all required Marketing Authorizations and formalities are granted for that Product in such country in the ONO Territory;

Commercially Reasonable Efforts means, with respect to any Party, the application by or on behalf of such Party of a level of resources and efforts to Develop, Manufacture and/or Commercialize the Product, as applicable, as would normally be exerted and employed by such Party, which is in line with the pharmaceutical industry average, in pursuing the development, Manufacture and/or Commercialization of its other pharmaceutical products of a similar stage of product life, safety, efficacy, intellectual property profile (including the Patent situation and the freedom to operate) and commercial potential; where this term is used in relation to obligations of and/or rights granted by a CELYAD Licensee or ONO Sublicensee, this term shall be construed to mean that CELYAD or ONO shall use best efforts to ensure that such CELYAD Licensee or ONO Sublicensee shall comply with such obligations and/or grant such rights;

Commercial Supply Agreement has the meaning given in Article 10.1;

Common Brand Name has the meaning given in Article 16.1;

Completion of a Clinical Trial means [CONFIDENTIAL]

Confidential Information means all Information and materials which a Party or its Affiliates receives from the other Party or its Affiliates, either directly or from any other person specified by such other Party or its Affiliates, during the Term;

 

5


Control (including any variations such as “Controlled” and “Controlling”) in the context of intellectual property rights, data and/or information, means that, regardless of whether a person, corporation or entity owns or has a license to such intellectual property rights, data and/or information, such person, corporation or entity has the right to grant access to, and/or the right to grant the applicable license or sublicense under this Agreement, to such intellectual property rights, data and/or information, without violating the terms of an agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party;

Dartmouth means Trustees of Dartmouth College which is a non-profit educational and research institution existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and being located at Hanover, New Hampshire 03755;

Data means any and all research, pharmacology, formulation, non-/pre-clinical, safety data (clinical and non-/pre-clinical), process development, manufacturing, commercial, marketing and other data or information, including investigator brochures and reports (both preliminary and final), statistical analyses, expert opinions and reports related or directed to the Product;

Development (including any variations such as “Develop” and “Developing”) means the activities, including the non-/pre-clinical development as well as the clinical development, performed by a Party toward the Commercialization of the Product, including without limitation: activities related to research, process development and manufacturing, non-/pre-clinical and clinical drug development of the Product in the Field and in the relevant Party’s territory, test method development and stability testing, assay development, toxicology, pharmacology, formulation, quality assurance, quality development, technology transfer, statistical analysis, process development, scale-up, pharmakocinetic studies, data collection and management, clinical studies, Clinical Trials, regulatory affairs, drug safety surveillance activities related to clinical studies and Clinical Trials and validation of methods and tests;

Development Plan means, for the Product, a working document describing as appropriate the indication(s), expected timelines of the non-/pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing, regulatory and other activities as appropriate;

Directors has the meaning given in Article 25.2;

Disclosing Party has the meaning given in Article 18.1;

Disputes has the meaning given in Article 25.2;

Executives has the meaning given in Article 25.2;

Expanded Territory means [CONFIDENTIAL]

Expansion Notice has the meaning given in Article 4;

Expansion Exercise Notice has the meaning given in Article 4;

Field means all human prescription uses of the Product, [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

6


First Allogeneic Trial means [CONFIDENTIAL]

Force Majeure has the meaning given in Article 28.1;

Generic Country has the meaning given in Article 11.2(a)(ii);

Generic Product means a product that obtains marketing authorization of such product in the ONO Territory, whether for use as monotherapy or for use in combination with any other vaccine, biologic or compound, which is approved by an approval process for a generic product (or other product equivalent thereto under the name other than a generic product) under Applicable Law;

Global Clinical Trial means a Clinical Trial covering both of the CELYAD Territory and the ONO Territory;

Indemnitee has the meaning given in Article 20.3;

Indemnitor has the meaning given in Article 20.3;

Information means all technical, scientific, regulatory and other information, results, knowledge, techniques, in whatever form and whether or not confidential, proprietary, patented or patentable, including Inventions, invention disclosures, plans, processes, practices, methods, know how, skill, experience, ideas, concepts, Data, compilations of data, databases, SAS datasets, programs, software models, algorithms, experimental works, specifications, improvements, developments, modifications, compositions of matter, formulas, formulations, articles of manufacture, discoveries, findings, devices, assays, biological, chemical, physical or other materials, analytical and quality control data, formulae, marketing, pricing, price, distribution, organization, cost, sales, and manufacturing data or descriptions;

Initiation Party has the meaning given in Article 15.4(e);

Invention means any new process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter, or any new improvement thereof, whether patentable or not, that is made on the Effective Date or during the Term by a Party in connection with or relating to the Development, the Manufacturing, the Use and/or the Commercialization of the Product;

IND means an application submitted to a Regulatory Authority to obtain the right to perform Clinical Trials;

Indemnified Losses means any losses, damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal and/or attorney’s fees), or any amounts agreed to be paid by way of settlement or compromise;

Initiation of a Clinical Trial means [CONFIDENTIAL]

Intellectual Property Rights means (i) copyrights, Patents, database rights and rights in trademarks, designs, Know-How or trade secrets (whether registered or unregistered), (ii) all other intellectual property rights and equivalent or similar forms of protection and (iii) applications for registration, and the right to apply for registration, for any of these rights, including renewals, divisional, continuations, continuations in part, converted provisionals, continued prosecution applications, reissues and extensions;

 

7


IPR Claim has the meaning given in Articles 21.1 and 21.4;

JCC Chairpersons has the meaning given in Article 14.3;

JDC Chairpersons has the meaning given in Article 14.1;

Joint Commercialization Committee or JCC means the joint commercialization committee formed by the Parties as described in Article 14.3;

Joint Development Committee or JDC means the joint development committee formed by the Parties as described in Article 14.1;

Joint Invention has the meaning given in Article 15.1(c);

Joint Know-How means any and all Know-How Controlled by or on behalf of, both ONO or its Affiliates and CELYAD or its Affiliates, as of the Effective Date or during the Term;

Joint Patent has the meaning given in Article 15.1(c);

Know-How means Information that is related to the Product or that is necessary or useful for the Development, Commercialization, Use or Manufacturing thereof in the Field;

Lead Party has the meaning given in respectively Articles 15.2(b) and 15.2(c);

Liaison means an individual to serve as the contact for each Party to exchange information, facilitate communication and coordinate the Parties’ activities under this Agreement relating to the Development, the Manufacturing, Use and Commercialization of the Product;

Manufacture means any activity related to the production, the manufacturing, processing, filling, packaging, labeling, shipping, supplying and holding of a compound or product or any intermediate thereof, including process development, process qualification and validation, scale-up, non/pre-clinical, clinical and commercial manufacture and analytic development, product characterization, quality assurance and quality control (including in-process testing, release testing or stability testing). When used as a verb, “ to Manufacture ” and “ Manufacturing ” mean to engage in Manufacture; “ Manufactured ” has a corresponding meaning;

Marketing Authorization means the authorization granted by the competent Regulatory Authority to ONO in the ONO Territory, which authorizes the Commercialization of the Product in the ONO Territory;

NDA means a new drug application in the United States or an equivalent application in a country or jurisdiction other than the United States;

Net Sales means, with respect to the Product, the gross invoiced sales of such Product by ONO or its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees, as applicable, to Third Parties after the first Commercialization Date of such Product, less the following deductions to the extent (a) reasonable and customary and (b) included in the gross invoiced sales price for such Product or otherwise directly paid or incurred by ONO or its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees, as applicable, with respect to the sale of such Product:

 

  (i) [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

8


  (ii) [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

  (iii)
  (iv)

 

  (v)

 

  (vi)

 

  (vii)

it being understood that for calculation of the Net Sales, only reasonable discounts are taken into account that are substantially in line with discounts given by ONO for products other than the Product;

Non-Affected Party has the meaning given in Article 28.1;

Non-Exclusivity Country has the meaning given in Article 11.2(a);

ONO Development Plan means the Development Plan established by ONO and to be performed by ONO in the Field and in the ONO Territory;

ONO Fiscal Year means each successive period of twelve (12) months commencing on April 1 of a particular calendar year and ending on March 31 of the immediately following the calendar year;

ONO Indemnities has the meaning given in Article 20.2;

ONO Know-How means any and all Know-How Controlled by or on behalf of ONO or its Affiliates (or ONO Sublicensees, if applicable) during the Term; provided that such term excludes Joint Know-How;

ONO Necessary License has the meaning given in Article 11.3;

ONO Patents means any and all Patents that are Controlled by or on behalf of ONO or its Affiliates (or ONO Sublicensees, if applicable) during the Term, that are necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product; provided that such term excludes Joint Patent;

ONO Product Trademarks has the meaning given in Article 16.2;

ONO Promotional Materials has the meaning given in Article 9.4(b);

ONO Preferred Indication means [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

9


ONO Sublicensee means a Third Party to which ONO grants a license to Develop, Manufacture, have Manufactured and/or Commercialize the Product, as such or as incorporated into other product in the Field in the ONO Territory;

ONO Sublicensee Promotional Materials has the meaning given in Article 9.4(d);

ONO Territory means Japan, South Korea and Taiwan;

Other Intellectual Property Rights has the meaning given in Article 16.3;

Other Party has the meaning given in respectively Articles 15.2(b), 15.2(c), 15.3(b) and 15.3(c);

Patent means (a) all national, regional and international patents, (b) all patent applications filed either for such patents, or provisional applications or for an application claiming priority from either of these, including divisionals, continuations, continuations in part, converted provisionals, continued prosecution applications, reissues and extensions, (c) any and all patents that have been issued or will in the future be issued for the foregoing patent applications ((a) and (b));

Phase 2 Clinical Trial means a Clinical Trial for which the primary endpoints include a determination of dose ranges or an indication of efficacy of a Product in patients being studied, as described in 21 C.F.R, §312.21(b) in the United States, or an equivalent Clinical Trial in a country or jurisdiction other than the United States; provided, however that Phase 2 Clinical Trial shall not include a Clinical Trial that is intended to initially evaluate the safety or pharmacological effect of a Product in patients in the ONO Territory (i.e. phase 1/2 Clinical Trial);

Presenting Party has the meaning given in Article 18.7;

Product means the Allogeneic Product;

Prosecution and Maintenance (including variations such as “Prosecute” and “Maintain”) means, with respect to a Patent, the preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintenance of such Patent, as well as continuations, divisionals, re-examinations, reissues and requests for patent term extensions and the like with respect to such Patent, together with the conduct of interferences, the defense of oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect to a Patent and over which a patent authority has jurisdiction;

Recipient has the meaning given in Article 18.1;

Regulatory Authority means any federal, national, multinational, state, provincial or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity with authority over the Development, Manufacturing, Commercialization, Use, reimbursement or pricing of a pharmaceutical product, including the FDA, EMA and Japan’s Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency;

Regulatory Documentation means all (i) applications (including all IND, NDA, registrations, licenses, authorizations, and approvals (including all Marketing Authorization)), (ii) correspondence and reports submitted to or received from Regulatory Authorities (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any communications with any Regulatory Authority) and all supporting documents with respect thereto, including all regulatory drug lists, advertising and promotion documents, adverse event files, and complaint files and (iii) Data contained in any of the foregoing, in each case ((i), (ii), and (iii)) relating to the Product;

 

10


Regulatory Exclusivity means any exclusive marketing rights or data exclusivity rights conferred by any Regulatory Authority with respect to the Product other than a Patent right;

Reviewing Party has the meaning given in Article 18.7;

Royalty Rate has the meaning given in Article 11.2;

Royalty Term means, [CONFIDENTIAL]

South Korea means the Republic of Korea;

Taiwan means the territories effectively controlled by the Republic of China (Taiwan);

Tax means any sales, purchase or turnover tax as may be applicable in any relevant jurisdiction;

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of withholding or income tax from a payment under this Agreement;

Taxation Document means the tax documents necessary from time to time in order for ONO (i) not to withhold tax or (ii) to withhold tax at a reduced rate under an applicable bilateral income tax treaty;

Term has the meaning given in Article 22.1;

Third Party means any person, corporation or entity that is not a Party to this Agreement, which for the avoidance of doubt also excludes a Party’s Affiliates;

Third Party Claim has the meaning given in Article 20.1;

Use means any utilisation of the Product that is not considered as a Commercialization, Development and Manufacture of the Product;

Valid Patent Claim means (i) a claim of an issued and unexpired Patent, included within CELYAD Patent or CELYAD Third Party Patent in the ONO Territory which claim (a) has not been revoked or held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency, national or regional patent office or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction (which decision is not appealable or has not been appealed within the time allowed for appeal) and (b) has not been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, re-examination or disclaimer or otherwise or (ii) a claim of a pending patent application within a CELYAD Patent or CELYAD Third Party Patent in the ONO Territory that was filed and is being prosecuted in good faith and has not been abandoned or finally disallowed without the possibility of appeal or re-filing of the application; [CONFIDENTIAL]

Working Group has the meaning given in Article 14.8(b).

 

1.2

Interpretation . The headings of each Article in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and are not intended to limit or expand the meaning of the language contained in the

 

11


  particular Article. Except where the context requires otherwise, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders and the word “or” is used in the inclusive sense (and/or). Unless otherwise stated, references to days shall mean calendar days. The terms “include” and “including” as used herein shall mean include or including, without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term. Unless otherwise specified, (a) references in this Agreement to any Article or Annex shall mean references to such Article or Annex of this Agreement, (b) references in any Article to any clause are references to such clause of such Article and (c) references to any agreement, instrument or other document in this Agreement refer to such agreement, instrument or other document as originally executed or, if subsequently varied, replaced or supplemented from time to time, as so varied, replaced or supplemented and in effect at the relevant time of reference thereto.

 

2. LICENSE TO DEVELOP, MANUFACTURE AND COMMERCIALIZE

 

2.1 License Grant to ONO . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, CELYAD and/or its Affiliates (as appropriate) hereby grant to ONO during the Term an exclusive license, even as to CELYAD, with sublicenseable rights under the conditions of Article 2.2, of CELYAD Owned Patents, CELYAD Licensee Patents (subject to Article 2.7), CELYAD’s interests in the Joint Patents and CELYAD Owned Know-How, CELYAD Licensee Know-How (subject to Article 2.7), CELYAD’s interests in the Joint Know-How to Develop, Use, Manufacture, have Manufactured, Commercialize the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory.

In addition, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, CELYAD and/or its Affiliates (as appropriate) hereby grant to ONO during the Term a non-exclusive license, with sublicenseable rights (in accordance with Article 2.2), under CELYAD Owned Patents, CELYAD Licensee Patents (subject to Article 2.7), CELYAD’s interests in Joint Patents and CELYAD Owned Know-How, CELYAD Licensee Know-How (subject to Article 2.7), CELYAD’s interests in the Joint Know-How: (a) to have the Product Manufactured by ONO or its Third Party manufacturers in countries outside the ONO Territory and (b) to have ONO or a Third Party contract research organizations conduct non-/pre-clinical and/or clinical testing of the Product, including process research in countries outside the ONO Territory; in each case, solely for the purposes of the Development and/or Manufacturing of the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory.

The Parties acknowledge and agree that CELYAD shall not be obliged to transfer or license to ONO any physical devices used for the Manufacturing of the Products by CELYAD or Third Party.

 

2.2 ONO’s Affiliates; Sublicenses . ONO shall have the right to grant sublicenses under Article 2.1: (a) to any of its Affiliates in the ONO Territory, as solely for so long as such entity remains an Affiliate of ONO; and (b) to an ONO Sublicensee (upon the prior written notice to CELYAD in order for CELYAD to comment, but it is being understood that the final decision making right remains with ONO) in the ONO Territory for the purposes of Developing, Using (only for ONO Affiliates, not for ONO Sublicensees), Manufacturing, having Manufactured and/or Commercializing the Product. In any event, ONO shall ensure that its Affiliates and ONO Sublicensees comply with all obligations under this Agreement and ONO shall remain responsible to CELYAD for all activities of its Affiliates and ONO Sublicensees to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by ONO itself. [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

12


2.3 License Grant to CELYAD . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, ONO and/or its Affiliates (as appropriate) grant to CELYAD during the Term a non-exclusive license, with sublicenseable rights (subject to Article 2.4), under ONO Patents, ONO’s interests in Joint Patents and ONO Know-How to Develop, Use, Manufacture, have Manufactured, Commercialize the Product in the Field in the CELYAD Territory.

 

2.4 CELYAD’s Affiliates; Sublicenses . CELYAD shall have the right to grant sublicenses under Article 2.3: (a) to any of its Affiliates in the CELYAD Territory, as solely for so long as such entity remains an Affiliate of CELYAD; and (b) to a CELYAD Licensee (upon the prior written notice to ONO; it is being understood that the decision making right remains with CELYAD) in the CELYAD Territory for the purposes of Developing, Using (only for CELYAD Affiliates, not for CELYAD Licensees) Manufacturing, having Manufactured and/or Commercializing the Product. In any event, CELYAD shall ensure that its Affiliates and CELYAD Licensees comply with all obligations under this Agreement and CELYAD shall remain responsible to ONO for all activities of its Affiliates and CELYAD Licensees to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by CELYAD itself.

 

2.5 Sen-yo Jisshiken Tohroku . Upon ONO’s request, CELYAD agrees that ONO shall be entitled to register, at ONO’s sole expense, ONO’s license with respect to CELYAD Patents in the ONO Territory (“ Sen-yo Jisshiken Tohroku ”) in accordance with the Patent Law of Japan; provided that such registration is not intended to, and shall not, affect the allocation of prosecution and enforcement rights and obligations set forth in Article 15 below. At ONO’s request and expense, CELYAD agrees to render reasonable assistance for such registration by ONO, including, without limitation, providing ONO with any documents duly signed by authorized personnel of CELYAD which are reasonably requested by ONO and necessary to effect such registration.

 

2.6 Know-How and Patents of a CELYAD Affiliate . CELYAD shall Control, without any consideration or compensation to a CELYAD Affiliate, (a) any Know-How, including any scientific, medical, technical, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing, promotional and other Information (including Data) relating to the Product that (i) is generated by such CELYAD Affiliate in connection with its Development, Manufacturing, Use and Commercialization of the Product and (ii) is reasonably necessary for ONO to Develop, Manufacture, Use and/or Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory; and (b) any Patent existing as of the Effective Date or during the Term claiming or disclosing any Invention that (i) is made by such CELYAD Affiliate in connection with or relating to the Development, Manufacturing, Use and/or Commercialization of the Product, and (ii) is reasonably necessary for ONO to Develop, Manufacture, Use and/or Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory.

 

2.7 CELYAD Licensee Know-How and CELYAD Licensee Patents . CELYAD shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Control, without any consideration or compensation to CELYAD Licensee, (a) any Know-How, including any scientific, medical, technical, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing, promotional and other Information (including Data) relating to the Product that (i) is generated by such CELYAD Licensee in connection with its Development, Manufacturing, Use and Commercialization of the Product and (ii) is reasonably necessary for ONO to Develop, Manufacture, Use and/or Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory; and (b) any CELYAD Licensee Patent existing as of the Effective Date or during the Term claiming or disclosing any Invention that (i) is made by such CELYAD Licensee during the term of its license with CELYAD in connection with or relating to the Development, Manufacturing, Use and/or Commercialization of the Product, and (ii) is reasonably necessary for ONO to Develop, Manufacture, Use and/or Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory.

 

13


2.8 CELYAD Third Party Know-How and CELYAD Third Party Patents . If CELYAD or its applicable Affiliate enters into a license agreement regarding CELYAD Third Party Know-How or CELYAD Third Party Patents with a Third Party, other than a CELYAD Licensee, and such license agreement regarding CELYAD Third Party Know-How or CELYAD Third Party Patents, in CELYAD’s reasonable determination, is necessary to Develop, Manufacture, Use and/or Commercialize the Product, then:

 

  (a) CELYAD shall be responsible for all royalty and other payment obligations owing under such license agreement with such Third Party;

 

  (b) CELYAD shall grant to ONO a sublicense on such Third Party license under CELYAD Third Party Know-How and CELYAD Third Party Patents to Develop, Use, Manufacture, have Manufactured, Commercialize the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory, in accordance with the license conditions of Article 2.1 [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

  (c) the Parties shall discuss whether an additional sublicense may be granted [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

3. EXCLUSIVE OPTION TO ONO TO LICENSE THE AUTOLOGOUS PRODUCT

 

  [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

14


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

4. FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL

[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

15


5. RESPONSIBILITIES OF ONO

 

5.1 In exercising its rights under the licenses set out in this Agreement, ONO undertakes to:

 

  (a) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete the ONO Development Plan of the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory;

 

  (b) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to undertake the Commercialization of the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory;

 

  (c) comply with all Applicable Laws (including the Applicable Laws on export, import and sale as well as the Applicable Laws on bribery) which apply to the Development, Manufacturing, Use and/or Commercialization of the Product in the ONO Territory;

 

  (d) pay all levies, dues, taxes and duties imposed on the Product or due by reason of exporting, importing, storing or selling the Product in the ONO Territory; and

 

  (e) comply with all obligations in the ONO Territory with regard to taxation and social security.

 

5.2 Outside the Field or outside the ONO Territory, ONO has no right under this Agreement to directly or indirectly seek customers for the Product. ONO shall promptly notify CELYAD of any enquiries made by customers outside the Field or outside the ONO Territory.

 

6. RESPONSIBILITIES OF CELYAD

 

6.1 CELYAD undertakes to:

 

  (a) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete the CELYAD Development Plan in the CELYAD Territory;

 

  (b) comply with all Applicable Laws (including the Applicable Laws on export, import and sale as well as the Applicable Laws on bribery) which apply to the Development, Manufacturing, Use and/or Commercialization of the Product in the CELYAD Territory;

 

  (c) pay all levies, dues, taxes and duties imposed on the Product or due by reason of exporting, importing, storing or selling the Product in the CELYAD Territory; and

 

  (d) comply with all obligations with regard to taxation and social security.

 

7. COLLABORATION

 

7.1

Disclosure of CELYAD Know-How and CELYAD Third Party Know-How . Following the Effective Date, CELYAD shall (i) promptly disclose to ONO, free of charge, the CELYAD Owned Know-How and (ii) use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to disclose to ONO, free of charge, the CELYAD Licensee Know-How (subject to Article 2.7) and the CELYAD Third Party Know-How (subject to Article 2.8). CELYAD shall at all times thereafter, during the Term, (i) disclose to ONO, free of charge, any CELYAD Owned Know-How and (ii) use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to disclose to ONO, free of charge, the CELYAD Licensee Know-How

 

16


  (subject to Article 2.7) and CELYAD Third Party Know-How (subject to Article 2.8), that CELYAD has not previously disclosed to ONO, promptly after it becomes available to CELYAD or is requested by ONO. ONO, its Affiliates and ONO Sublicensees shall, pursuant and subject to their license under Article 2, have the right to use such CELYAD Know-How and CELYAD Third Party Know-How, including Data and other data, reports and documents relating to the Clinical Trials and non-/pre-clinical studies performed by or on behalf of CELYAD, CELYAD Affiliate or CELYAD Licensee (if applicable), in the Development, Manufacturing, Use and the Commercialization of the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, CELYAD shall not be obliged to disclose to ONO any CELYAD Know-How or CELYAD Third Party Know-How that CELYAD is not permitted to disclose without the consent of a Third Party.

 

7.2 Disclosure of ONO Know-How . ONO shall, following the Effective Date and during the Term, (i) promptly disclose to CELYAD, free of charge the ONO Know-How of ONO or its Affiliates available to ONO or requested by CELYAD and (ii) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to disclose to CELYAD, free of charge, ONO Know-How of the ONO Sublicensees. CELYAD, its Affiliates and CELYAD Licensees shall, pursuant and subject to their license under Article 2, have the right to use such ONO Know-How of ONO, its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees in the CELYAD Territory, including Data and other data, reports and documents relating to the Clinical Trials and non-/pre-clinical studies performed by or on behalf of ONO, ONO Affiliates or ONO Sublicensee (if applicable), in the Development, Manufacturing, Use and the Commercialization of the Product in the Field in the CELYAD Territory. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, ONO shall not be obliged to disclose to CELYAD any ONO Know-How that ONO is not permitted to disclose without the consent of a Third Party.

 

7.3 In addition to the Information set out in Article 7.1, CELYAD shall, as soon as possible after becoming aware of, inform ONO in writing with respect to:

 

  (a) all Information related to the Product for purpose of Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercializing of Product;

 

  (b) if CELYAD Commercializes the Product itself, relevant changes in the market situation (including the entry of competing products, generic products (including Generic Product) or general market trends in relation to the Product) in the CELYAD Territory relating to the Product;

 

  (c) all Information related to the development of the Autologous Product;

 

  (d) any lawsuit brought or threatened to be brought against ONO or CELYAD in connection with the Product; and

 

  (e) all other Information which should reasonably be regarded as relevant to ONO for the performance of this Agreement.

 

7.4 In addition to the Information set out in Article 7.2, ONO shall, as soon as possible after becoming aware of, inform CELYAD in writing with respect to:

 

  (a) relevant changes in the market situation (including the entry of competing products, Generic Products or general market trends in relation to the Product) in the ONO Territory relating to the Product;

 

17


  (b) any lawsuit brought or threatened to be brought against ONO or CELYAD in connection with the Product; and

 

  (c) all other Information which should reasonably be regarded as relevant to CELYAD for the performance of this Agreement.

 

7.5 Supports . Upon the other Party’s reasonable written request, a Party shall make available data, or conduct additional statistical analysis where required for the requesting Party to respond to a request from a Regulatory Authority.

 

8. DEVELOPMENT

 

8.1 Development Activities in the ONO Territory . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, ONO shall have the right to control and be responsible for the Development of the Product in the Field for the ONO Territory.

 

  (a) Responsibility . ONO shall be responsible for conducting, at its own cost and expense, all clinical and other development activities with respect to the Product for the ONO Territory, and to obtain such regulatory approvals, including Marketing Authorization and pricing and/or reimbursement approvals, as may be necessary to Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory, All activities with respect to Development of the Product, and obtaining such approvals for the ONO Territory, shall be conducted in accordance with the then-current ONO Development Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Conduct of Activities . ONO shall conduct the activities under the ONO Development Plan in compliance with Applicable Laws, and in accordance with good scientific and clinical practices. For avoidance of doubt, ONO is not required to comply with ICH-GCP, but J-GCP, for Clinical Trials conducted in Japan.

 

  (c) Establishment of ONO Development Plan . No later than the Completion of the First Allogeneic Trial, ONO shall submit to the JDC meeting an ONO Development Plan for the Product. The ONO Development Plan shall set out a reasonable description of the designs for all Clinical Trials, formulation studies, non-/pre-clinical testing (including toxicology, pharmacology and efficacy testing) and other Development activities to be conducted during the first twelve (12) month period covered by such plan. The ONO Development Plan shall be fully under the control and decision of ONO.

 

  (d) Material Updates and Changes to the ONO Development Plan . In the case of material updates and material changes to the ONO Development Plan, ONO shall provide to the JDC an updated version of the ONO Development Plan for review and discussion (it is being understood that the final decision making right remains with ONO).

 

8.2 Development Activities in the CELYAD Territory . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, CELYAD shall have the right to control and be responsible for the Development of the Product in the Field for the CELYAD Territory.

 

  (a) Responsibility . In connection with the Development of the Product in the Field in the CELYAD Territory, CELYAD shall Develop the Product, at its own cost and expense, in accordance with the CELYAD Development Plan and this Agreement.

 

  (b) Content of the CELYAD Development Plan . The CELYAD Development Plan shall set out a reasonable description of the designs for all Clinical Trials, formulation studies,

 

18


  non-/pre-clinical testing (including toxicology, pharmacology and efficacy testing) and other Development activities to be conducted during the first twelve (12) month period covered by such plan. The CELYAD Development Plan shall be fully under the control and decision of CELYAD.

 

  (c) Material Updates and Changes to the CELYAD Development Plan . In the case of material updates and material changes to the CELYAD Development Plan, CELYAD shall provide to the JDC an updated version of the CELYAD Development Plan for review and discussion (it being understood that the final decision making right remains with CELYAD).

 

  (d) [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

8.3 Global Clinical Trials and combination Clinical Trials . Upon a request from a Party, the Parties shall discuss conducting (i) the Global Clinical Trials or (ii) a Clinical Trial to test combination of the Product and the ONO checkpoint inhibitor, nivolumab (“ Combination Trials ”). If the Parties agree on conducting such Global Clinical Trials and/or Clinical Trials for combination, the Parties will negotiate and conclude an agreement setting out the conditions thereof (including without limitation the program of such Global Clinical Trials and/or Combination Trials, the responsibilities of each Party and the sharing of costs or ownership of any Invention made through such Global Clinical Trials and/or Combination Trials).

 

8.4 Reporting: Adverse Drug Reactions .

 

  (a) Pharmacovigilance Agreement . The Parties shall enter into pharmacovigilance agreements regarding the Product based on reasonable and customary terms, including: (a) providing detailed procedures regarding the maintenance of core safety information and the exchange of safety data relating to the Product within appropriate timeframes and in an appropriate format to enable each Party to meet both expedited and periodic regulatory reporting requirements and (b) ensuring compliance with the reporting requirements of all applicable Regulatory Authorities on a worldwide basis for the reporting of safety data in accordance with all applicable regulatory and legal requirements regarding the management of safety data. Prior to the filing of the first IND of the Product in the ONO Territory, the Parties shall enter into such a pharmacovigilance agreement, which shall be applicable to such pre-marketing safety information that will be available from Clinical Trials. Prior to the filing of the first NDA for the Product by either Party in any country of the world, the Parties shall initiate negotiation of a postmarketing safety data exchange agreement, and shall enter into such agreement no later than ninety (90) days before approval of such NDA by Regulatory Authority (or as otherwise agreed by the Parties), which shall be applicable to such post-marketing safety information that will be available from post-marketing experiences with the Product.

 

  (b) Adverse Event Reporting . (a) ONO or its designee shall be responsible for the timely reporting of all adverse drug reactions/experiences, the Product quality, the Product complaints and safety data relating to the Product of the appropriate Regulatory Authorities in the ONO Territory and (b) CELYAD or its designee shall be responsible for the timely reporting of all adverse drug reactions/experiences, the Product quality, the Product complaints and safety data relating to the Product of the appropriate Regulatory Authorities in the CELYAD Territory; it being understood that both (a) and (b) are in accordance with the Applicable Laws.

 

19


9. COMMERCIALIZATION

 

9.1 Commercialization of the Product in the Territory . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, ONO shall be responsible at its own cost and expense to conduct the Commercialization of the Product in the Field within the ONO Territory.

 

9.2 ONO Commercialization Activities .

 

  (a) ONO shall keep CELYAD reasonably informed as to its, its Affiliates’ and ONO Sublicensees’ plans for, and the progress of, the launch and Commercialization activities relating to the Product within the ONO Territory by way of updates to the JCC meetings, and as otherwise reasonably requested by CELYAD.

 

  (b) CELYAD, through the JCC meetings, shall have a reasonable opportunity to provide comments and suggestions on ONO’s, its Affiliates’ and ONO Sublicensees’ Commercialization activities relating to the Product within the ONO Territory, and ONO’s, its Affiliates’ and ONO Sublicensees’ plans therefor.

 

9.3 CELYAD Commercialization Activities .

 

  (a) CELYAD shall keep ONO reasonably informed as to its and its Affiliates’ plans for, and the progress of, the launch and Commercialization activities relating to the Product which it or its Affiliates Commercializes in the CELYAD Territory, by way of updates to the JCC meetings and as otherwise reasonably requested by ONO.

 

  (b) CELYAD shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to keep ONO reasonably informed as to CELYAD Licensees’ plans for, and the progress of, for the launch and Commercialization activities relating to the Product CELYAD Licensee Commercializes in the CELYAD Territory, by way of updates to the JCC meetings and as otherwise reasonably requested by ONO.

 

  (c) ONO, through the JCC meetings, shall have a reasonable opportunity to provide comments and suggestions on CELYAD’s, its Affiliates or CELYAD Licensees’ Commercialization activities relating to the Product within the CELYAD Territory, and CELYAD’s, its Affiliates’ or CELYAD Licensee’s plans therefor.

 

9.4 Promotional materials .

 

  (a)

CELYAD shall provide ONO with copies of core promotional materials (written, printed, video or graphic advertising, promotional, educational and communication materials)

 

20


  developed and used in the United States, Germany, UK, France and Italy by CELYAD or its Affiliates in Commercializing the Product to support ONO’s Commercialization activities for the Product in the ONO Territory, including materials relating to marketing strategies for the Product in the CELYAD Territory pursued by CELYAD or its Affiliates (collectively, “ CELYAD Promotional Materials ”), where reasonably requested by ONO. ONO may use information contained in CELYAD Promotional Materials, free of charge to the extent CELYAD is permitted, for preparation of promotional materials relating to the Product for use by ONO, its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees in connection with the Commercialization of the Products in the Field in the ONO Territory and for no other purpose, unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

  (b) ONO shall provide CELYAD with copies of core promotional materials (written, printed, video or graphic advertising, promotional, educational and communication materials) developed and used in the ONO Territory by ONO or its Affiliates in Commercializing the Product to support CELYAD’s Commercialization activities for the Product in the CELYAD Territory, including materials relating to marketing strategies for the Product in the ONO Territory pursued by ONO or its Affiliates (collectively, “ ONO Promotional Materials ”), where reasonably requested by CELYAD. CELYAD may use information contained in ONO Promotional Materials, free of charge to the extent ONO is permitted, for preparation of promotional materials relating to the Product for use by CELYAD, its Affiliates or CELYAD Licensees in connection with the Commercialization of the Products in the Field in the CELYAD Territory and for no other purpose, unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

  (c) CELYAD shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide ONO with copies of core promotional materials (written, printed, video or graphic advertising, promotional, educational and communication materials) developed and used in the United States, Germany, UK, France and Italy by CELYAD Licensee in Commercializing the Product to support ONO’s Commercialization activities for the Product in the ONO Territory, including materials relating to marketing strategies for the Product in the CELYAD Territory pursued by CELYAD Licensees (collectively, “ CELYAD Licensee Promotional Materials ”), where reasonably requested by ONO. ONO may use information contained in CELYAD Licensee Promotional Materials, free of charge to the extent CELYAD is permitted, for preparation of promotional materials relating to the Product for use by ONO, its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees in connection with the Commercialization of the Products in the Field in the ONO Territory and for no other purpose, unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

  (d) ONO shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide CELYAD with copies of core promotional materials (written, printed, video or graphic advertising, promotional, educational and communication materials) developed and used in the ONO Territory by ONO Sublicensees in Commercializing the Product to support CELYAD’s Commercialization activities for the Product in the CELYAD Territory, including materials relating to marketing strategies for the Product in the ONO Territory pursued by ONO Sublicensees (collectively, “ ONO Sublicensee Promotional Materials ”), where reasonably requested by CELYAD. CELYAD may use information contained in ONO Sublicensee Promotional Materials, free of charge to the extent ONO is permitted, for preparation of promotional materials relating to the Product for use by CELYAD, its Affiliates or CELYAD Licensees in connection with the Commercialization of the Products in the Field in the CELYAD Territory and for no other purpose, unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

21


10. MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY

 

10.1 Upon ONO’s request, CELYAD shall supply ONO with all ONO’s requirements of the Product in order for ONO to Develop or Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith a separate agreement governing the clinical supply of the Product (the “ Clinical Supply Agreement ”) and a separate agreement governing the commercial supply of the Product (the “ Commercial Supply Agreement ”) pursuant to which CELYAD shall Manufacture (and/or have Manufactured) and supply the Product to ONO for the Development activities and for its commercial use in the ONO Territory. The Clinical Supply Agreement and the Commercial Supply Agreement shall include entering quality agreement, transition of technology, audit and inspection (including books of accounts and records) or indemnification related to supply of the Product.

 

10.2 Supply Price . Any supply under this Article 10 shall be done at CELYAD’s manufacturing cost (either CELYAD’s own manufacturing costs or the manufacturing costs of CELYAD’s subcontractor), [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

11. CHARGES

[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

22


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

23


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

24


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

12. REPORTS AND AUDITS.

 

12.1 Milestone Payment Reports . ONO shall report to CELYAD in writing promptly after the achievement of each event that triggers a payment to CELYAD pursuant to Article 11.1, within ten (10) Business Days of the occurrence of such event. CELYAD shall then prepare an invoice for such payment and the Taxation Documents (where relevant) for the same. The payment shall be due within [CONFIDENTIAL] after the receipt by ONO of such invoice and such Taxation Documents (where relevant).

 

12.2 Royalty Payment Reports . Commencing with the first Calendar Quarter which includes Commercialization Date in which the first commercial sale of a Product in the ONO Territory occurs, and each Calendar Quarter thereafter, within [CONFIDENTIAL] after the end of each such Calendar Quarter, ONO shall deliver to CELYAD a true and accurate report setting out in reasonable detail the information necessary to calculate royalty payments due under Article 11.2 and 11.3 with respect to Net Sales of the Product in the ONO Territory during such Calendar Quarter. CELYAD shall then prepare an invoice for such payment and the Taxation Documents (where relevant) for the same. The payment shall be due within [CONFIDENTIAL] after the receipt by ONO of such invoice and such Taxation Documents (where relevant).

 

25


By way of example;

 

  (a) if in the first 2017 quarterly report (covering the first [CONFIDENTIAL] ending on [CONFIDENTIAL]) ONO reports Net Sales of [CONFIDENTIAL], the applicable royalty percentage shall be [CONFIDENTIAL] and the royalty payment for this Calendar Quarter is two [CONFIDENTIAL] royalties;

 

  (b) if in the second 2017 quarterly report (covering the second Calendar Quarter ending on September 30 of 2017) ONO reports total annual Net Sales in 2017 of [CONFIDENTIAL], the applicable royalty percentage shall be [CONFIDENTIAL] and the royalty payment for this Calendar Quarter is [CONFIDENTIAL] royalties (i.e. [CONFIDENTIAL]).

 

12.3 Currency . For the Net Sales not denominated in Japanese Yen, ONO shall convert the Net Sales for the Products using its then-current standard worldwide currency conversion methodology applied to its external reporting. Based on the resulting Net Sales in Japanese Yen, the payments due under Article 11 shall be calculated. The Parties may vary the method of payment set forth herein at any time upon mutual written agreement, and any change shall be consistent with the local law at the place of payment or remittance.

 

12.4 Records: Audit .

 

  (a) ONO shall keep complete, true and accurate books of accounts and records for the purpose of determining the amounts payable under this Agreement. Such books and records shall be kept at the principal place of business of ONO, its Affiliates or Sublicensees, as the case may be, for at least [CONFIDENTIAL] following the end of each Calendar Quarter to which they pertain (such Calendar Quarter being the “ Audit Period ”). ONO shall make such books and records available during such [CONFIDENTIAL] period, on reasonable notice sent by CELYAD, for inspection during business hours by an independent auditor nominated by CELYAD, and reasonably acceptable to ONO, for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of any statement or report given by ONO pursuant to Articles 11 and 12. Such books and records for any particular Audit Period shall be subject to no more than one (1) inspection. The auditor shall be required to keep confidential all information learnt during any such inspection, and to disclose to each Party only information regarding any actual or potential discrepancies between amounts reported or paid and amounts payable under this Agreement. CELYAD shall be responsible for the auditor’s costs, unless the auditor certifies that there is a variation or error producing an increase exceeding [CONFIDENTIAL] of the royalty amount stated for Audit Period covered by the inspection, then all reasonable costs relating to the inspection for such Audit Period and any unpaid amounts that are discovered shall be paid promptly by ONO, together with interest thereon from the date such were due at the lesser of the legal rate [CONFIDENTIAL] set out by the [CONFIDENTIAL] or the highest rate permissible by law, and any amounts paid pursuant to this Article shall be credited first to interest and then to any outstanding royalties. If such inspection identifies an overpayment made by ONO during such period, CELYAD shall pay ONO the amount of the discrepancy within [CONFIDENTIAL] of the date CELYAD receives such auditor’s written report.

 

13. PAYMENT INFORMATION AND TAXES

 

13.1 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in euro by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Party to which such payments are due. [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

26


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

13.2 Taxes . If laws or regulations require the withholding of any Taxes by ONO, which are imposed upon CELYAD on account of the royalties or any other payments executed under this Agreement, these Taxes shall be deducted by ONO from such payment and shall be paid by ONO to the proper taxing authorities. Official receipts of payment of any withholding tax shall be secured and sent to CELYAD as evidence of the payment sufficient to enable CELYAD to claim such payments of Taxes promptly after such receipts are available. CELYAD shall provide ONO with the required Taxation Documents (where relevant). Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties shall exercise their Commercially Reasonable Efforts to ensure that any withholding taxes imposed are reduced as far as possible under the provisions of any applicable tax treaty, and shall cooperate in filing any forms required for such reduction.

 

14. GOVERNANCE

 

14.1 Joint Development Committee . Within sixty (60) days following the Effective Date, a Joint Development Committee shall be established, composed of three (3) representatives from each Party having appropriate expertise in the area of the Development. The Parties shall notify one another in writing of any change in the membership of the JDC. An alternate member designated by a Party may serve temporarily in the absence of a member of the JDC for such Party. Each Party may invite its employees involved in the Development of the Product for each JDC meeting with the prior notice to the other Party. Each Party shall designate one (1) of their members of the JDC to be a co-chairperson. The JDC shall be co-chaired by one (1) representative selected by CELYAD and one (1) representative selected by ONO (the “ JDC Chairpersons ”). Either Party shall have the right to change their JDC Chairperson from time to time by written notice to the other Party.

 

14.2 JDC Function and Powers . The JDC shall:

 

  (a) [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

27


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

14.3 J oint Commercial Committee . At the appropriate timing determined by the Parties, a Joint Commercial Committee shall be established, composed of three (3) representatives from each Party having appropriate expertise in the area of the Commercialization. An alternate member designated by a Party may serve temporarily in the absence of a member of the JCC for such Party. Each Party may invite its employees involved in the Commercialization of the Product for each JCC meeting with the prior notice to the other Party. Each Party shall designate one (1) of their members of the JCC to be a co-chairperson. The JCC shall be co-chaired by one (1) representative selected by CELYAD and one (1) representative selected by ONO (the “ JCC Chairpersons ”). Either Party shall have the right to change their JCC Chairperson from time to time by written notice to the other Party.

 

14.4 JCC Function and Powers . The JCC shall:

[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

28


14.5 Limitations of Powers of the JDC and the JCC . The JDC and the JCC shall have no power to amend this Agreement and shall only have such powers as are specifically delegated to it hereunder.

 

14.6 Determinations . Except the resolution of any Disputes (as defined in Article 25.2) any decisions of the JDC and the JCC shall be made by unanimous vote or by written consent, with CELYAD and ONO each having, collectively, among its respective members, one (1) vote in all decisions. The JDC and JCC shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to reach consensus on matters within its decision-making authority. If the JDC or the JCC cannot reach consensus on any such matter, such matter shall be referred to the relevant executive director of CELYAD and ONO, for attempted resolution in good faith. [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

14.7 Meetings of the JDC and the JCC . After the meeting held pursuant to Article 14.1 with respect to the JDC, and after its formation with respect to the JCC, the JDC and JCC shall hold meetings at least twice per year for so long as activities are continuing under this Agreement that fall under the oversight of the JDC or JCC. The JDC and JCC may meet in person or by audio or video conference as the Parties may mutually agree, but at least one meeting per year of each of the JDC and JCC shall be conducted in person. In addition to the regular meetings, either Party may request an ad-hoc meeting of the JDC and JCC to solve any specific issues from time to time during the Term. Each Party shall bear its own costs associated with attendance at the JDC and JCC meetings including the travelling and accommodation costs.

 

14.8 Liaisons and Working Groups .

 

  (a) Each Party shall appoint a Liaison from a Party or its Affiliate to promote effective communication and issue resolution between the Parties and coordination of the Parties’ activities and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

  (b) Upon mutual agreement, the Parties may establish other committees or working groups (each, a “ Working Group ”) as they deem appropriate. These Working Groups shall report to the JDC or JCC depending on the subject matter of such Working Group’s oversight.

 

14.9 Meeting Agenda . Each Party shall provide the other Party proposed agenda items together with appropriate background information at least ten (10) Business Days in advance of each meeting of the JDC or JCC. Under exceptional circumstances requiring JDC or JCC input, a Party may however provide its agenda items to the other Party within a shorter period of time in advance of the JDC or JCC meeting, or may propose that there is not a specific agenda for a particular meeting, on the condition that the other Party consents to it.

 

14.10

Meetings Minutes . Minutes of each JDC and JCC meeting shall be prepared by the JDC and JCC Chairperson (or his designee) who is hosting the meeting (in person or via audio or video

 

29


  conference). The minutes of the JDC and JCC meeting shall provide a description in reasonable detail of the discussions held at the meeting, and a list of any actions, decisions or determinations approved by the JDC or JCC. The JDC Chairperson and JCC Chairperson shall distribute the draft meeting minutes to all members of the JDC or JCC for review as soon as practicable after each meeting, and in no case more than fifteen (15) Business Days after the meeting. The minutes shall be finalized by approval of all the members of JDC or JCC. In the event of any objection that is not resolved by mutual agreement of the Parties, the minutes shall be amended to reflect such unresolved objection. All minutes shall be written in English.

 

14.11 Urgent Matters . In the event that an urgent issue or matter arises that requires prompt action by the JDC or JCC, the JDC or JCC shall arrange for a teleconference (or otherwise convene, as appropriate) for the purpose of resolving the issue or matter. Such teleconference (or other means of communication) shall take place as promptly as possible, with the immediacy of the issue or matter requiring the JDC or JCC action determining the time, place and manner of the conduct of the meeting.

 

15. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

15.1 Ownership of Inventions and Patents .

 

  (a) CELYAD shall own all rights, titles and interests in and to (i) all Inventions made solely by a director, an officer or an employee (or a subcontractor subject to the assignment agreement with it) of CELYAD or its Affiliates in the context of the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) any Patents claiming any Invention made solely by a director, an officer or an employee (or a subcontractor subject to the assignment agreement with it) of CELYAD or its Affiliates in the context of the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, subject to the rights and licenses granted to ONO in the ONO Territory under this Agreement.

 

  (b) ONO shall own all rights, titles and interests in and to (i) all Inventions made solely by a director, an officer or an employee (or a subcontractor subject to the assignment agreement with it) of ONO, its Affiliates in the context of the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) any Patents claiming any Invention made solely by a director, an officer or an employee (or a subcontractor subject to the assignment agreement with it) of ONO, its Affiliates in the context of the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, subject to the rights and licenses granted to CELYAD under this Agreement.

 

  (c) CELYAD and ONO shall jointly own all rights, titles and interests in and to any Invention made jointly by a director, an officer or an employee (or subcontractor subject to the assignment agreement) of CELYAD and ONO or their respective Affiliates in the context of the performance of their obligations under this Agreement (“ Joint Invention ”) and any Patents claiming any Invention made jointly by a director, an officer, an employee or a subcontractor of CELYAD and ONO or their respective Affiliates in the context of the performance of their obligations under this Agreement (“ Joint Patent ”). Each Party has the right, subject to the rights and obligations in this Agreement, to exploit the Joint Patents and Joint Invention in its own territory (i.e. ONO in the ONO Territory and CELYAD in the CELYAD Territory).

 

  (d) Each Party shall promptly disclose to the other Party all CELYAD Patents, ONO Patents and Joint Patents, as applicable, developed during the Term.

 

30


15.2 Prosecution and Maintenance of Patents .

 

  (a) CELYAD Owned Patents.

 

  (i) CELYAD (or, where relevant, a CELYAD Affiliate) shall be responsible, at its expense, for and shall control, at its expense, the Prosecution and Maintenance of all CELYAD Owned Patents that directly relate to the Product within the ONO Territory, provided that CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) agrees to: (i) keep ONO reasonably informed with respect to the Prosecution and Maintenance of each CELYAD Owned Patent and (ii) enable ONO at least [CONFIDENTIAL] (or if shorter, such period as is reasonably possible) to review and comment on draft patent specifications for patent applications included within the CELYAD Owned Patents within the ONO Territory and directly related to the Product, and all material communications with the relevant patent authorities in the ONO Territory pertaining to each CELYAD Owned Patent before filing or submitting such draft patent specifications and/or material communications to the relevant patent authorities.

 

  (ii) If CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) determines not to Prosecute and Maintain a Patent within the CELYAD Owned Patents in the ONO Territory, CELYAD shall provide ONO with a written notice at least [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to taking such action. If CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) determines to abandon any Patent within the CELYAD Owned Patents in the ONO Territory, CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) shall provide ONO with a written notice at least [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to the date on which such abandonment would become effective. In such event, ONO shall have the right, to control, at its own expense and in its own name through its designated patent counsel, the Prosecution and Maintenance of the CELYAD Owned Patent. CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) shall execute such assignments and other documents and perform such acts at ONO’s expense as may be reasonably necessary to enable ONO to Prosecute and Maintain the CELYAD Owned Patents in its own name, and such CELYAD Owned Patents shall cease to be CELYAD Owned Patents and thereafter shall be deemed ONO Patents for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  (b) ONO Patents . (a) CELYAD in the CELYAD Territory and (b) ONO in the ONO Territory (respectively the “ Lead Party ” in their own Territory and the “ Other Party ” in the Lead Party’s Territory) shall have at their own expense, the first right (but not the obligation) to control the Prosecution and Maintenance (on behalf of ONO) of ONO Patents that directly relate to the Product. If the Lead Party determines not to Prosecute and Maintain any Patent within the ONO Patents, the Lead Party shall provide the Other Party with written notice at least [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to taking such action. If the Lead Party determines to abandon any Patent within the ONO Patents, the Lead Party shall provide the Other Party with written notice at least [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to the date on which such abandonment would become effective. In such event, the Other Party shall have the right, at its option, to control through its designated patent counsel the Prosecution and Maintenance of such ONO Patents, at its own expense. Each Party shall keep the Other Party reasonably informed of its activities with respect to any such Prosecution and Maintenance.

 

31


  (c) Joint Patents . (a) CELYAD in the CELYAD Territory and (b) ONO in the ONO Territory (respectively the “ Lead Party ” in their own Territory and the “ Other Party ” in the Lead Party’s Territory) shall have, at their own expense, the first right (but not the obligation) to control the Prosecution and Maintenance of all Joint Patents that directly relate to the Product. If the Lead Party determines not to Prosecute and Maintain any Patent within the Joint Patents, the Lead Party shall provide the Other Party with written notice at least [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to taking such action. If the Lead Party determines to abandon any Patent within the Joint Patents, the Lead Party shall provide the Other Party with written notice at least [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to the date on which such abandonment would become effective. In such event, the Other Party shall have the right, at its option, to control through its designated patent counsel the Prosecution and Maintenance of such Joint Patents, at its own expense, and such Joint Patents shall become solely owned by the Other Party. Each Party shall keep the Other Party reasonably informed of its activities with respect to any such Prosecution and Maintenance.

 

15.3 Defense and Settlement of Third Party Claims .

 

  (a) CELYAD Owned Patents . Each Party is obliged to promptly transfer to the other Party all information with respect to any claim or threatened claim known in respect of the CELYAD Owned Patents directly related to the Product in the ONO Territory. CELYAD (or, where relevant, a CELYAD Affiliate) shall defend against any such assertions at its own expense. ONO shall reasonably assist CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) and cooperate in any such litigation at CELYAD s (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate’s) request, and CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) shall reimburse any documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred by ONO in connection therewith. ONO may at its discretion join any defense and settlement pursuant to this Article 15.3(a), with its own counsel at its own expense. Without limiting the foregoing, CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) shall keep ONO reasonable informed of all material communications, filings or submissions regarding such action, and shall provide ONO copies thereof and shall provide ONO a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any such communications, filings and submissions. CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such claims, without a prior notification to ONO (except to the extent the settlement relates to the ONO Territory, in which case CELYAD shall obtain the prior consent of ONO).

 

  (b)

ONO Patents . Each Party is obliged to promptly transfer to the other Party all information with respect to any claim or threatened claim in respect of the ONO Patents directly related to the Product, (a) CELYAD in the CELYAD Territory and (b) ONO in the ONO Territory (respectively the “ Action Party ” in their own Territory and the “ Other Party ” in the Action Party’s Territory) shall have the first right (but not the obligation) to defend against any such assertions at its sole cost. The Other Party shall reasonably assist the Action Party and cooperate in any such litigation at the Action Party’s request, and the Action Party shall reimburse any documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Other Party in connection therewith. The Other Party may at its discretion join any defense and settlement pursuant to this Article 15.3(b), with its own counsel at its own expense. Without limiting the foregoing, the Action Party shall keep the Other Party reasonably informed of all material communications, filings or submissions regarding such action, and shall provide the Other Party copies thereof and shall provide the Other Party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any such communications, filings and submissions. The Action Party shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such claims, without a prior notification to the Other Party (except to

 

32


  the extent the settlement relates to the Other Party’s territory (i.e. for ONO, the ONO Territory; for CELYAD, the CELYAD Territory), in which case the Action Party shall obtain the prior consent of the Other Party). The Action Party shall promptly inform the Other Party if it elects not to exercise such first right and the Other Party shall thereafter have the right (but not the obligation) to defend the ONO Patents against any such assertions at its own expense, and the Action Party shall reasonably assist the Other Party and cooperate in any such litigation at the Other Party’s request, and the Other Party shall reimburse any documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Action Party in connection therewith.

 

  (c) Joint Patents . Each Party is obliged to transfer promptly to the other Party all information with respect to any claim or threatened claim in respect of the Joint Patents directly related to the Product, (a) CELYAD in the CELYAD Territory and (b) ONO in the ONO Territory (respectively the “ Action Party ” in their own Territory and the “ Other Party ” in the Action Party’s Territory) shall have the first right (but not the obligation) to defend against any such assertions at its sole cost. The Other Party shall reasonably assist the Action Party and cooperate in any such litigation at the Action Party’s request, and the Action Party shall reimburse any documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Other Party in connection therewith. The Other Party may at its discretion join any defense and settlement pursuant to this Article 15.3(c), with its own counsel at its own expense. Without limiting the foregoing, the Action Party shall keep the Other Party reasonably informed of all material communications, filings or submissions regarding such action, and shall provide the Other Party copies thereof and shall provide the Other Party an opportunity to review and comment on any such communications, filings and submissions. The Action Party shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such claims, without a prior notification to the Other Party (except to the extent the settlement relates to the Other Party’s territory (i.e. for ONO, the ONO Territory; for CELYAD, the CELYAD Territory), in which case the Action Party shall obtain the prior consent of the Other Party). The Action Party shall promptly inform the Other Party if it elects not to exercise such first right and the Other Party shall thereafter have the right (but not the obligation) to defend the Joint Patents against any such assertions at its sole cost, and the Action Party shall reasonably assist the Other Party and cooperate in any such litigation at the Other Party’s request, and the Other Party shall reimburse any documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Action Party in connection therewith.

 

15.4 Enforcement .

 

  (a) Notice . If a Party becomes aware that a Third Party is making, using or selling a product or is willing to make, use or sell a product in the ONO Territory and/or the CELYAD Territory that infringes or may infringe upon a CELYAD Owned Patent, ONO Patent or a Joint Patent, or leads to the misappropriation or misuse of CELYAD Know-How, ONO Know-How or Joint Know-How (as applicable) directly related to the Product in the ONO Territory and/or the CELYAD Territory, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of the possible infringement, misappropriation or misuse. The notice shall describe the information suggesting the infringement of the CELYAD Owned Patent, the ONO Patent or the Joint Patent related to the Product or the misappropriation or the misuse of the CELYAD Know-How, ONO Know-How or Joint Know-How (as applicable).

 

  (b)

CELYAD Owned Patents . CELYAD (or, where relevant, a CELYAD Affiliate) shall initiate, control and prosecute the infringement or the threatened infringement of a CELYAD Owned Patent or a misappropriation, a misuse or the threatened

 

33


  misappropriation or misuse of CELYAD Owned Know-How in the ONO Territory at CELYAD’s (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate’s) costs and expenses. At CELYAD’s (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate’s) request, ONO shall provide CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) all documents and signatures necessary to give CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) standing to initiate, control and prosecute such enforcement action in the ONO Territory. CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such infringement, misappropriation or misuse, without a prior notification to ONO (except to the extent the settlement relates to the ONO Territory, in which case CELYAD shall obtain the prior consent of ONO).

 

  (c) ONO Patents . ONO shall have the first right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement or threatened infringement of an ONO Patent or the misappropriation, misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse of ONO Know-How (as applicable) in the ONO Territory in the name of ONO, at ONO’s costs. At ONO’s request, CELYAD shall reasonably assist ONO and cooperate in any such action. ONO shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such infringement, misappropriation or misuse without a prior notification to CELYAD (except to the extent the settlement relates to the CELYAD Territory, in which case ONO shall obtain the prior consent of CELYAD). ONO shall promptly inform CELYAD if it elects not to exercise such first right and CELYAD shall thereafter have the right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement, threatened infringement, misappropriation or misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse (as applicable) in the ONO Territory in the name of CELYAD, at CELYAD’s costs, and ONO shall at CELYAD’s request reasonably assist ONO and cooperate in any such action.

CELYAD shall have the first right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement or threatened infringement of an ONO Patent or misappropriation or misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse of ONO Know-How (as applicable), all of which is directly related to the Product, in the CELYAD Territory in the name of CELYAD, at CELYAD’s costs. At CELYAD’s request, ONO shall reasonably assist CELYAD and cooperate in any such action. CELYAD shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such infringement, misappropriation or misuse without a prior notification to ONO (except to the extent the settlement relates to the ONO Territory, in which case CELYAD shall obtain the prior consent of ONO). CELYAD shall promptly inform ONO if it elects not to exercise such first right and ONO shall thereafter have the right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement, threatened infringement, misappropriation or misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse (as applicable) in the CELYAD Territory in the name of ONO, at ONO’s costs, and CELYAD shall at ONO’s request reasonably assist ONO and cooperate in any such action.

 

  (d)

Joint Patents . ONO shall have the first right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement or threatened infringement of a Joint Patent or the misappropriation, misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse of Joint Know-How (as applicable) in the ONO Territory in the name of ONO, at ONO’s costs. At ONO’s request, CELYAD shall reasonably assist ONO and cooperate in any such action. ONO shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such infringement, misappropriation or misuse without a prior notification to CELYAD (except to the extent the settlement relates to the CELYAD Territory, in which case ONO shall obtain the prior consent of CELYAD). ONO shall promptly inform CELYAD if it

 

34


  elects not to exercise such first right and CELYAD shall thereafter have the right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement, threatened infringement, misappropriation, misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse (as applicable), all of which is directly related to the Product, in the ONO Territory in the name of CELYAD, at CELYAD’s costs, and ONO shall at CELYAD’s request reasonably assist CELYAD and cooperate in any such action.

CELYAD shall have the first right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement or threatened infringement of a Joint Patent or misappropriation, misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse of Joint Know-How (as applicable), all of which is directly related to the Product, in the CELYAD Territory in the name of CELYAD, at CELYAD’s costs. At CELYAD’s request, ONO shall reasonably assist CELYAD and cooperate in any such action. CELYAD shall not settle nor enter into any negotiations with the purpose of settling such infringement, misappropriation or misuse without a prior notification to ONO (except to the extent the settlement relates to the ONO Territory, in which case CELYAD shall obtain the prior consent of ONO). CELYAD shall promptly inform ONO if it elects not to exercise such first right and ONO shall thereafter have the right (but not the obligation) to initiate, control and prosecute such infringement, threatened infringement, misappropriation, misuse or threatened misappropriation or misuse (as applicable) in the CELYAD Territory in the name of ONO, at ONO’s costs, and CELYAD shall at ONO’s request reasonably assist ONO and cooperate in any such action.

 

  (e) The Party initiating and prosecuting a legal action pursuant to Article 15.4 (the “ Initiating Party ”) shall have the sole and exclusive right to select counsel for such action. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the Initiating Party shall bear its own out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in any such legal action, including the fees and expenses of the counsel selected by it (subject to the deduction provided below). The other Party shall have the right to participate and be represented in any such legal action (in cases where such other Party has standing) by its own counsel at its own expense. The Initiating Party shall keep the other Party advised of all material communications, filings or submissions regarding such action, and shall provide the other Party copies thereof and shall provide an opportunity to review and comment on any such communications, filings and submissions.

 

  (f) [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

15.5 CELYAD Licensee Patents and CELYAD Third Party Patents . CELYAD shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to include the same in nature or similar provisions or language related to CELYAD Owned Patent as described in Articles 15.2(a), 15.3(a) and 15.4(b) in the agreements between CELYAD and CELYAD Licensees with respect to CELYAD Licensee Patents, and between CELYAD and Third Parties with respect to CELYAD Third Party Patents.

 

35


16. TRADEMARKS AND OTHER IP RIGHTS

 

16.1 Brand Name of Product . Both Parties acknowledge and agree that the Commercialization of the Product under a common brand name or trademark throughout the world would be beneficial for both Parties in order to maximize the value of the Product. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Party shall have the right (but not the obligation) to propose to the other Party a limited number of brand names under consideration for use in Commercializing the Product and shall consider in good faith any comments the other Party has on such brand names. If the Parties select one brand name for, or a Party selects the same brand name that the other Party has decided to use, in Commercializing the Product (“ Common Brand Name ”), then, subject to successful registration and approval of such Common Brand Name by the applicable Regulatory Authorities, each Party shall use such Common Brand Name for the Commercialization of this Product in its respective territory. CELYAD shall search the possibility of the registration worldwide, and if confirmed the possibility shall file the application for registration of the trademark rights for the Common Brand Name using counsel of its own choice at CELYAD’s cost and expense for the CELYAD Territory and ONO’s cost and expense for the ONO Territory. After registration, CELYAD shall assign the rights to the Common Brand Name in the ONO Territory to ONO, which costs of procedure related to such assignment shall be borne by ONO. CELYAD shall be responsible for the prosecution, registration and maintenance of such trademark rights in the CELYAD Territory at CELYAD’s sole costs and expenses. ONO shall be responsible for the prosecution, registration and maintenance of such trademark rights in the ONO Territory at ONO’s sole costs and expenses.

 

16.2 If the Parties do not reach an agreement on a Common Brand Name, each Party may use, for Commercializing the Product in countries in each Party’s respective territory, its own trademark it considers appropriate and which is reasonably suitable for such Product in such countries (“ CELYAD Product Trademarks ” and “ ONO Product Trademarks ”). Both Parties shall own respectively all rights, title and interests in and to the CELYAD Product Trademarks and ONO Product Trademarks throughout the world and shall have the sole right to register, prosecute and maintain their trademarks in the Territory using counsel of its own choice and at its own expense.

 

16.3 All Intellectual Property Rights not provided for in Articles 15, 16.1 and 16.2 (“ Other Intellectual Property Rights ”) shall:

 

  (a) if the Other Intellectual Property Rights were owned by a Party prior to the Effective Date or are developed by a Party independently from this Agreement, remain with such Party;

 

  (b) if the Other Intellectual Property Rights are developed in the context of this Agreement:

 

  (i) where such development is done by a Party alone, be owned by such Party; or

 

  (ii) where such development is done by CELYAD and ONO jointly, be jointly owned by CELYAD and ONO, it being understood that such jointly owned Other Intellectual Property Rights may be used freely (i) by CELYAD, CELYAD’s Affiliates and CELYAD Licensees in the CELYAD Territory and (ii) by ONO, ONO’s Affiliates and ONO Sublicensees in the ONO’s Territory, without any notification and the payment of royalty to the other Party.

 

36


17. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

17.1 Each Party represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date:

 

  (a) it has the power to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and has taken all action necessary to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations; and

 

  (b) the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations under this Agreement do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitutional documents; or

 

  (iii) any law, lien, lease, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, ordinance or regulation or any other restriction of any kind or character by which it is bound.

 

17.2 CELYAD represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) As of the Effective Date and during the Term, CELYAD has not previously entered into or will not enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, which conflicts with the rights granted to ONO under this Agreement regarding any CELYAD Patents and CELYAD Know-How;

 

  (b) As of the Effective Date and during the Term, CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate) (i) has the right to grant to ONO the licenses specified herein and will maintain such right during the Term on its and its Affiliates’ behalf and (ii) as of the Effective Date, has the right to enable ONO to use all of its and its Affiliates’ Information, Regulatory Documentation, Inventions and Intellectual Property Rights as they exist as of the Effective Date to Develop, Manufacture, have Manufactured, and Commercialize Products all as contemplated under this Agreement and will maintain such right during the Term;

 

  (c) As of the Effective Date and during the Term (and subject to Article 2.7), the CELYAD Patents and the CELYAD Know-How are and will be owned by or validly licensed to CELYAD (or the relevant CELYAD Affiliate), and are and will be free and clear of any liens, charges and encumbrances. Without limiting the foregoing, to CELYAD’s best knowledge, each person, corporation or entity who was involved in the Invention for the CELYAD Patents and the CELYAD Know- How, has executed and delivered and will execute and deliver to CELYAD, its Affiliates or the CELYAD Licensees, as the case may be, an agreement assigning to CELYAD (or its applicable Affiliate) all rights, titles and interests in and to all the Inventions for the CELYAD Patents and the CELYAD Know-How arising out of or relating to such person’s, corporation’s or entity’s activities with respect to the Product;

 

  (d)

As of the Effective Date, all CELYAD Patents existing as of the Effective Date (the “ CELYAD Existing Patent Rights ”) are (to the Commercially Reasonable Efforts of CELYAD) listed in Annex 1 and (i) all CELYAD Existing Patent Rights are subsisting and are, to CELYAD’s best knowledge, not invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and have been filed and maintained properly and correctly (including by properly identifying each and every inventor of the claims thereof), and (ii) the pending applications included in CELYAD Existing Patent Rights are

 

37


  being diligently prosecuted in the respective patent offices in the ONO Territory in accordance with the Applicable Laws, and CELYAD and its Affiliates have undertaken their Commercially Reasonable Efforts to present all relevant references, documents and information of which it and the inventors are aware to the relevant patent examiner at the relevant patent office;

 

  (e) As of the Effective Date, there are no and there have not been any judgments or settlement against CELYAD or any of its Affiliates (and CELYAD has no knowledge of any basis for any such claim, whether or not brought or asserted) relating to the CELYAD Patents or CELYAD Know-How or arising out of Development, Use, Commercialization or Manufacturing of the Product, that violates, infringes, constitutes misappropriation or otherwise conflicts or interferes with or that will violate, infringe or otherwise conflict or interfere with, any Intellectual Property Rights of any Third Party, anywhere in the world. Without any limitation of the foregoing, to the CELYAD’ best knowledge, the use by ONO, its Affiliates, and its Sublicensee’s of the CELYAD Know-How and of the CELYAD Patents in accordance with this Agreement will not violate, infringe or otherwise conflict or interfere with any Intellectual Property Rights of any Third Party anywhere in the world;

 

  (f) As of the Effective Date and during the Term, the CELYAD Know-How has been and will be kept confidential or has been or will be disclosed to Third Parties only under terms of confidentiality and, to CELYAD’s and its Affiliates’ best knowledge, as of the Effective Date, no breach of such confidentiality has been committed by any Third Party;

 

  (g) As of the Effective Date, to CELYAD’s best knowledge, no Third Party is infringing or threatening to infringe the CELYAD Existing Patent Rights, or is misappropriating or misusing or threatening to misappropriate or misuse the CELYAD Know-How or the Data, and no Third Party is claiming or threatening to claim the invalidity or unenforceability of the CELYAD Patents in the ONO Territory;

 

  (h) As of the Effective Date and during the Term, CELYAD and its Affiliates have conducted and will conduct the Development, Commercialization, Use and Manufacture in accordance with Applicable Law;

 

  (i) As of the Effective Date, to CELYAD’s best knowledge, no governmental entity or academic institution has a right to (including any “step-in” or “march-in” rights) ownership of, or to impose any requirement on the Development, Manufacturing, Use or Commercialization of the Product or any other Inventions in the CELYAD Know-How and CELYAD Existing Patent Rights; and

 

  (j)

As of the Effective Date, CELYAD has obtained a written approval from Dartmouth that Dartmouth agrees to grant to ONO a sublicense under the Dartmouth exclusive license agreement concluded on 30 April 2010, solely for the Development, Use, Manufacturing, have Manufactured and Commercialization of the Product in the Field in the ONO Territory with sublicensable rights, and the aforementioned license agreement with Dartmouth includes a provision pursuant to which this Agreement will not terminate and will be transferred to Dartmouth in case of termination of the aforementioned license agreement. Also, as of the

 

38


  Effective Date, to CELYAD’s best knowledge, CELYAD and its applicable Affiliates have not committed any material breach of the aforementioned license agreement. Even after the termination of the aforementioned license agreement, upon ONO’s reasonable request, CELYAD will provide reasonable assistance to ONO to assist ONO and Dartmouth in continuing the business hereunder amicably.

 

17.3 ONO represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) As of the Effective Date, prior to the signature of this Agreement, ONO has carried out a due diligence and has understood all risks, contingencies and circumstances in relation with the conclusion and performance of this Agreement;

 

  (b) During the Term, it does not enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, which conflicts with the rights granted to CELYAD under this Agreement regarding any ONO Patents and ONO Know-How;

 

  (c) During the Term, it (or the relevant ONO Affiliate) has the right to grant to CELYAD the licenses specified herein and during the Term as contemplated under this Agreement;

 

  (d) During the Term, the ONO Patents and the ONO Know-How are owned by or validly licensed to ONO (or the relevant ONO Affiliate), and are free and clear of any liens, charges and encumbrances. Without limiting the foregoing, to the ONO’s best knowledge, each person, corporation or entity who will be involved in the Invention for the ONO Patents and the ONO Know-How, will execute and deliver to ONO or its Affiliates, as the case may be, an agreement assigning to ONO (or its applicable Affiliate) all rights, titles and interests in and to all the Inventions for the ONO Patents and the ONO Know-How arising out of or relating to such person’s, corporation’s or entity’s activities with respect to the Product;

 

  (e) During the Term, the ONO Know-How will be kept confidential or will be disclosed to Third Parties only under terms of confidentiality; and

 

  (f) During the Term, it and its Affiliates will conduct all Development, Commercialization, Use and Manufacture in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

17.4 Additional Representation and Warranty . The Parties hereby represent and warrant as follows during the Term:

CELYAD, CELYAD Affiliates, ONO and ONO Affiliates (and each of their respective contractors and consultants) shall conduct all Development and Manufacture of the Products in accordance with (i) where applicable, good laboratory, manufacture and clinical practice in its territory and (ii) Applicable Laws. CELYAD and ONO shall undertake Commercially Reasonable Efforts that their, respectively, CELYAD Licensees and ONO Sublicensees shall also comply with the foregoing.

 

17.5 Knowledge . As used in this Article 17, “best knowledge” (or similar terms) shall include actual knowledge after making reasonable inquiry and after exercising reasonable diligence.

 

39


18. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

18.1 Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Parties agree that, during the Term and for five (5) years thereafter, each Party or its Affiliates (“ Recipient ”) undertakes to the other Party (“ Disclosing Party ”) to treat as confidential all Confidential Information which the Recipient receives from the Disclosing Party either directly or from any other person specified by the Disclosing Party. Each Party shall protect such Confidential Information using the same or a higher degree of care it normally uses to protect its own confidential information, but in any event no less than reasonable care.

 

18.2 The Recipient may only use the Confidential Information for the purposes of and in accordance with this Agreement.

 

18.3 The Recipient shall not disclose any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to any Third Party and shall restrict the access to such Confidential Information to the minimal number of its directors, officers and employees necessary for the purpose of this Agreement and bound by an obligation of confidentiality at least as restrictive as set forth in this Article 18.

 

18.4 This Article 18 shall not apply to any Information:

 

  (a) which is in or subsequently enters the public domain other than as a result of a breach of this Article 18 by the Recipient;

 

  (b) which has been or is subsequently properly obtained by the Recipient from a Third Party which has lawful right to disclose such Information and is under no confidentiality obligation in respect of that Information;

 

  (c) which has been or is subsequently independently developed by the Recipient without the use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; or

 

  (d) which is in the possession of the Recipient prior to the receipt of Confidential Information from the Disclosing Party.

For the avoidance of any doubt, specific aspects or details of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the public domain of or in possession of the Recipient merely because such Confidential Information is embraced by more general information in the public domain of or in possession of the Recipient. Furthermore, any combination of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall not be considered in the public domain of or in possession of the Recipient merely because individual elements of such Confidential Information are in the public domain of or in possession of the Recipient unless the combination and its principles are in the public domain of or in possession of the Recipient.

 

18.5

Permitted Uses; Disclosures . If a Recipient is required by law, regulations, a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitral tribunal to disclose Confidential Information, the Recipient may disclose such Confidential Information, provided, however , that to the extent it may legally do so, the Recipient shall give notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure as far in advance as is practicable and, save to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications or otherwise, shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information prior to such disclosure (whether through protective orders or otherwise). The Recipient may disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to its Affiliates, investigators, contractors or subcontractors, to CELYAD Licensees (in the case of CELYAD), and to ONO Sublicensees (in the case of ONO) only to the extent such Confidential Information is necessary for the purpose of this Agreement. The Recipient shall ensure that the recipient

 

40


  thereof is bound by a written confidentiality agreement as imposing materially equally protective obligations as this Article 18. The Recipient shall remain responsible for any breach of such confidentiality agreement by its Affiliates, contractors or subcontractors, CELYAD Licensees (in the case of CELYAD) and ONO Sublicensees (in the case of Ono), as if such breach was committed by the Recipient itself.

In addition to the foregoing, the Recipient may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to:

 

  (a) a Regulatory Authority as reasonably necessary to obtain Regulatory Approval in its territory to the extent consistent with the licenses granted under terms of this Agreement; or

 

  (b) a patent office as reasonably necessary to file, prosecute or maintain any Patent contemplated by this Agreement.

 

18.6 Confidential Terms . Each Party agrees not to disclose to any Third Party the terms and conditions of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, except: (a) to advisors (including financial advisors, attorneys and accountants), actual or potential partners or private investors and others on a need to know basis, in each case, under appropriate confidentiality obligations; and (b) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws (including securities laws, rules and regulations and with court orders) provided that the Party required to make such disclosure shall promptly notify the other Party and shall be obliged to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to seek limitations on the portion of this Agreement that is required to be disclosed and, to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws, to obtain confidential treatment for any such disclosure.

 

18.7 Publications . Either Party wishing to make a scientific publication or oral presentation relating to the Product (i.e. for scientific congresses or publications) (the “ Presenting Party ”) shall deliver to the other Party (the “ Reviewing Party ”) a copy of the proposed written publication or the proposed written abstract and slides or any other materials for the proposed oral presentation for the Reviewing Party’s review at least [CONFIDENTIAL], prior to the submission of any abstracts, slides and written publication. The Reviewing Party shall have the right to request modifications to the publication or oral presentation to protect patentable Information and its Confidential Information. In such case, the Presenting Party shall so edit such publication or oral presentation to prevent disclosure of patentable Information and Confidential Information. The Reviewing Party may also request a reasonable delay in publication or oral presentation in order to protect patentable Information. In such case, the Presenting Party shall delay submission for a period of another sixty (60) days to permit filings for Patent protection. Upon expiration of such sixty (60) days, the Presenting Party shall be free to proceed with the publication or oral presentation.

 

18.8 Prior Non-Disclosure Agreements . Upon execution of this Agreement, the terms of this Article 18 shall supersede any prior non-disclosure, secrecy or confidentiality agreement between the Parties, including the confidentiality agreement between the Parties from February 25, 2015. Any information disclosed under such prior agreements shall be deemed to be disclosed under this Agreement.

 

19. LIABILITY

 

19.1 Subject to Articles 19.2 and 19.3, the total aggregate liability of each Party arising from negligence, breach of this Agreement, indemnity or otherwise under or in connection with this Agreement shall be limited to the cumulative amounts received by CELYAD at the moment of occurrence of the liability event under this Agreement.

 

41


19.2 Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for any special, incidental, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage whether arising from negligence, breach of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, loss of revenue, loss of profits, loss of opportunities, loss of anticipated savings and loss of reputation.

 

19.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither Party shall limit its liability arising from negligence, breach of this Agreement, indemnity or otherwise under or in connection with this Agreement, against the other Party for:

 

  (a) fraud or intentional failure, intentional misconduct or gross negligence by it or its Affiliates, CELYAD Licensee (in the case of CELYAD) or ONO Sublicensee (in the case of ONO) or their respective directors, officers, employees or subcontractors;

 

  (b) death or bodily injury in connection with the activities of itself or its Affiliates, its Licensee’s (in the case of CELYAD) or Sublicensee’s (in the case of ONO) or their respective directors, officers, employees or subcontractors;

 

  (c) any regulatory losses, fines, expenses or other losses arising from a breach by that Party of any law or regulation;

 

  (d) a breach of the representation and warranty set out in Article 17.2(j); or

 

  (e) the breach of the confidentiality obligation set forth in Article 18.

 

19.4 Nothing in this Article 19 shall in any way reduce or affect each Party’s general duty to mitigate loss suffered by it.

 

20. INDEMNIFICATION

 

20.1 Indemnification by ONO . ONO shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of CELYAD and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees and the respective successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the “ CELYAD Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Indemnified Losses from any claims, actions, suits or proceedings brought by a Third Party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) incurred by any CELYAD Indemnitee arising from or occurring as a result of: (a) the Development, Manufacture, Use or Commercializing of a Product by ONO, its Affiliates or ONO Sublicensees (including, for clarity, any Indemnified Losses resulting from product liability) in the ONO Territory; or (b) the gross negligence, intentional misconduct of, or breach of this Agreement by an ONO Indemnitee. ONO’s obligation to indemnify the CELYAD Indemnitees pursuant to this Article 20.1 shall not apply to the extent any such Indemnified Losses arise from: (i) the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any CELYAD Indemnitee; (ii) any material breach by CELYAD of this Agreement; or (iii) any Third Party Claim within the scope of CELYAD’s indemnification obligations set forth in Article 20.2 below.

 

20.2

Indemnification by CELYAD . CELYAD shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of ONO and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees and the respective successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the “ ONO Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Indemnified Losses from any Third Party Claims incurred by any ONO Indemnitee arising from or occurring as a result of: (a) the Development, Manufacture, Use, or Commercializing of a Product by CELYAD, its Affiliates or CELYAD Licensee in the CELYAD Territory (including,

 

42


  for clarity, Indemnified Losses resulting from product liability); or (b) the gross negligence, intentional misconduct of, or breach of this Agreement by a CELYAD Indemnitee. CELYAD’s obligation to indemnify the ONO Indemnitees pursuant to this Article 20.2 shall not apply to the extent any such Indemnified Losses arise from: (i) the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any ONO Indemnitee; (ii) any material breach by ONO of this Agreement or (iii) any Third Party Claim within the scope of ONO’s indemnification obligations set forth in Article 20.1 above.

 

20.3 Procedure . A Party that intends to claim indemnification under this Article 20 (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) shall promptly notify the other Party (the “ Indemnitor ”) in writing of any Third Party Claim, in respect of which the Indemnitee intends to claim such indemnification, and the Indemnitor shall have sole control of the defense. The indemnity arrangement in this Article 20 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any action with respect to a Third Party Claim, if such settlement is effected solely by Indemnitee without the consent of the Indemnitor, which consent shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably. The failure to deliver written notice to the Indemnitor within a reasonable time after the commencement of any action with respect to a Third Party Claim, which is prejudicial to Indemnitor’s ability to defend such action, shall relieve such Indemnitor of any liability to the Indemnitee under this Article 20, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the Indemnitor shall not relieve the Indemnitor of any liability that it may have to any Indemnitee otherwise than under this Article 20. The Indemnitee under this Article 20 shall cooperate fully with the Indemnitor and its legal representatives in the investigation of any action with respect to a Third Party Claim covered by this indemnification. The Indemnitor shall not settle the Third Party Claim without a prior notification to the Indemnitee, it being understood that the Indemnitor shall not agree to any direct non-financial obligations on the Indemnitee without the prior consent of such Idemnitee.

 

20.4 Insurance . [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

21. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY

Intellectual Property Indemnity by CELYAD

 

21.1 CELYAD shall indemnify ONO on written request in respect of all Indemnified Losses incurred by or awarded against ONO, in connection with any claim or action against ONO by any Third Party that such Third Party’s Intellectual Property Rights are infringed by the use of the CELYAD Patents and CELYAD Know-how in the Development, the Manufacturing, the Use or the Commercialization of the Product (the “ IPR Claim ”). In such case, CELYAD shall, at its expense, either (a) obtain at its own cost for ONO the right to continue using the CELYAD Patents or the CELYAD Know-How in accordance with this Agreement, or (b) modify or replace the infringing part of the CELYAD Patents or the CELYAD Know-How so as to avoid the infringement or alleged infringement in such a way that it complies with this Agreement.

 

21.2 This indemnity shall not apply to the extent the IPR Claim arises from (i) any changes, alternations or additions to the CELYAD Patents or the CELYAD Know-How made by ONO without the prior written consent of CELYAD or (ii) any use by ONO of the CELYAD Patents or the CELYAD Know-How outside the scope of the license granted in Article 2.

 

43


21.3 It is acknowledged by the Parties that CELYAD shall control the proceedings relating to the IPR Claims referred to in Articles 21.1 to 21.3; provided however that upon CELYAD’s first request, the Parties shall jointly control of the proceedings in relation to any IPR Claim in the ONO Territory. ONO and CELYAD shall not conclude any settlement with a Third Party without a prior notification to the other Party (except to the extent the settlement relates to the other Party’s territory, in which case such Party shall obtain the prior consent of the other Party).

Intellectual Property Indemnity by ONO

 

21.4 ONO shall indemnify CELYAD on written request in respect of all Indemnified Losses incurred by or awarded against CELYAD, in connection with any claim or action against CELYAD by any Third Party that such Third Party’s Intellectual Property Rights are infringed by the use of the ONO Patents and ONO Know-how in the Development, the Manufacturing, the Use or the Commercialization of the Product (the “ IPR Claim ”). In such case, ONO shall, at its expense, either (a) obtain at its own cost for CELYAD the right to continue using the ONO Patents or the ONO Know-How in accordance with this Agreement, or (b) modify or replace the infringing part of the ONO Patents or the ONO Know-How so as to avoid the infringement or alleged infringement in such a way that it complies with this Agreement.

 

21.5 This indemnity shall not apply to the extent the IPR Claim arises from (i) any changes, alternations or additions to the ONO Patents or the ONO Know-How made by CELYAD without the prior written consent of ONO or (ii) any use by CELYAD of the ONO Patents or the ONO Know-How outside the scope of the license granted in Article 2.

 

21.6 It is acknowledged by the Parties that ONO shall control the proceedings relating to the IPR Claims referred to in Articles 21.4 to 21.6; provided however that upon ONO’s first request, the Parties shall jointly control of the proceedings in relation to any IPR Claim in the CELYAD Territory. CELYAD and ONO shall not conclude any settlement with a Third Party without a prior notification to the other Party (except to the extent the settlement relates to the other Party’s territory, in which case such Party shall obtain the prior consent of the other Party).

 

22. TERM

 

22.1 Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect until the occurrence of the expiration of the Royalty Term for such Product by or under the authorization of ONO in its ONO Territory (the “ Term ”).

 

22.2 If there are no Products being Commercialized in the ONO Territory by or under the authority of ONO and no other Products are being actively Developed or Manufactured by or under the authority of ONO, this Agreement shall expire in its entirety on the date of the cessation of the Commercialization, Use, Development and Manufacturing.

 

22.3 Upon the expiration (but not an earlier termination) of this Agreement with respect to a particular Product (or all Products) in the ONO Territory.

 

  (a)

ONO shall have an irrevocable, non-exclusive, fully paid up license, for the duration of the relevant Intellectual Property Rights, under the CELYAD Patents, CELYAD Know- How, CELYAD interest in Joint Patents and Joint Know-How to Develop, Manufacture,

 

44


  have Manufactured, Use and Commercialize the Products in the ONO Territory for use in the Field (subject to the conditions and limitations set out in this Agreement; it being understood that CELYAD shall have no liability in relation to this license, including under Articles 19, 20 and 21, provided however , for the avoidance of doubt, CELYAD shall not be relieved from any liability or obligation arising or becoming due under this Agreement before the expiration of this Agreement);

 

  (b) CELYAD shall have an irrevocable, non-exclusive, fully paid up license, for the duration of the relevant Intellectual Property Rights, under the ONO Patents, ONO Know-How and ONO interest in Joint Patents and Joint Know-How to Develop, Manufacture, have Manufactured, Use and Commercialize the Products in the CELYAD Territory for use in the Field (subject to the conditions and limitations set out in this Agreement; it being understood that ONO shall have no liability in relation to this license, including under Articles 19, 20 and 21, provided however , for the avoidance of doubt, ONO shall not be relieved from any liability or obligation arising or becoming due under this Agreement before the expiration of this Agreement).

 

23. TERMINATION

 

23.1 This Agreement may, by mutual agreement, at any time be terminated by the Parties with immediate effect.

 

23.2 Either Party may terminate this Agreement for cause, forthwith and without any compensation being due to the other Party, on giving notice in writing to such other Party if:

 

  (a) such other Party commits a material breach of any term of this Agreement and such other Party has failed to remedy such material breach within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a request in writing to do so; or

 

  (b) such other Party becomes insolvent or an order is made or a resolution passed for the administration, winding-up or dissolution of such other Party (other than for the purposes of a solvent amalgamation or reconstruction) or an administrative or other receiver, manager, liquidator, administrator, trustee or similar officer is appointed over all or any substantial part of the assets of such other Party or such other Party enters into or proposes any composition or arrangement with its creditors generally or anything analogous to the foregoing occurs in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

23.3 Termination by CELYAD . [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

23.4 Termination by ONO .

 

  (a)

[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

45


  [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

  (b) ONO may terminate this Agreement, without any compensation from ONO to CELYAD, in its entirety for any reason:

 

  (i) upon [CONFIDENTIAL] prior written notice to CELYAD prior to the first Commercialization of the Product; or

 

  (ii) upon a prior written notice, with the notice period being the shorter of (i) one (1) year or (ii) a period in which CELYAD has found and contracted with a replacement licensee and such replacement licensee is ready to take over the Commercialization of the Product and for the avoidance of doubt, during the notice period ONO shall (a) provide reasonable support to the taking over of the Commercialization by the replacement licensee, (b) continue to fulfil its obligations to Commercialize the Product in the ONO Territory under this Agreement and (c) perform its obligations under Article 23.6.

 

23.5 Upon the termination of this Agreement for whatever reason, all licenses granted by the Parties to each other under this Agreement shall immediately terminate, and ONO shall pay to CELYAD all royalties and any other amounts due until the date of termination of the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless CELYAD buys back ONO’s remaining stock of the Product at the same price that CELYAD supplied such stock to ONO, ONO shall have the right to sell its remaining stock of the Product (in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement) for a maximum period of one (1) year.

 

23.6 Upon the termination of this Agreement for whatever reason (including upon ONO’s notice under Article 23.4), ONO may not continue any Development and shall initiate the procedures necessary for ONO to close Development at ONO’s sole expense. Upon CELYAD’s reasonable request, ONO shall transfer, at CELYAD’s reasonable cost and expense (except where ONO terminates this Agreement under Article 23.4, in which case the performance of this Article 23.6 shall be at ONO’s reasonable cost and expense), data in possession of ONO and its Affiliates as well as regulatory approvals to CELYAD or (at CELYAD’s direction) the replacement licensee, where such data and approvals are necessary or reasonably useful to Develop, Manufacture, have Manufactured or Use or Commercialize the Product in ONO Territory.

 

23.7 Other than as set out in this Article 23 and Article 28 of this Agreement, neither Party has any other termination rights under or in relation to this Agreement to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

 

23.8 The following Articles of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Agreement for any reason: Articles 1, 2.2 (only for the last two sentences), 2.4 (only for the last sentence), 11.5, 12.4, 15.1, 15.2(c), 16.3, 18, 19 (but subject to Article 22.3), 20 (but subject to Article 22.3), 21 (but subject to Article 22.3), 22.3, 23.5, 23.6, 23.8, 24, 25, 26, 27 and 29. Nothing in this Agreement shall relive any Party from any liability or obligation arising or becoming due before the expiration or early termination of this Agreement.

 

46


24. NOTICES

 

24.1 Any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall be given in writing in English and shall be delivered in person or sent by overnight courier or fax or email to the Party at the following addresses:

 

  (a) to CELYAD at:

Rue Edouard Belin 2

B-1435 Mont-Saint-Guibert

Belgium

Fax: [CONFIDENTIAL]

marked for the attention of: Christian Homsy, CEO,

with a copy by e-mail to Georges Rawadi, VP Business Development (e-mail address grawadi@celyad.com);

 

  (b) to ONO at:

8-2, Kyutaromachi 1-chome

Chuo-ku, Osaka, Osaka 541-8564, Japan

Attention: Director, License

Fax: +[CONFIDENTIAL]

with a copy;

8-2, Kyutaromachi 1-chome

Chuo-ku, Osaka, Osaka 541-8564, Japan

Attention: General Manager, Legal Department

Fax: [CONFIDENTIAL]

or at such other address or fax number it may notify to the other Party under this Article.

 

24.2 Any notice or communication given under this Article shall be deemed to be duly received at the time of delivery if delivered personally, at the time of signature of the courier’s receipt if delivered by overnight courier, at the time of transmission if sent by fax and at the time of receipt of email.

 

24.3 Notwithstanding any provision of this Article, it is understood and agreed between the Parties that this Article 24 is not intended to exclude the day-to-day business communications necessary between the Parties in performing their duties, in due course, under the terms and conditions hereof.

 

25. GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTES

 

25.1 Governing Law . The formation, validity, construction and performance of this Agreement including any contractual or non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection to this Agreement, are governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the [CONFIDENTIAL] without regard to any conflict of laws. The Parties expressly agree that the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

25.2

Amicable Resolution . In the case of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any disputes relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (the “ Disputes ”), such Dispute

 

47


  shall first be submitted to the JDC or the JCC, as appropriate, and the JDC or the JCC shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to resolve such Disputes. However, if the JDC or the JCC fails to resolve such Disputes within sixty (60) days after the request by either Party in writing to proceed to negotiation under this clause, then, such Disputes shall be submitted to the relevant executive director of CELYAD and ONO (“ Directors ”). The Directors shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to resolve such Disputes within thirty (30) days of the end of such sixty (60) days period. If the Directors fail to resolve such Disputes within such period, then, such Disputes shall be submitted to the Chief Executive Officer of CELYAD or such person’s designee and the President of ONO or such person’s designee (the “ Executives ”). The Executives shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to resolve such Dispute within thirty (30) days of the end of thirty (30) days period for Directors’ discussion.

 

25.3 Arbitration . Disputes that are not resolved by the Executives in accordance with Article 25.2 shall be finally settled by arbitration under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce in force on the date on which the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with these rules, by three (3) arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The seat of arbitration shall be [CONFIDENTIAL], Japan if the arbitration is submitted by CELYAD, and [CONFIDENTIAL], if submitted by ONO. The language of the arbitration shall be English. Each Party shall nominate one (1) arbitrator, and the two (2) arbitrators so nominated shall nominate a third arbitrator, who shall act as the chairperson. If the tribunal orders production of documents, the tribunal shall take guidance from the IBA Rules on the Taking of Evidence in International Arbitration as current of the date of this Agreement, The award rendered by the tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Parties and may be entered in any court of appropriate jurisdiction. The Emergency Arbitrator Provision shall not apply.

 

25.4 The existence and content of the arbitral proceedings, any information exchanged between Parties during the arbitral proceedings and any rulings or award shall be kept confidential by the Parties and members of the tribunal except (a) to the extent that disclosure may be required by a Party to fulfil a legal duty, protect or pursue a legal right, or enforce or challenge an award in bona fide legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority, (b) with the consent of both Parties, (c) where needed for the preparation or presentation of a claim or defence in this arbitration, (d) where such information is already in the public domain other than as a result of a breach of this clause, or (e) by order of the tribunal upon application of a Party.

 

26. EQUITABLE RELIEF

 

26.1 Notwithstanding Article 25.3, both Parties acknowledge and agree that the breach of Article 18 will result in irreparable injury to a Party for which there will be no adequate remedy at law. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of Article 18, the innocent Party shall be authorised and entitled to seek injunctive or equitable relief, in addition to any other legal remedies available to any of them, in any competent jurisdiction.

 

27. PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

27.1

Except as required by Applicable Laws or the rules of any stock exchange, neither Party shall make any public announcement of any information regarding this Agreement or any activities under this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each Party shall submit to the other Party any proposed announcements the latest [CONFIDENTIAL] prior to the intended date of publication of such announcement to permit review and approval. Once a statement is approved for disclosure by the Parties or Information is otherwise made public in accordance with the preceding sentence, either

 

48


  Party may make a subsequent public disclosure of the specific contents of such statement without further approval of the other Party. Neither Party shall mention or otherwise use the name or trade mark of the other Party or its Affiliates in any publication, press release, promotional material or other form of publicity without the prior written consent of the appropriate individual designated for the purpose by the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall be entitled to include the name and picture of the other Party within a list of collaborators with consent of the other Party. Once a Party obtains consent of the other Party to use the name and picture of such other Party in a Party’s annual report, company brochure or Website and so on, such a Party may continue to use them in the same.

 

27.2 CELYAD shall notify ONO prior to publishing a written official announcement in relation to the Product in the CELYAD Territory.

 

28. FORCE MAJEURE

 

28.1 If a Party (the “ Affected Party ”) is unable to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement due to any event or circumstance which is beyond the reasonable control of such Party and could not reasonably be expected to have taken into account at the Effective Date of this Agreement by that Party, including but not limited to acts of God, lightning, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, tsunami, acts of a public enemy, war declared or undeclared, a threat of war, terrorist act, blockade, revolution, riot, insurrection, civil commotion, sabotage, act of vandalism, (the “ Force Majeure ”), this Agreement shall remain in effect but the Affected Party’s relevant obligations under this Agreement and the corresponding obligations of the other Party (“ Non-Affected Party ”) under this Agreement shall be suspended for a period equal to the circumstance of Force Majeure, provided that :

 

  (a) the suspension of performance is of no greater scope than is required by the Force Majeure;

 

  (b) the Affected Party immediately gives the Non-Affected Party prompt written notice describing the circumstance of Force Majeure, including the nature of the occurrence and its expected duration, and continues to furnish regular reports during the period of Force Majeure unless the Force Majeure renders such notification impossible, in which case notification shall be made as soon as possible after such cause preventing such notification disappears. The Affected Party shall notify the Non-Affected Party immediately of the cessation of the Force Majeure;

 

  (c) the Affected Party uses all Commercially Reasonable Efforts to remedy its inability to perform and to mitigate the effects of the circumstance of Force Majeure; and

 

  (d) as soon as practicable after the event which constitutes Force Majeure occurs, the Parties discuss how to continue their operations as far as possible in accordance with this Agreement.

 

28.2 [CONFIDENTIAL]

 

49


29. MISCELLANOUS

 

29.1 No amendment to this Agreement shall be binding on the Parties unless set out in writing, expressed to amend this Agreement and signed by authorised representatives of each of the Parties.

 

29.2 The status of a Party under this Agreement shall be that of an independent contractor. Nothing in this Agreement is deemed to constitute (i) a partnership or joint venture between the Parties, or (ii) either Party being an agent of the other Party for any purpose.

 

29.3 Neither Party shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies whatsoever unless the waiver is made in writing, signed by a duly authorised representative of that Party. No failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of such right or remedy shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.

 

29.4 This Agreement and the documents referred to in it contain the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and supersede all previous agreements between the Parties relating to these transactions.

 

29.5 Each Party agrees to pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, entering into and completion of this Agreement, including lawyers’ and accountants’ fees. Each Party is responsible for the payment of the fees and expenses of any adviser engaged by it in connection with the negotiation, entering into and completion of this Agreement and shall defend, indemnify and hold the other Party harmless from any claims of compensation or reimbursement from such advisors.

 

29.6 If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severed and the remainder of the provisions shall continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed without the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision. If the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability is so fundamental that it prevents the accomplishment of the purpose of this Agreement, the Parties shall immediately commence good faith negotiations to agree an alternative arrangement.

 

29.7 Neither Party may assign any right, benefit or interest in nor obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party, and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void, except that a Party may assign, without the advance written consent of the other Party, any right, benefit or interest in or obligations under this Agreement in its entirety to its Affiliates or successor-in-interest in connection with a merger, consolidation, or other corporate reorganization, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement relates.

 

29.8 The provisions of this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns, and the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as conferring any rights in any Third Party except as otherwise expressly provided in Article 20. The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in Article 20, no Third Party who is not a party to this Agreement (including any employee, officer, directors, agent, representative, licensee, or subcontractor of either Party) shall have the right (whether under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or otherwise) to enforce any term of this Agreement which expressly or by implication confers a benefit on that person or entity without the express prior agreement in writing of the Parties, which agreement shall refer to this Article 29.8.

 

50


29.9 This Agreement is written and executed in the English language. Any translation into any other language shall not be an official version of this Agreement and in the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and such translation, this English version shall prevail.

 

29.10 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. An executed signature page of this Agreement delivered by e-mail delivery of “PDF” format data file shall be as effective as an original executed signature page. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties shall deliver original execution copies of this Agreement to one another as soon as practicable following execution thereof.

 

29.11 Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement has been diligently reviewed by and negotiated by and between both Parties, that the final agreement contained herein, including the language whereby it has been expressed, represents the joint efforts of the Parties hereto. Accordingly, in interpreting this Agreement or any provision hereof, no presumption shall apply against any Party hereto as being responsible for the wording or drafting of this Agreement or any such provision, and ambiguities, if any, in this Agreement shall not be construed against any Party, irrespective of which Party may be deemed to have authored the ambiguous provision.

 

29.12 Each Party shall always have the right to perform any or all of its obligations and exercise any or all of its rights under this Agreement through any of its Affiliates (but only for so long as such entity remains an Affiliate of such Party), provided that each Party shall remain responsible for the performance of this Agreement and the compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement by its Affiliates and any act or omission by an Affiliate of such Party shall constitute an act or omission by such Party.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

51


SIGNATORIES

THIS AGREEMENT has been signed by the Parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement, in two (2) original copies, one (1) for each Party.

 

SIGNED by: Christian Homsy      )     

 

Chief Executive Officer

for and on behalf of

Celyad S.A.

    

)

)

    
         
         
SIGNED by: Gyo Sagara      )     

 

President, Representative Director, and CEO

for and on behalf of

Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

    

)

)

    
         
         

 

52


[CONFIDENTIAL]

 

53

Exhibit 4.19

WARRANT PLAN 2016

ISSUANCE AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE OF THE WARRANTS

Offer for a maximum of 100.000 Warrants

For the Beneficiaries of the Company’s Warrant Plan

The acceptance form for this Warrant Plan needs to be returned to the Company according to point 2.1

 

1


Definitions     
Beneficiaries    Certain employees, directors and management members of the Company, such as identified by the Company’s Board of Directors;
Compensation Committee    The Company’s nomination and compensation committee, such as instituted by the Board of Directors;
Board of Directors    The Company’s Board of Directors;
Offer Date    The date of the written communication concerning the Offer to the Beneficiaries;
Warrant Holder    A person registered in the Company’s Warrant register as a holder of one or more Warrants;
Offer    The Warrant offer;
Exercise period    The exercise period during which the Warrant Holder can exercise the granted Warrants (as described in article 2.3) in the purpose of acquiring Company shares;
Warrant Plan    This Warrant plan implemented by the Company;
Company    Celyad SA;
Warrants    A maximum of 100,000 subscription rights offered free of charge to the Beneficiaries of the Offer.

 

1. Resolution of the Board of Directors and special report of the Board of Directors

On December 8, 2016, the Board of Directors agreed to create and issue 100,000 Warrants, to be distributed amongst the future Beneficiaries, in the context of the authorized capital and in accordance with article 7 of the articles of association.

This document, titled “ISSUANCE AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE”, is attached as Annex 1 to the special report drafted by the Board of Directors in application of article 583 of the Companies Code.


On December 8, 2016, the Board of Directors has approved the issuance of 100,000 Warrants with cancellation of the preferential subscription rights of the existing shareholders and Warrant Holders primarily in favor of the Company’s staff members and, on an ancillary basis, the people defined in the special report drafted on December 8, 2016 by the Board of Directors and has provided a mandate to the Compensation committee in order to identify the Beneficiaries of the Warrants and the number of Warrants granted to each one of them.

The Board of Directors has also provided a mandate to the Compensation committee in order to take all the necessary or useful measures for the implementation of said Warrant Plan.

 

2. Information concerning the Warrant Offer

 

2.1. Identification of the Beneficiaries of this Offer

The Offer is reserved for the Beneficiaries within the limits and in accordance with the allocation defined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

The following people can be seen as “Beneficiaries”:

 

    any person having signed a permanent contract as an employee with the Company at the Offer Date;

 

    any person providing products and services to the Company, as a self-employed person but on a regular basis or, when appropriate, via a management or services company.

Every Beneficiary can be granted a certain number of Warrants in accordance with the allocation defined by the Compensation Committee instituted by the Board of Directors. This Compensation Committee will decide as an entity especially appointed by the Board of Directors, it being understood that the Board of Directors has full powers to define said allocation.

The participation to the Warrant Plan does not give any additional right to the employee with regards to labor law and, in particular, does not cause any additional restriction or condition to the right of the employer to put an end to the employment contract of one of his employees, in line with the applicable laws.

The Beneficiaries are invited to return the completed acceptance form to the Company, to the attention of Mr. Patrick Jeanmart, Chief Financial Officer. This Offer Date will be mentioned on the acceptance form that will be transmitted to each Beneficiary.

The acceptance form will specify whether the Beneficiary accepts the allocation of the granted Warrants or declines it. If said completed acceptance form is not received within the above mentioned time frame, the Beneficiary will be regarded as having DECLINED the allocation of the Warrants.

 

3


2.2. Total number of Warrants

The total Offer concerns a maximum of 100,000 Warrants. Each Warrant shall entitle the Beneficiary to subscribe for one common share of the Company.

 

2.3. Vesting period and exercise of the Warrants

The vested Warrants can be fully or partially exercised during the first month of each quarter starting January 1, 2020 and until the tenth anniversary of the issuance of the Warrants, i.e. December 8, 2026 for the employees and until the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Warrants, i.e. December 8, 2021 for non-employees of the Company. Each exercise period ends on the last working day of the month in question. December 2026 will be the last exercise period for this Warrant Plan, starting December 1, 2026 and ending 31 December, 2026.

Notwithstanding the above, the Beneficiary shall have to comply, with provisions related to Closed periods, when applicable, according to, amongst others, the European regulation n° 596/2014, (“Market Abuse regulation”) and the Dealing Code of the Company.

Non- exercised Warrants at the end of the last exercise period will become null and void.

In derogation of the preceding paragraphs, the Warrants can also be exercised for fifteen days counting from the announcement of the public bid by the FSMA in case of any public takeover bid of the Company’s shares.

 

2.4. Issue price of the Warrants

The Warrants will be issued free of any cost and granted to the Beneficiaries. The Warrants are subject to the law of March 26, 1999 (insofar as the Beneficiary is subject to this law).

 

2.5. Exercise price of the Warrants

The exercise price of the Warrants will be the lowest of the (i) average closing price of the share during a period of 30 days before the Offer Date and the (ii) last closing price before the Offer Date, it being understood that the exercise price of the Warrants granted to the Beneficiaries that are not part of the staff cannot be lower than the average price of the share during a period of 30 days before the day of the issuance.

 

2.6. Mode of exercise of the Warrants

A Warrant that may be exercised will be considered as exercised once the Company has received the following:

 

(i) a written notification in the form defined by the Company, stipulating that a Warrant or a number of Warrants is being exercised;

 

4


(ii) full payment for the exercise price of the exercised Warrants in Euro, by wire transfer, the number of which will be provided to each Beneficiary by the Committee;

 

(i) if the Warrants are exercised by a person or persons other than the Warrant Holder, proof of the right of that person or persons to exercise the Warrant;

and

 

(ii) the declarations and documents the Board of Directors or the Chief executive officer of the Company deems necessary or desirable in order to respect the applicable legal and regulatory requirements and of which the Board of Directors or the Chief executive officer requires the presentation.

All the abovementioned must be in the possession of the Company at the latest on the last day of the Exercise period concerned.

 

2.7. Characteristics of the shares issued after the exercise of the Warrants

 

2.7.1. General characteristics

The new shares issued within a reasonable period after the end of a Warrant exercise period will be of the same kind and will enjoy the same rights as the shares existing at the Offer Date (without prejudice to what is being specified in point 2.9 hereunder). In accordance to what is being stipulated in point 2.9, the shares issued following the exercise of the Warrants will be common shares, provided that there are different categories of shares.

 

2.7.2. Enjoyment

With regards to the exercise of the Warrants, the shares issued will have the same enjoyment as the other shares of the Company (without prejudice to what is being specified in point 2.9 hereunder).

 

2.7.3. Availability

Within a reasonable timeframe after the end of the exercise period in registered or dematerialized form by way of registration on an account at the Beneficiary’s choice.

 

5


2.7.4. Transferability

The shares issued as a result of the Warrants are transferable and are subject to the same legal and/or statutory provisions as the other shares of the Company, without prejudice to what is being mentioned in point 2.9.2 hereunder.

 

2.7.5. Costs concerning the delivery of the shares

If the shares are delivered on a securities account, the subscribed shares will be delivered free of charge insofar as the account is being held at a financial institution in Belgium.

 

2.8. Form and delivery of the Warrants – Non-transferability

A share register mentioning the specific designation of each Warrant Holder and the number of his/her Warrants will be kept at the Company’s headquarters.

The Warrants are non-transferable inter vivos.

 

2.9. Changes to the Company s capital structure

 

2.9.1 By way of derogation from article 501 C. Soc., and without prejudice to the legally prescribed exceptions, the Company may pass all resolutions that it deems necessary in relation to its capital, its articles of association or its management. Such resolutions may include, amongst others, capital reduction, with or without reimbursement for the shareholders, a capital increase by way of incorporation of reserves whether or not with the issue of new shares, a capital increase in kind, a capital increase in cash with or without restriction or cancellation of the preferential subscription rights of the shareholders, the issuance of profit shares, convertible bonds, preferred shares, bonds cum warrants or conventional bonds or warrants, an amendment the provisions of the articles of associations with regards to the distribution of the profits or the (net) liquidation proceeds or other rights attached to the common shares, a splitting of shares, a payment of dividend in shares, the dissolution of the Company, a legal merger, a legal demerger or a contribution or transfer of a totality or a branch of activity whether or not combined with the exchange of shares. The Company may pass such resolutions even if these implied or may imply that the benefits for the Warrant Holder arising from the issuance and the Warrant exercise provisions or the law may be reduced unless such reduction is, in an obvious way, the sole objective of such a resolution.

However, in the event of a merger or demerger, the Board of Directors has an obligation of means to ensure that the Warrants outstanding at the date of these transactions will be adjusted in accordance with the exchange ratio applied to the Company’s existing shares.

Moreover, in case of a capital reduction or any similar transaction resulting into a decrease of the Company’s equity as a result of a decision of the shareholders taken by the general assembly, the exercise price of the Warrants may be modified by decision of

 

6


the Board of Directors notified to the Beneficiaries in order to compensate for the loss of value resulting from the equity decrease. The possible amendment will be applicable as soon as the Beneficiaries have been notified, without them having to formally accept it.

The number of shares corresponding to the Warrants will be adjusted to reflect and take into account any increase or decrease in the number of shares of the Company resulting from a demerger or regrouping, as the case may be.

 

2.9.2 If the Company were to increase its capital by way of a contribution in cash without cancellation of the preferential rights before the final exercise date of the Warrants, the Warrant Holders will be able to exercise their Warrants immediately and to take part in the new issuance since this right belongs to the existing shareholders.

In this case, the exercise and the payment of the exercise price shall, in accordance with the abovementioned point 2.6, take place at the latest three working days before the beginning of the subscription period concerning this increase of capital.

In the case of an anticipated exercise of the Warrants in these circumstances, the subscribed shares will remain registered and non-transferable. Upon expiration of the deadlines defined conforming the abovementioned point 2.3, these will become transferable for the quantities corresponding to the amount of Warrants that can be exercised on those deadlines and that may be converted into dematerialized shares.

In case of an event that should normally have made the Beneficiary lose his right to partially or totally exercise his/her Warrants and occurring during this period of non-transferability (see point 2.10 hereunder), the Company will have the right to redeem the shares resulting from the anticipated exercise of these Warrants at a price corresponding to the exercise price for said Warrants (provided that the legal dispositions for the redemption of the shares are met). In this last case, the exercise and the correlative payment, shall occur, in accordance with conditions and modalities as set forth in article 2.6. herebelow, three working days at the latest before opening of the subscription period of the concerned increase of capital.

In case of strategic partnership between the Company and an important industrial partner of the life Sciences sector, et provided that this strategic Partnership shall be considered as such by the Board of Directors, before the vesting period of the warrants, as determined in article 2.3, the warrants holders will be allowed to exercises them immediately, during an additional exercise period which duration shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

7


2.10. End of labor agreement

 

2.10.1. If the Warrant Holder loses his status of Beneficiary according to the abovementioned article 4.1 due to (i) dismissal or revocation (except for serious cause by the Beneficiary) (ii) voluntary termination or (iii) when no longer being part of the Company:

 

    none of the Warrants granted can be exercised if he/she loses the status of Beneficiary before the first anniversary of the Offer Date;

 

    the Warrants that have not yet been exercised remain in the possession of the Beneficiary and can be exercised according to point 2.3, at the following rate:

 

    33% of the Warrants granted if he/she loses the status of Beneficiary before the second anniversary of the Offer Date;

 

    66% of the Warrants granted if he/she loses the status of Beneficiary before the third anniversary of the Offer Date;

it being understood that the other Warrants cannot be exercised;

 

    100% of the Warrants granted if he/she loses the status of Beneficiary after the third anniversary of the Offer Date.

The Warrants that cannot be exercised by the Beneficiaries will become by right null and void for them and will be automatically cancelled.

The Warrants that will not have been exercised by the Beneficiaries will by right become null and void for them and will be automatically cancelled.

 

2.10.2. If the Warrant Holder loses his/her status of Beneficiary according to point 2.1 because of a dismissal or revocation for serious cause (by the Warrant Holder), all the Warrants that have not been exercised on the day he/she loses his/her status of Beneficiary will by right become null and void for them and will be automatically cancelled.

 

2.10.3. In case of decease of the Beneficiary, the rightful claimants will be able to exercise the Warrants at the moment and according to the arrangements defined in point 2.10.1 (mutatis mutandis).

 

2.10.4. If the Beneficiary loses his/her status because of a legal retirement or end of career, the Warrants can be exercised at the moment and according to the arrangements defined by the issuance terms (see point 2.3).

 

2.10.5.

With regards to the people enjoying the status of Beneficiary because they are Director or provide products or services to the Company as a self-employed but on a regular basis (or, when appropriate, via a management or services company), the words “dismissal or revocation” and “voluntary termination” refer to the various hypotheses in which a contract

 

8


  for the delivery of these products or services is being terminated permanently either by the Company or by the Beneficiary or the management or services company. The words “serious cause” refer to the hypothesis in which this termination is based on a serious breach by the Beneficiary or the management or services company of their contractual obligations.

 

2.11. Labor contract suspension

In case the labor contract is suspended for more than six months in total, the consequences of said suspension on the rights related to the Warrants granted by the Company will be determined individually by the Company.

 

2.12. Statutory regime

This Warrants Offer is governed by Belgian law. The courts and tribunals of the region where the headquarters are located shall have sole authority to resolve any dispute concerning this Offer, the issuance or the exercise of Warrants.

 

9

Exhibit 8.1

Subsidiaries of Celyad SA

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Celyad Inc.

 

United States

CorQuest Medical, Inc.

 

United States

Oncyte, LLC

 

United States

Biological Manufacturing Services SA

 

Belgium

Exhibit 12.1

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Christian Homsy, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Celyad S.A.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 4 April 2017

/s/ Christian Homsy

Name:   Christian Homsy
Title:   Chief Executive Officer ( Principal Executive Officer )

Exhibit 12.2

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Patrick Jeanmart, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Celyad S.A.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 4, 2017

/s/ Patrick Jeanmart

Name: 

  Patrick Jeanmart
Title:   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 13.1

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Celyad S.A. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Christian Homsy, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 4, 2017

/s/ Christian Homsy

Name:    Christian Homsy
Title:   Chief Executive Officer ( Principal Executive Officer )

Exhibit 13.2

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Celyad S.A. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Patrick Jeanmart, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the SarbanesOxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 4, 2017

/s/ Patrick Jeanmart

Name:    Patrick Jeanmart
Title:   Chief Financial Officer ( Principal Financial Officer )